260522.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Friday, May 22, 2026, Vol. 30, No. 142

                            Headlines

10 SHEPHERDS: Claims to be Paid from Replacement Loan Proceeds
286 GRAND AVENUE: Files Amendment to Disclosure Statement
486 K EQUITIES: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
ACPRODUCTS INC: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'SD' on Distressed Exchanges
ADIRONDACK STORE: Gets OK to Use Cash Collateral Until June 18

ADT INC: Faces Class Action Lawsuit Over April 2026 Data Breach
ADVANCION HOLDINGS: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'CCC', Outlook Negative
AIP RD BUYER: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'B-', Outlook Stable
ALEXCO-USA INC: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
ALFASPIRE INC: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors

ALIXPARTNERS LLP: To Acquire Canadian Restructuring Boutique KSV
ALL IN GRADING: Unsecureds to Get Share of Incom for 3 Years
ALLBOUND CARRIER: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
ALLSPRING BUYER: S&P Affirms 'BB-' Long-Term ICR, Outlook Stable
ALLTECH INC: S&P Affirms 'B' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable

AMERICAN AIRLINES: S&P Rates Proposed Sr. Secured Term Loan 'BB'
AMERICAN TRASH: $849K Unsecureds Claims to Recover 50% in 5 Years
ANGIE'S MOBILE: Case Summary & 14 Unsecured Creditors
ARCADIAN RESOURCES: Must Pay Administrative Claims by June 12
ARTICON HOTEL: Amends Unsecured Claims Pay Details

AVEANNA HEALTHCARE: S&P Rates Proposed Senior Secured Debt 'B-'
AVENGER FLIGHT: Emerges from Chapter 11 as AFG Newco LLC
B&R ENGINEERING: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
BARTRAM LOGISTICS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
BITCOIN DEPOT: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors

BLOSSOM APARTMENTS: Derek A. Henderson Appointed as Receiver
BROADWAY FORD: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
BW HOMECARE: S&P Lowers ICR to 'SD' on Missed Principal Payment
C.Y. GOLD: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
CHICAGO RIVET & MACHINE: Q1 2026 Swings to $362,015 Net Loss

CLAY STREET: Wins Interim Cash Collateral Access
CLEARWATER PAPER: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'CCC+', Outlook Negative
COMMUNITY AUTOMOTIVE: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
COMPLEMAR PARTNERS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
COMPONENT FABRICATORS: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral

CRYSTAL DOWNS: M. Shapiro Real Estate Appointed as Receiver
CSG SYSTEMS: S&P Withdraws 'BB+' ICR Following Acquisition by NEC
CUSTOMBILT FIREARMS: Unsecureds Will Get 100% over 36 Months
DBJ US CORP: Updates Unsecured Claims Pay Details
DOCKSIDE ASSOCIATION: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral

DOTDASH MEREDITH: S&P Alters Outlook to Positive, Affirms 'BB-' ICR
DVM PROPERTIES: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
E.W. SCRIPPS: Q1 2026 Net Loss Narrows to $1.8M on $516.9M Revenue
E.Z. LOR REALTY: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
EMPIRE CORE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to June 10

FIRST CHOICE: Posts $1.4MM Net Loss in Q1 2026, Going Concern Stays
FO&O INC: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
FORWARD AIR: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B' ICR
FRANCISCAN FRIARS: Unsecureds to Get Share of $43K in Joint Plan
GENESIS HEALTHCARE: Plan Contemplates Two Scenarios

GETTY IMAGES: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'B', On CreditWatch Negative
GILL RANCH: Claims to be Paid from Litigation & Sale Proceeds
GOSSAMER BIO: Launches Exchange Offer to Eliminate $120M in Debt
GRIFFIN GLOBAL: S&P Alters Outlook to Positive, Affirms 'BB' ICR
GROFF TRACTOR: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to June 12

H. BAKER'S: $100K Sale to Sunset Hill to Fund Plan Payments
HANDLOS FINISHING: Unsecureds to be Paid in Full in Plan
HARVEST SHERWOOD: Unsecureds to Recover Up to 100% of Claims
HEARTLAND DENTAL: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B', Outlook Stable
HOMESTEAD VILLAGE: Claims to be Paid from Asset Sale Proceeds

HRZN INC: Updates Unsecured Claims Pay Details
INTERACTIVE GOVERNMENT: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
JAMESBRIDGE 2017: Fannie Mae Wants Receiver for Apartment Complex
JAY4 INC: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
JENNIFER EMERSON: Claims to be Paid from Property Sale Proceeds

JOSHUA TOURS: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
LOWELL MARTIN: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
MACQ ILLINOIS: S&P Lowers 2022 Lease Revenue Bonds Rating to 'B-'
MAISEL-HINSON MAINLAND: Unsecureds Will Get 100% of Claims in Plan
MARS INTERMEDIATE: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'CCC', Outlook Negative

MEGA KYON: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
MIL-TEK USA: Case Summary & 11 Unsecured Creditors
NERFIES MANAGEMENT: Amends Unsecureds & Comerica Secured Claims
NEW FORTRESS: Wins Court Approval to Convene Plan Meetings
NMR ENTERPRISES: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to Oct. 5

PATRIOT DSP: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
PHCV4 HOMES: Secured Creditor Files Liquidating Plan
PINT & BEAN: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
PRECIOUS GEMS: Unsecureds Will Get 5% of Claims over 5 Years
PRO ATHLETICS: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until June 19

PURSE LADIES: Unsecured Creditors to Split $27K over 36 Months
RIBBIT ROOFING: Case Summary & 10 Unsecured Creditors
SHAMOKIN AREA SCHOOL DISTRICT: S&P Affirms 'BB' Rating on GO Debt
SHREE OF MEMPHIS: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
SILVERROCK DEVELOPMENT: Includes Several Secured Claims Pay

SK INDUSTRIES: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
SKYE A. SMITH: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral
SPANISH BROADCASTING: Court OKs DIP Loan, Cash Collateral Access
SPANISH BROADCASTING: Unsecureds "Unimpaired" in Prepackaged Plan
SPIRIT AVIATION: Seeks $275 MM DIP Loan From Wilmington

SQA MAHADEV: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
STAGG EQUITIES: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
STG LOGISTICS: Receives Court Approval for Reorganization Plan
TBN MURRAY: Unsecured Creditors Will Get 39.98% over 60 Months
TEADS HOLDING: Posts $38.8MM Loss in Q1, Maintains Strong Liquidity

TOTAL FIBER: Moglia Advisors' Alex Moglia Appointed as Receiver
TRINKINTRINKIN REST: Case Summary & 19 Unsecured Creditors
TRIWAYS INC: Gets Court Nod to Use Cash Collateral
TRM NRE: Gets Interim OK for DIP Financing From TRM Equity Fund
TSUNAMI RESTAURANTS: Court Denies Bid for Substantive Consolidation

UGLYDUCKLINGRENO LLC: Claims to be Paid from Property Sale Proceeds
UMZU LLC: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
UNION FLATIRON: Case Summary & Three Unsecured Creditors
WARREN'S READY-MIX: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
WEST MARINE: Files Chapter 11 to Strengthen Financial Foundation

WESTLAKE SENIOR: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
WHITE ROCK: Unsecureds to Get Share of GUC Distribution Pool
ZD SAND: Persimmon Wins Bid to Quash Subpoena to Jim Newell
[] Sean Wilson Joins Shannon Lee Beatty LLP as Bankruptcy Partner
[] U.S. Foreclosure Activity Rises 18% Year Over Year in April

[^] BOOK REVIEW: A History of the New York Stock Market

                            *********

10 SHEPHERDS: Claims to be Paid from Replacement Loan Proceeds
--------------------------------------------------------------
10 Shepherds LN Map LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Eastern District of New York a Combiend Plan of Reorganization
and Disclosure Statement dated May 11, 2026.

The Debtor is a Delaware limited liability company formed in or
about June 2023 for the express and exclusive purpose of holding
record title to the Property as a condition imposed by the original
mortgage lender, Secure Bridge Fund 1, LLC.

The Debtor's registered office for purposes of notices and legal
process is 838 Walker Road, Suite 21-2, Dover, Delaware 19904. The
sole member of the Debtor is Thomas Themistoklis Makkos. Mr. Makkos
is an individual residing in the State of New York. The Property
is, and at all relevant times has been, the principal residence of
Mr. Makkos and his family.

On or about June 30, 2023, the Debtor executed in favor of Secure
Bridge Fund 1, LLC two promissory notes: (i) a Promissory Note in
the original principal amount of $4,100,000.00, and (ii) a Building
Loan Promissory Note in the original principal amount of
$200,000.00. The aggregate stated loan amount was $4,300,000.00
(the "SBF Loan").

On April 29, 2025, Secure Bridge Fund 1 commenced the Foreclosure
Action. On November 5, 2025, Justice Conrad D. Singer, J.S.C.,
entered the Foreclosure Judgment, awarding the Lender (i)
$4,796,344.58 plus default-rate interest from August 22, 2025, (ii)
costs and disbursements of $2,452.67, (iii) a CPLR Article 83
additional allowance of $300.00, and (iv) attorneys' fees of
$31,193.22. The Referee scheduled a public foreclosure sale of the
Property for January 27, 2026 at 3:00 p.m.

On the morning of January 27, 2026, the very day the foreclosure
sale was scheduled, the Debtor filed its voluntary petition for
relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The automatic stay
of section 362(a) immediately stayed the scheduled foreclosure
sale. The Debtor retained Dahiya Law Offices LLC as its counsel.

By Order entered February 17, 2026, the Bankruptcy Court fixed
March 31, 2026 as the general Bar Date for proofs of claim and July
27, 2026 as the Governmental Bar Date. Notice of the Bar Date was
duly served on February 23, 2026. As of the Bar Date and as of the
date hereof, only one (1) proof of claim has been filed against the
Debtor — the SBF Claim in the amount of $5,136,413.69.

No claims have been filed by any other party. No tax claims have
been filed. No utility, vendor, or trade claims have been filed.
There are no unsecured creditors of record. Operating expenses of
the Property (real estate taxes, utilities, insurance, ordinary
household services) are paid by Mr. Makkos in his personal name, as
the Property is his family home, and any unpaid obligations
attributable to such operating expenses are personal obligations of
Mr. Makkos and are not claims against the Debtor's estate.

Class 3 consists of General Unsecured Claims. As of the Bar Date,
no general unsecured claims have been filed. To the extent any
Allowed Class 3 Claim exists or hereafter becomes Allowed, such
Claim shall be paid in full in Cash, with applicable post-petition
interest at the Federal Judgment Rate in effect on the Petition
Date or such other rate as the Bankruptcy Court may determine, on
the later of the Effective Date and the date the Claim becomes
Allowed. Class 3 is unimpaired and is deemed to accept the Plan.

Class 4 consists of Equity Interests. Thomas Themistoklis Makkos
shall retain his membership interest in the Debtor unaltered. Class
4 is unimpaired.

On or before the Effective Date, Mr. Makkos shall cause the closing
of the Replacement Loan with Rok Lending LLC (or a successor
lender) in accordance with the Rok Commitment. The Debtor (or, if
required by the Replacement Lender, a successor single-purpose
entity acceptable to the Replacement Lender to which the Property
will be conveyed) shall execute such loan documents, mortgages,
security agreements, and assignments as the Replacement Lender
requires.

Mr. Makkos shall pledge the Florida Property and the West 37th
Street Property to the Replacement Lender as additional cross
collateral. None of the additional collateral is property of this
bankruptcy estate.

The proceeds of the Replacement Loan, together with any necessary
contribution from Mr. Makkos personally, shall be applied at the
Effective Date in the following order of priority:

     * First, to the payment in full of all closing costs, title
insurance premiums, recording taxes and fees, broker fees, and the
Replacement Lender's underwriting, processing, origination and exit
fees;

     * Second, to the payment in full in Cash of the Allowed SBF
Claim (Class 1);

     * Third, to the payment in full in Cash of all Allowed
Administrative Expense Claims (including Professional Fee Claims
subject to Bankruptcy Court approval) and all accrued U.S. Trustee
quarterly fees;

     * Fourth, to the payment in full in Cash of all Allowed
Priority Tax Claims and Other Priority NonTax Claims (Class 2), if
any;

     * Fifth, to the payment in full in Cash of all Allowed General
Unsecured Claims (Class 3), if any;

     * Sixth, the balance, if any, to the Reorganized Debtor for
working-capital and Property-operating purposes.

A full-text copy of the Combined Plan and Disclosure Statement
dated May 11, 2026 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=0JtF4U
from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Karamvir Dahiya, Esq.
     Dahiya Law Offices, LLC
     111 John Street Suite 1860
     New York, NY 10038
     Tel: (212) 766 8000
     Email: karam@dahiya.law

                    About 10 Shepherds LN Map LLC

10 Shepherds LN MAP LLC owns a residential real estate property in
Port Washington, New York, and is classified under NAICS 5313 for
activities related to real estate.

10 Shepherds LN Map LLC in Port Washington, NY, sought relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code filed its voluntary petition for
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-70355) on Jan.
27, 2026, listing $0 to $50,000 in assets and $1 million to $10
million in liabilities.  Thomas T Makkos as operating member,
signed the petition.

Judge Louis A Scarcella oversees the case.

DAHIYA LAW OFFICES LLC serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


286 GRAND AVENUE: Files Amendment to Disclosure Statement
---------------------------------------------------------
286 Grand Avenue LLC submitted an Amended Disclosure Statement
pertaining to Plan of Reorganization dated May 7, 2026.

The Plan is a liquidating plan designed to maximize value through a
controlled marketing and sale process for the remaining units,
while paying operating expenses and servicing oversecured secured
claims pending sale.

The Debtor anticipates that all allowed secured, priority, and
unsecured claims will be paid in full no later than twenty four
months after confirmation, subject to market conditions and other
risks.

The Debtor also possesses an unencumbered option will liquidate in
support of confirmation. The option is on commercial unit in the
Casino Wharf which the Debtor sold in 2024 (the "Option Asset").
The Option Asset relates to a Purchase Agreement executed on
January 29, 2024 (the "Purchase Agreement") by and between the
Debtor and Mr. Alexander Kahn ("Mr. Kahn"), related to the purchase
and sale of a commercial condominium unit (the "Commercial Unit")
at the "Casino Wharf Condominium," together with various
appurtenant rights in and to the common areas and facilities of
such condominium.

Under the contractual provisions of the Purchase Agreement, Mr.
Kahn is required to redevelop the Commercial Unit "into two
separate condominium units" which are referred to as Commercial
Unit 9A and Commercial Unit 9B (the "Subdivision") with the
Commercial Unit Owner anticipated to operate a new restaurant
business in the retained "Commercial Unit 9A." Pursuant to the
terms of the Purchase Agreement, Mr. Khan is required to complete
the Subdivision by no later than December 4, 2026 based on the
termination of the prior Commercial Unit occupant's lease on
December 5, 2025.

Section 16.3 of the Purchase Agreement grants the Debtor, as part
of its consideration for selling the Commercial Unit for a purchase
price of $2,500,000.00, an option to repurchase the to-be-created
"Commercial Unit 9B" from Mr. Khan for the nominal sum of One
Dollar, exercisable within twelve months after Mr. Khan's written
notice of substantial completion of the Subdivision. The Purchase
Agreement states that Mr. Khan is obligated to pay the Debtor
$2,500,000 if he fails to timely complete the Subdivision due to
his own lack of required commercial best efforts or other default
under the Purchase Agreement.

If, however, the Subdivision is not completed by December 4, 2026
despite Mr. Khan's commercial best efforts to obtain certain
required approvals, Mr. Khan "shall have the option" to pay the
Debtor $2,250,000 to buy out the Debtor's right to repurchase
Commercial Unit 9B, which payment would release and terminate the
Debtor's option rights. Therefore, even if the Subdivision is not
completed by December 4, 2026, the Debtor is not automatically
entitled to a payment of $2,500,000. Instead, Mr. Khan must only
pay $2,500,000 to the Debtor in the event that he fails to use
"best efforts" to secure the necessary approvals for the
Subdivision.

The Debtor and Mr. Kahn are in active discussions on a potential
resolution of this dispute and/or buyout of the Option Asset. The
parties otherwise reserve all rights with respect to this dispute.

The Debtor has been ordered to pay certain administrative claims in
the amount of $91838.94, without prejudice, to the Casin Wharf
Condominium related to special assessments and condominium fees.
The Debtor will pay these prior to confirmation and is in
negotiations with the holder of this claim regarding the amount and
timing of the payment. The Debtor disputes these amounts are due
and owing and the Court has scheduled an evidentiary hearing on
this issue for June 30, 2026.

Like in the prior iteration of the Plan, Class 7 General Unsecured
Non Insider Claims shall be paid in full upon sale of the last of
the remaining four units, or earlier as cash flow allows. The
allowed unsecured claims total $2,662,848. This Class is impaired.

The Plan will be implemented through the continued ownership,
maintenance, marketing, and sale of Units 4, 5, 6, and 8. The
Debtor will use net proceeds and available cash flow to pay
operating expenses and to make the payments required under the
Plan. The Debtor expects to begin marketing the remaining units
immediately and to complete sales such that all allowed claims are
paid in full within twenty four months after confirmation, subject
to market conditions.

A full-text copy of the Amended Disclosure Statement dated May 7,
2026 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=UTsnZH from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Peter N. Tamposi, Esq.
     Tamposi Law Group PC
     159 Main Street
     Nashua, NH 03060
     Telephone: (603) 204-5513
     Facsimile: (603) 204-5515
     E-mail: peter@thetamposilawgroup.com

                      About 286 Grand Avenue

286 Grand Avenue LLC is a real estate holding company with
properties in Boston and Falmouth, Massachusetts.

286 Grand Avenue LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Mass. Case No. 25-11722) on Aug. 20,
2025.  In its petition, the Debtor estimated assets and liabilities
between $1 million and $10 million.  The Debtor is represented by
Peter N. Tamposi, at THE TAMPOSI LAW GROUP, P.C.


486 K EQUITIES: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
-------------------------------------------------
Debtor: 486 K Equities LLC
        320 Roebling Street
        Suite 518
        Brooklyn, NY 11211

Business Description: 486 K Equities LLC is a real estate company
                      that owns and manages a nine-unit apartment
                      building at 486 Kosciuszko Street in
                      Brooklyn, New York.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 18, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of New York

Case No.: 26-42396

Judge: Hon. Elizabeth S. Stong

Debtor's Counsel: Kevin Nash, Esq.
                  GOLDBERG WEPRIN FINKEL GOLDSTEIN LLP
                  125 Park Ave
                  New York, NY 10017-5690
                  Email: knash@gwfglaw.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Mayer Kohn as member.

The Debtor did not submit a list of its 20 largest unsecured
creditors along with the petition.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/FHCWUCY/486_K_Equities_LLC__nyebke-26-42396__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


ACPRODUCTS INC: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'SD' on Distressed Exchanges
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on U.S. based
cabinetmaker ACProducts Inc. to 'SD' (selective default) from
'CCC+'. At the same time, S&P lowered its issue-level ratings on
the existing first-lien term loan due May 2028 to 'D' from 'CCC+'
and the existing unsecured notes due May 2029 to 'D' from 'CCC-'.

S&P expects to reassess the long-term issuer credit rating,
issue-level ratings, and recovery ratings in the near term.

ACProducts announced it exchanged its existing $1.334 billion
first-lien term loan due May 2028 and over 99% of its $498.5
million 6.375% unsecured notes due May 2029 for a $1.289 billion
new first-lien, second-out term loan due November 2031 and a
first-lien, third-out note tranche due May 2032, respectively.

ACProducts also reached an agreement with existing term loan and
noteholders to issue a $100 million new super senior first-lien,
first-out new money term loan due November 2031. The company also
amended and extended its current (nonrated) $275 million
asset-based lending (ABL) facility due May 2028. The (nonrated)
$250 million amended and extended facility is due May 2031.

S&P believes both the term loan and unsecured note transactions are
distressed based on our view that investors will receive less value
than the promise of the original securities.

S&P views the term loan and note transactions as distressed
exchanges. The term loan transaction included the exchange of
ACProducts' existing first-lien term loan due May 2028 for a
first-lien, second-out term loan with an extended maturity date
(2031). It is subordinate to its $100 million super senior
first-lien, first-out new money term loan due November 2031. In
addition, existing term loan lenders exchanged into the first-lien,
second-out term loan at approximately $0.946 versus the original $1
principal.

The note transaction included the exchange of over 99% of
ACProducts' existing $498.5 million 6.375% unsecured notes due May
2029 for $494.7 million first-lien, third-out notes due May 2032.
The new notes have an extended maturity date compared to the
existing notes and are also subordinate to the $100 million new
super senior first-lien, first-out new money term loan. In
addition, the 6.375% interest rate on the new notes includes 25%
total interest paid-in-kind and 75% of the interest paid in cash
(4.781%). Based on that, S&P views both exchanges as distressed and
tantamount to default. In our opinion, the term loan lenders and
noteholders do not receive adequate compensation to offset maturity
extensions and other changes in terms.

S&P expects to reassess the long-term ratings shortly. It will
review ACProducts' credit profile and reassess our recovery ratings
based on the company's new capital structure.



ADIRONDACK STORE: Gets OK to Use Cash Collateral Until June 18
--------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of New York,
Albany Division, entered an interim order authorizing Adirondack
Store & Gallery, Inc. to use cash collateral from secured creditors
KeyBank National Association, Newtek Bank, Shopify, and Parkview
Advance LLC.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral through June 18 in accordance with an approved operating
budget. The Debtor cannot exceed budgeted line-item expenses by
more than 15%, though unused amounts may carry forward.

As adequate protection, secured creditors received valid and
perfected replacement liens on the Debtor's present and
after-acquired property, effective retroactively to the order for
relief date and preserving the same priority and extent as
prepetition liens.

The replacement liens exclude Chapter 5 avoidance actions and
proceeds, Chapter 7 trustee fees up to $5,000, and statutory
payments due to the U.S. Trustee and Bankruptcy Court clerk.
KeyBank and Newtek are also entitled to monthly adequate protection
payments under the budget, while Shopify continues receiving
payments under existing loan arrangements tied to inventory sales.
If replacement liens prove inadequate, secured creditors may
receive superpriority administrative claims for actual collateral
value deterioration.

The order also establishes default and termination provisions.
Events of default include failure to make adequate protection
payments, breach of order terms, conversion to Chapter 7,
appointment of a trustee or examiner, dismissal of the case, or
lifting of the automatic stay. Following notice and a
five-business-day cure period, the Debtor's authority to use cash
collateral may automatically terminate.

A final hearing on the motion is scheduled for June 18.

                   About Adirondack Store & Gallery Inc.

Adirondack Store & Gallery, Inc. operates two long-established
retail stores in Lake Placid and Tupper Lake, specializing in home
furnishings, gifts, and Adirondack-style furniture.

On March 18, 2026, creditors Geoffrey Robillard, Jean Hoffman,
Richard Rodzinski, Danielle Ostiguy, and James Dodd filed an
involuntary Chapter 7 petition (Bankr. N.D. N.Y. Case No. 26-10275)
on March 18, 2026.

Judge Patrick G. Radel oversees the case.

Robert F. Franciscovich, Esq., at Arnold & Porter Kay School,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


ADT INC: Faces Class Action Lawsuit Over April 2026 Data Breach
---------------------------------------------------------------
Tracy Bagdonas of ClassAction.org reports that a proposed class
action lawsuit alleges that ADT failed to implement adequate
cybersecurity safeguards to protect sensitive customer information
from an April 2026 data breach.

The 35-page lawsuit contends that ADT was targeted in a cyberattack
on or around April 20, 2026, during which network servers were
accessed without authorization. Per the suit, the data breach
exposed private information belonging to customers and prospective
customers of the company, including names, phone numbers,
addresses, dates of birth, partial Social Security numbers and tax
IDs.

According to the complaint, ShinyHunters, a cybercriminal group,
claimed responsibility for the data breach and posted online that
it had accessed over 10 million records containing personally
identifiable information and internal corporate data.

The lawsuit argues that ADT, as a major provider of residential and
commercial security services, knew or should have known that it was
a unique target for cybercriminals due to the volume and
sensitivity of information it collects from customers and others
associated with the company.

As such, the suit alleges ADT had an obligation to implement robust
cybersecurity measures to protect that data, as consumers expected
when they paid for its services and handed their data over to the
company.

"Despite these duties, ADT failed to implement reasonable data
security measures to protect Plaintiff's and Class Members' Private
Information and ultimately allowed threat actors to breach its
computer systems and exfiltrate Plaintiff's and Class Members'
Private Information stored therein," the complaint asserts.

The suit claims that the breach was a "direct result" of ADT's
alleged cybersecurity failures, including its failure to follow
publicly available guidelines from the Federal Trade Commission on
how companies can best protect sensitive data.

As a result of the breach, the lawsuit alleges, victims may face
ongoing risk of fraud and identity theft "for years to come." The
complaint stresses that the exposure of Social Security information
could enable cybercriminals to fraudulently open financial
accounts, apply for credit, obtain government benefits or commit
medical identity theft.

The suit argues that even a limited amount of personal information
can be valuable to cybercriminals, who may combine stolen data with
other available information to conduct phishing attacks or list it
for sale on the dark web.

Additionally, the suit argues that ADT's response to the breach has
been "wholly inadequate" in that the company has failed to provide
timely, specific notice to affected individuals and deliver on its
publicly stated promise to offer "complimentary identity protection
services as appropriate."

According to the complaint, ADT's only public acknowledgment of the
breach came through a statement on its website issued four days
after the breach occurred. However, the lawsuit alleges that
consumers still "remain in the dark" regarding what specific pieces
of their information were stolen, how the breach happened and what
cybersecurity measures ADT has taken in response.

The ADT data breach class action lawsuit looks to represent all
individuals in the United States whose private information was
compromised in the data breach. [GN]


ADVANCION HOLDINGS: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'CCC', Outlook Negative
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on Advancion
Holdings LLC to 'CCC' from 'CCC+'. At the same time, S&P revised
the recovery rating on the company's first-lien secured debt to '2'
from '3'; the issue-level rating remains 'CCC+'.

S&P also lowered the issue-level ratings on its second-lien secured
debt and deeply subordinated debt (TopCo payment-in-kind toggle
notes) to 'CC' from 'CCC-'. The recovery rating remains '6'.

The negative outlook reflects the heightened default risk should
Advancion be unable to tap the capital markets and successfully
address its 2026 debt maturities.

Advancion has substantial debt maturities that it must address over
the next several months while its liquidity is weak and its credit
metrics are stretched.

The downgrade reflects Advancion's heightened refinancing risk
given the forthcoming maturities of its $125 million revolver
(September 2026) and senior payment-in-kind (PIK) toggle notes
(November 2026). There's currently $255 million still owed on the
notes, and they're PIKing at 10% per year. As of March 31, 2026,
$93 million was outstanding under the revolver, and the company had
about $13 million in cash.

S&P said, "Given the minimal cash on hand and our forecast for
negligible free cash flow generation, we believe the company will
need external funds to either extend upcoming maturities or
recapitalize its entire capital structure. As a result, the company
remains reliant on supportive credit markets while its credit
metrics are stretched. In addition, even if it's able to address
these maturities, its credit measures could be stretched further if
the refinancing is at less-favorable terms than it has now.

"In our leverage calculations, we consider the PIK notes issued by
Advancion Sciences Inc. as debt, and so any stagnation in EBITDA
growth will lead to higher leverage. The company's S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA exceeded 10x for the 12 months
through March 2026, and we expect it will remain around 10x in
2026-2027, which we view as unsustainable." Moreover, despite an
ongoing effort to reduce capital expenditures, a modest
year-over-year EBITDA decline and high interest expenses have
continued to lead to modestly negative free cash flow generation,
and EBITDA interest coverage remains around 1x. The EBITDA decline
stemmed primarily from subdued demand for residential paints and
coatings, industrial coatings, and metalworking fluids, which hurt
the company's Personal Care and Consumer and Performance
Ingredients segments.

Advancion continues to benefit from its leading market position in
the niche nitroalkane specialty chemicals industry. Because of
this, the company has above-average profitability, having
maintained EBITDA margins that are among the highest in the
specialty chemical industry across various macroeconomic
environments.

The company delivers its key products to a wide range of end
markets, including life sciences, paints and coatings, and
pharmaceutical products. Its industry's high barriers to entry,
customer stickiness, and the high performance of its products
relative to their cost continue to support its leading market
positions and overall margin profile.

Advancion also benefits from the desirable location of its
facilities for key customers and the lack of direct competition for
most of its specialty chemical products. Specifically, it's the
only manufacturer of some of the chemicals it offers, which are
critical inputs for many of its customers' products. Offsetting
some of its business strengths are the limited size and scale of
its operations and its concentrated operating footprint, including
a significant concentration at its Sterlington, Louisiana, plant.
In addition, there is some key product risk around
2-amino-2-methylpropanol (AMP). Earnings growth could partially be
hindered by the unsuccessful [Successful?] adoption of replacement
products, particularly in locations that are conducting undergoing
regulatory reviews of AMP, such as the EU.

The negative outlook reflects Advancion's heightened refinancing
risk. Its revolving credit facility (RCF) matures in September
2026, and its PIK notes mature in November 2026. The outlook also
reflects the company's weak liquidity, which is insufficient to
address these maturities without tapping capital markets or
external funding sources. S&P said, "We expect that the company's
debt leverage will remain unsustainable over the next 12 months.
Specifically, we expect weighted-average S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA will remain above 10x and FFO to
debt will only be marginally positive. In addition, we forecast
that 2026 S&P Global Ratings-adjusted free cash flow will be
modestly negative and that EBITDA interest coverage will remain
around 1x."

S&P could lower the ratings on Advancion over the next couple of
months if:

-- It's unable to extend upcoming maturities, resulting in a
default;

-- The company generated persistent negative free operating cash
flow that further weakens its liquidity;

-- It pursued a debt exchange or debt repurchase that we view as
distressed;

-- S&P believes a financial covenant breach on the RCF is likely;

-- EBITDA is materially weaker than projected due to unexpected
end-market weakness, a loss in market share, or operating
disruptions at its key Sterlington plant; or

-- Financial policies become more aggressive than S&P's current
assumption, such as undertaking large debt-funded dividends or
acquisitions.

S&P could take a positive rating action over the next 12 months
if:

-- The company is able to extend its debt-maturity profile at
favorable terms and we believe EBITDA interest coverage will remain
moderately above 1x and free cash flow generation will turn
positive;

-- Advancion is able to meaningfully reduce its adjusted debt
balances such that debt to EBITDA trends below 10x;

-- Stronger-than-expected volumes, pricing, or both lead to EBITDA
outperforming our expectations; and

-- S&P's confident the company's financial policies will support
the maintenance of the aforementioned credit measures.



AIP RD BUYER: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'B-', Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on AIP RD Buyer
Corp. (dba RelaDyne) and its issue-level rating on its senior
secured first-lien credit facility to 'B-' from 'B'. The recovery
rating remains '3'.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's view that leverage will improve
to the low-6x area in 2026 with free operating cash flow (FOCF) to
debt in the low-single-digit percents as operating performance
improves from volume growth.

Weaker demand in RelaDyne's reliability services and
weather-related volatility raised S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
leverage above 7x for the 12 months ended March 31, 2026. Higher
capital expenditure (capex) and working capital volatility resulted
in cash flow deficits.

S&P said, "Although we expect increased sales volumes due to higher
oil prices in 2026, leverage will remain above 6x and cash flow
will be muted.

"We lowered our rating because weak earnings and a debt-funded
acquisitive strategy raise leverage. RelaDyne faced headwinds last
year largely driven by lower emergency services activity, lower
freight services, and weaker demand stemming from lower natural gas
and crude prices and resultant soft oil field market. Leverage
ticked up to 7.4x in 2025 and remained above 7x for the 12 months
ended March 31. While we forecast leverage to improve to 6.3x by
the end of this year, we anticipate continued weaker demand in
reliability services and leverage above our 6x upgrade threshold.
We anticipate growth in volumes from higher fuel prices, but the
higher cost of fuel will increase operating expenses."

RelaDyne's emergency services segment benefits from storms and
natural disasters, which is highly unpredictable and adds to
earnings volatility. In 2025, gross profit from emergency services
declined about 85%. RelaDyne also has an acquisitive expansion
strategy, and S&P expects the company to pursue debt-funded
acquisitions and incur integration-related expenses that stall
material deleveraging.

Higher capex and working capital volatility will stress FOCF. S&P
said, "We forecast capex will remain above historical levels from
higher oil prices and continued investment in fleet and equipment.
We expect larger working capital outflow if oil prices remain high;
the company makes fuel purchases before getting paid by customers
and its payment terms with suppliers are tighter than those with
customers. We forecast this will mute cash flow in the next year
resulting in FOCF to debt in the low-single-digit percent area in
the next two years."

RelaDyne has sufficient liquidity to fund working capital outflow.
As of March 31, the company held $53.8 million cash and had about
$260 million availability on its $425 million asset-based lending
(ABL) facility. S&P said, "We believe this liquidity position is
sufficient to cover capex and working capital outflow even if fuel
prices continue to rise. While unforeseen events such as a
substantial acquisition could necessitate additional borrowings, we
anticipate modestly positive cash flow in the next year."

The stable outlook on RelaDyne reflects S&P's view that leverage
will improve to the low-6x area in 2026 with FOCF to debt in the
low-single-digit percents as operating performance improves from
volume growth.

S&P could lower its ratings if liquidity significantly tightens,
FOCF deficits persist, and we believe the capital structure becomes
unsustainable. This could occur if:


-- RelaDyne adopts a more aggressive financial policy that
prioritizes debt-funded dividends or share repurchases;

-- It has difficulty integrating acquisitions;

-- Volumes decrease due to a rapid decline in demand or increasing
price-based competition; or

-- Material working capital outflow, labor, or other costs
materially increase.

S&P could raise its ratings if it expects debt to EBITDA to remain
below 6x and FOCF to debt in the mid-single-digit percent area
through business cycles. This could occur if RelaDyne:

-- Increases its customer and revenue base and expands its profit
margin to absorb potential oil price volatility; and

-- Adopts a more conservative financial policy from its private
equity owner.


ALEXCO-USA INC: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------
Alexco-USA Inc. received interim approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of California to use cash
collateral.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral through July 3 to pay operating expenses in accordance
with an approved budget. The Debtor is permitted to deviate from
individual budget line items by up to 10% during each calendar
month without further court approval. Any unused amount from a
budget category may be carried forward and applied to future
periods.

Multiple merchant cash advance and secured lenders claim interests
in the cash collateral through various UCC filings.

As adequate protection for the Debtor's use of cash collateral, the
court granted these lenders replacement liens on all post-petition
assets, maintaining the same validity, priority and extent as their
pre-petition liens.

The court also directed banks and other entities holding the
debtor's funds to immediately release any account holds and
disregard any prepetition instructions from secured lenders
requiring payment of debtor funds to those lenders.

A further hearing is set for June 29, with objections due by June
15 and replies due by June 22.

The order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/Alexco-USA_ICCOrder.pdf

Alexco-USA owns a restaurant, which faced financial distress,
including damage from Hurricane Hilary in 2023, a temporary closure
and alleged salmonella outbreak in 2025, resulting revenue losses,
negative publicity, and reliance on high-cost financing. There were
also delays in obtaining an SBA loan for $1.6 million intended to
refinance debts and fund repairs.

The Debtor asserts that, after 33 years of operations, it remains a
viable business capable of successfully reorganizing if permitted
to continue operating.

                    About Alexco-USA Inc.

Alexco-USA Inc. is a privately held company with limited publicly
available information, potentially engaged in commercial or
industrial operations.

Alexco-USA sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Calif. Case No. 26-01810) on
April 30, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reported assets of up
to $50,000 and liabilities of between $1 million and $10 million.

The Debtor is represented by Michael Jay Berger, Esq., at the Law
Offices of Michael Jay Berger.


ALFASPIRE INC: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Alfaspire, Inc.
          DBA ServPro of Doral
        3186 West 81st Street
        Hialeah, FL 33018

Business Description: Alfaspire Inc., doing business as ServPro
of Doral, provides restoration and remediation services from
Hialeah, Florida. The company, incorporated in 2014, serves
customers needing property-restoration support, including
remediation and disaster-recovery services.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 14, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Florida

Case No.: 26-16267

Judge: Hon. Corali Lopez-Castro

Debtor's Counsel: Christina Vilaboa-Abel, Esq.
                  CAVA LAW, LLC
                  1390 S Dixie Hwy
                  Ste 1110
                  Coral Gables, FL 33146-2936
                  Tel: +1(786) 675-6830
                  Email: eservice@cavalegal.com

Estimated Assets: $100,000 to $500,000

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Bresly Jaramillo as president.

A copy of the Debtor's list of its 20 largest unsecured creditors
is available for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/TNXZE3A/Alfaspire_Inc__flsbke-26-16267__0002.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/TBXDJAY/Alfaspire_Inc__flsbke-26-16267__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


ALIXPARTNERS LLP: To Acquire Canadian Restructuring Boutique KSV
----------------------------------------------------------------
AlixPartners, the global consulting firm, announced on May 20,
2026, that it has entered into a definitive agreement to acquire
one of Canada's leading restructuring advisory boutiques, KSV
Advisory (KSV). This exciting transaction is AlixPartners' first
investment in the wider Canadian market and further strengthens the
firm's position as a global leader in the provision of Turnaround &
Restructuring Services (TRS).

Founded in 2015 and led by Bobby Kofman, David Sieradzki, Mitch
Vininsky and Noah Goldstein, KSV provides a range of restructuring
advisory and formal insolvency services to both companies and their
stakeholders. KSV operates under the names KSV Advisory Inc. and
KSV Restructuring Inc. in Canada. It has worked on numerous high
profile Canadian and cross-border mandates, including LoyaltyOne,
Sandvine, Eddie Bauer, Claire's and Discovery Air.

Upon the closing of the transaction, all members of the KSV
restructuring practice in both Toronto and Calgary are expected to
join the AlixPartners TRS Americas practice, including David
Sieradzki, Mitch Vininsky and Noah Goldstein as Partners & Managing
Directors. Additionally, KSV Co-Founder Bobby Kofman will join
AlixPartners in the role of Senior Advisor with responsibilities
including leading restructuring roles, business development and
wider AlixPartners brand-building activities in the Canadian
market.

The closing of the transaction is anticipated to occur on or around
June 1, 2026, subject to the satisfaction of certain closing
conditions, with the KSV team operating under the AlixPartners
brand immediately upon closing.

Bobby Kofman, KSV Co-Founder commented:

"We are immensely proud of the business and market position we
built up over many years as KSV. The variety and high-profile
nature of the many local and cross-border cases we have worked on
is testament to the excellent quality of our people. This exciting
transaction affords us the opportunity to take this high-performing
team to a new level and to further augment our offerings to clients
by joining what is undoubtedly one of the world's most highly
regarded and successful turnaround and restructuring practices."

Jim Mesterharm, Global Co-Head of AlixPartners TRS practice said:

"We have long admired from afar KSV's work, their in-market
excellence and the immense quality of their people. Combining with
KSV brings many benefits for our people and our clients, including
enhanced career opportunities, greater geographic reach and further
technical and operational strength and depth."

Eric Koza, Global Co-Head of AlixPartners TRS practice said:

"We are delighted to welcome our new colleagues from KSV to
AlixPartners. At a time of immense disruption and with increasing
volatility in global markets, this is a timely and highly effective
addition to our already globally recognised capabilities in the TRS
arena."

David Garfield, AlixPartners Co-Chief Executive Officer commented:

"Our firm's M&A strategy has long focused on top-tier firms which
enhance the depth and breadth of our client offering. The
acquisition of KSV perfectly embodies this strategy by not only
strengthening an existing core capability but also giving us the
opportunity to establish a presence in the Canadian marketplace. As
client demand grows in the face of unprecedented disruption, we
continue to look for similarly high-quality opportunities across
all of our core service areas."

The transaction was led for AlixPartners by the firm's in-house M&A
team with supporting advice from Stikeman Elliott LLP, Willkie Farr
& Gallagher LLP and PWC.

KSV was supported throughout the process by Wildeboer Dellelce LLP
and EY.

Terms of the deal are not being disclosed.

About KSV

Founded in 2015, KSV is Canada's leading boutique financial and
restructuring advisory firm. Serving corporates, law firms,
lenders, creditor groups and other key stakeholders, the firm
provides a broad range of turnaround and restructuring services.
Regularly appointed as Court Officers under Canadian restructuring
legislation, KSV's expert professionals have deep cross border
experience gained on assignments delivered throughout North America
and beyond.

             About AlixPartners

AlixPartners is a results-driven global consulting firm that
specializes in helping businesses successfully capitalize on
opportunity and address critical challenges. Our clients include
companies, corporate boards, law firms, investment banks, private
equity firms and others. Founded in 1981, AlixPartners is
headquartered in New York and has offices in more than 20 cities
around the world. For more information, visit alixpartners.com.


ALL IN GRADING: Unsecureds to Get Share of Incom for 3 Years
------------------------------------------------------------
All In Grading LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Western District of North Carolina a Plan of Reorganization dated
May 7, 2026.

The Debtor is a grading and site work company and was created in
2020. The Debtor financed the purchase of heavy equipment from
various lenders.

Due to a slowdown in the industry, the Debtor began to struggle
with cash flow. The Debtor began exploring its bankruptcy options
after falling into default on loans to creditors holding liens on
its equipment as well as federal and state taxes.

On or about February 4, 2026, the Internal Revenue Service filed a
tax lien against the Debtor's assets. The Debtor did not discover
the existence of this tax lien until mid-March 2026.

The Debtor filed for relief under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the
Bankruptcy Code on February 6, 2026, to restructure its secured
debt, repay its tax obligations in full, and commit its disposable
income to unsecured creditors for the duration of the plan term.

Class 18 consists of Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims
(which includes Allowed Unsecured Deficiency Claims). Allowed
General Unsecured Creditors shall be paid a Pro Rata share of the
Reorganized Debtor's projected "disposable income" less Claims of
higher priority, if any, for three full years (i.e. 2026, 2027, and
2028) with payments being made on or before June 1 of 2027, 2028,
and 2029. This Class is impaired.

In the Financial Projections, the Debtor has provided its best
estimate of the claims with a priority higher than Class 18 Claims
that will be owing so that holders of Allowed Class 18 Claims may
reasonably calculate the projected amount they will be paid
pursuant to this Plan. That said, to the extent claims with a
priority higher than Class 18 Claims are less than projected,
holders of Allowed Class 18 Claims will receive a higher
distribution than shown in the Financial Projections. However, to
the extent claims with a priority higher than Class 18 Claims are
more than projected, holders of Allowed Class 18 Claims will
receive a lower distribution than shown in the Financial
Projections.  

Class 19 consists of Equity Interests in the Debtor. All Equity
Interests held prior to the Petition Date shall be retained.

The Plan contemplates that distributions will be funded by revenues
generated during the Debtor's post-petition earnings.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 7, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=83pvGk from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Cole Hayes, Esq.
     COLE HAYES LAW
     601 S. Kings Drive, Suite F PMB #411
     Charlotte, NC 28204
     Phone: (980) 416-4266
     E-mail: info@colehayeslaw.com

                    About All In Grading LLC

All In Grading LLC provides excavation and site preparation
services, including land grading, land clearing, and demolition
work for residential and commercial projects, and operates in the
construction and earthwork contracting industry. The company is
based in Kings Mountain, North Carolina, and serves customers in
surrounding areas within the state.

All In Grading LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D.N.C. Case No.
26-40037) on February 6, 2026, listing $1 million to $10 million in
both assets and liabilities.

Judge Ashley Austin Edwards presides over the case.

Cole Hayes, Esq. serves as the Debtor's counsel.


ALLBOUND CARRIER: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois,
Eastern Division, entered an interim order authorizing Allbound
Carrier, Inc. to use the cash collateral of the U.S. Small Business
Administration.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral in accordance with its budget from the petition date
through May 31. The order permits spending flexibility through a
variance allowance of up to 15% on individual budget line items and
up to 20% on a cumulative basis for the interim period, allowing
the Debtor some operational flexibility while maintaining court
oversight.

As part of the adequate protection package, the Debtor must
continue making ordinary-course monthly payments on the SBA loan in
the approximate amount of $731 per month, as required under the SBA
note.

In addition, the SBA received replacement liens on all
post-petition property of the same type as its prepetition
collateral to protect against any decline in collateral value
resulting from the Debtor's use of cash collateral. These
replacement liens are automatically perfected without the need for
additional filings.

Unless extended by further order, the Debtor's authority to use
cash collateral and the interim protections granted under the order
will terminate on May 31.

A further hearing has been scheduled for May 29.

                       Allbound Carrier Inc.

Allbound Carrier, Inc. is an Illinois-based trucking company
operating through independent owner-operators.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 26-06532) on April 15,
2026. In the petition signed by Blagoj Srbinov, president, the
Debtor disclosed up to $1 million in assets and up to $500,000 in
liabilities.

David P Leibowitz, Esq., at Law Offices of David P Leibowitz, LLC,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


ALLSPRING BUYER: S&P Affirms 'BB-' Long-Term ICR, Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'BB-' long-term issuer credit and
issue ratings on Allspring Buyer LLC. The recovery rating on the
company's senior secured debt is '3' (rounded estimate: 55%),
indicating its expectation for meaningful recovery in the event of
default.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that Allspring will
operate with S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage in the high-4x to
low-5x area over the next 12 months, while maintaining assets under
advisement (AUA) near current levels and healthy investment
performance despite market volatility and geopolitical
uncertainty.

S&P said, "We expect resilient operating performance in 2026
despite market volatility and redemption risk. Allspring's AUA
remains sizable relative to similarly rated peers despite modest
net outflows. As of March 31, 2026, AUA reached $625 billion, a 4%
year-over-year increase, which supported steady revenue growth.
Although the company had several quarters of net
outflows--primarily owing to industrywide pressures on active
equity and rate-driven weakness in stable value strategies--we
think these are largely a reaction to broader industry trends
rather than company-specific issues."

Allspring's core strength in fixed income has held up, with
outflows in late 2025 reverting to net inflows by the first quarter
of 2026. Allspring's exposure to market volatility is further
mitigated by a well-diversified asset base, with equities
accounting for only 21% of AUA of first-quarter 2026. S&P expects
Allspring to pursue growth by expanding its offerings into
high-investor-interest areas such as exchanged-traded funds, while
maintaining the solid performance of certain of its legacy
products.

S&P said, "We expect Allspring to benefit from substantial cost
savings achieved over the past year. This should result in S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted margins improving to around 24% by 2027. We
believe the $75 million in annual run-rate expenses eliminated
provides a strong foundation for healthier EBITDA margins, which
should enhance financial flexibility.

"Supporting the cost savings is the company's multiyear focus on
operating efficiency, including modernizing technology platforms,
streamlining the office footprint, and integrating AI to support
business objectives. Over time, we expect these initiatives to lead
to gradual improvement in revenue and EBITDA generation, leading to
improved yet still average margins (which we view as 20% to 35% for
the sector), fueled by a growing asset base and sustained cost
discipline.

"We expect Allspring to operate with S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
credit protection measures within the threshold for the current
rating. Despite a macroeconomic backdrop characterized by modest
U.S. GDP growth and a 30% recession probability, we believe
Allspring will demonstrate resilience, with projected debt to
EBITDA in the high-4x to low-5x area and EBITDA interest coverage
remaining steady in the low-to-mid-2x area. While we previously
adjusted for restructuring expenses associated with the company's
2021 spin off from Wells Fargo, we stopped adding back
company-defined one-time items in fiscal year 2025, as we now view
them as part of the normal course of business for an asset manager,
rather than transformative.

"As a result of the inclusion of costs Allspring spent in 2025 to
support operational efficiencies (combined with the $300 million in
incremental debt issued in September 2025), Allspring's S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage was 5.4x at year-end 2025. But if we
excluded these one-time costs from 2025, leverage would be
approximately 4.6x. We expect the company to operate around this
level once its costs normalize, provided debt levels remain steady,
supported by broadening EBITDA and improved margins. This
strengthening profile is already reflected in the rising EBITDA
interest coverage, to 2.5x in 2025 from 2.3x in 2024.

"We expect financial policy to remain somewhat aggressive because
of financial sponsorship. If Allspring adopts a more aggressive
financial policy, such that we expect the company to operate with
S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA well above 5x, perhaps due to
significant volatility in operating performance leading to weaker
EBITDA margins or additional debt-financed
distributions/acquisitions, we could consider revising the outlook
on the company to negative.

"That said, our base-case expectation is that the company will
remain within our ratings threshold, provided interest rates
decrease modestly, the debt level holds steady, and distributions
are manageable. Allspring upsized its term loan by $300 million in
2025 to finance distributions, which totaled approximately $425
million in 2025.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that Allspring will
operate with S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA in the
high-4x to low-5x area with EBITDA interest coverage above 2x over
the next 12 months, while maintaining or expanding its AUA and
achieving healthy investment performance despite the potential for
elevated market volatility and geopolitical uncertainty over the
next year."

S&P could lower its ratings on Allspring if:

-- S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA rises and remains
well above 5.5x on a sustained basis while EBITDA interest coverage
declines below 2x, perhaps due to debt-financed distributions or
acquisitions beyond our expectations; or

-- The business deteriorates, as demonstrated by a meaningful
decline in earnings, AUA, or investment performance.

While unlikely, S&P could raise its ratings on Allspring if:

-- The company demonstrates commitment to a more conservative
financial policy, such that S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to
EBITDA declines toward and remains in the low-4x area with EBITDA
interest coverage increasing toward 3x; and

-- Operating performance and AUA improve and compare favorably
with those of higher-rated peers, with consistently positive
netflows, investments outperforming benchmarks, greater scale, and
improving margins, resulting in solid EBITDA growth.



ALLTECH INC: S&P Affirms 'B' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed all its ratings on Kentucky-based
animal feed and nutritional products producer Alltech Inc.,
including the 'B' issuer credit rating and its 'B' issue-level
rating on the company's term loan B (TLB). S&P's '3' recovery
rating on the TLB is unchanged, though it revised its rounded
recovery estimate to 60% from 55%.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that the company will
generate a positive operating performance and continue to improve
its funds from operations (FFO) cash interest coverage toward the
3x area.

Alltech's recent TLB add-on and launch of the Akralos Nutrition JV
have not materially affected its leverage. S&P said, "We estimate
the company's leverage pro forma for this transaction is 6.5x,
which is unchanged from its leverage as of Mar. 31, 2026, because
it used the proceeds to redeem a portion of its preferred equity
and pay related accrued interest. We treat Alltech's preferred
equity as debt because we do not view it as permanent capital. This
reflects, in part, that the instrument's high payment-in-kid (PIK)
dividend rates may incentivize the company to raise debt to redeem
it. In addition, Alltech used $28 million of cash from its balance
sheet to cover fees and expenses and complete a $25 million
shareholder distribution."

The JV launched on Feb. 1, 2026, and was formed through the
company's contribution of its U.S.-based Hubbard Feeds and
Canada-based Masterfeeds businesses and ADM's contribution of its
U.S. feed business in exchange for a 51% economic interest for
Alltech and 49% for ADM. The JV is primarily capitalized with
partner equity but also includes a $50 million term loan, resulting
in pro forma debt to EBITDA of 1x. The company does not consolidate
the JV in its financial statements and accounts for it under the
equity method of accounting because Alltech does not control board
decisions, which is equally shared with ADM. S&P said, "As such, we
will include any dividends received from the JV as EBITDA and
exclude the equity earnings from EBITDA. We do not proportionally
consolidate the JV and, therefore, have not incorporated the
associated debt in our credit metrics. The $50 million term loan is
currently not material to Alltech's overall debt balances and would
not lead to a material change in Alltech's leverage, given that the
JV's leverage is lower than that of Alltech."

S&P said, "We estimate leverage will remain above 6x, given our
expectation for ongoing PIK accretion on its preferred equity. We
estimate the company has about $407 million of preferred equity
that will continue to accrete at a 15% PIK rate. Although Alltech
has an established track record of periodically repaying its
minority preferred equity capital, such reductions are
opportunistic and typically done concurrent with a refinancing,
thus we do not include them in our base-case projections. Alltech's
cash balances have grown quarter-over-quarter over the past two
years—even after accounting for its ongoing capital expenditure
(capex) and recent acquisitions—this growth has occurred
alongside relatively flat net debt. In 2025, the company spent
$24.2 million on the Fennoaqua and Agolin JVs; coupled with capex
spending of 3% of sales to fund facility upgrades and growth
projects. We expect annual discretionary cash flow to revert closer
to historical levels of $50 million in fiscal 2026 and beyond,
which will likely support further cash accumulation. Still, as the
company has not committed to a specific debt repayment schedule and
may prioritize growth-related capex or JVs, our base case does not
assume debt reduction. We therefore expect leverage to remain in
the low 6x area, though we recognize the potential for deleveraging
if the company chooses to redeem additional preferred equity."

FFO cash interest coverage will steadily improve along with EBITDA
expansion. S&P said, "Given the company's large preferred equity
burden that features noncash PIK interest, we also consider its FFO
cash interest coverage when assessing its financial risk profile.
Alltech's FFO cash interest coverage declined to 2.2x as of the end
of fiscal year 2025 from 2.4x a year earlier. Because the company's
recent refinancings have reduced the interest of its term debt and
we forecast ongoing operational profitability and a reduction in
operational expenses, we project it will improve its FFO cash
interest coverage to 2.8x over the next year."

S&P said, "Alltech Inc. continues to outperform our expectations.
The company's revenue growth accelerated to 13% in the first
quarter ending March 31, 2026, sustaining the momentum seen in 2025
when revenues grew 9.7% (surpassing our 9% forecast) due to volume
increases across all its segments, a positive shift in its sales
mix, and higher prices. Although Alltech's S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin was 70 basis points lower than we
expected in 2025 due to higher-than-anticipated selling, general,
and administrative costs primarily because of higher pricing, gross
margins remained at 30% last year and the company was able to
increase its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA by 6% compared with
end of fiscal year 2024. The EBITDA growth reflected improved unit
margins from higher volumes, a reduction in raw material costs,
higher pricing, a favorable sales mix, and cost optimization. We
expect Alltech will maintain the pace of the expansion in its
consolidated top-line revenue and margin, enabling it to increase
its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA by 11% in fiscal 2026. We
anticipate this will be supported by a continued strong performance
in its specialty ingredients segment, where higher prices and
increased volumes of high-margin new products in minerals and
mycotoxins are expected to drive results, as well as a rebound in
its nutrition segment as high-nutrition products continue to gain
market share.

"The stable outlook on Alltech reflects our expectation for FFO
cash interest coverage approaching 3x as it continues to increase
its revenue and EBITDA by the low-single-digit percent area in
fiscal 2026."

S&P could lower its ratings on Alltech if its FFO cash interest
coverage declines below 2x. This could occur if:

-- The company underperforms our expectations, potentially due to
feed-cost inflation, a negative shift in its product mix that
pressures its margin, or unforeseen supply chain disruptions;

-- Interest rates rise beyond our base-case assumptions; or

-- Its financial policy becomes more aggressive, potentially
because it undertakes debt-funded acquisitions or shareholder
returns.

S&P could raise its ratings on Alltech if it sustains FFO cash
interest coverage of above 3x. This could occur if:

-- The company performs in-line with our expectations;

-- It does not undertake additional debt-funded shareholder
returns or acquisitions before improving its credit metrics; and

-- The interest rate environment remains favorable.



AMERICAN AIRLINES: S&P Rates Proposed Sr. Secured Term Loan 'BB'
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB' issue-level rating and '1'
recovery rating to the proposed senior secured term loan B due in
2033 issued by U.S.-based global airline company American Airlines
Group Inc.'s (American) wholly owned subsidiary, American Airlines
Inc. The '1' recovery rating indicates its expectation for very
high (90%-100%; rounded estimate: 90%) recovery in a simulated
default scenario, which supports a two-notch uplift relative to its
long-term issuer credit rating.

The proposed term loan B will be secured by American's slot, gates,
and routes (SGR) at London Heathrow and other European airports
(Atlantic SGRs) and rank pari passu with the company's Atlantic SGR
revolver. American will use the proceeds from the proposed term
loan to repay its $1.1 billion term loan B due in January 2027
(secured by the same collateral).

S&P said, "Our 'B+' issuer credit rating on American and our
issue-level ratings on its other debt are unchanged. High jet fuel
prices will likely subdue credit measures, which were already weak
for the rating in 2025, for another year. However, strong demand
for passenger travel supports higher airfares that we assume will
materially mitigate the pressure on American's earnings and cash
flow. There is high operating leverage associated with airfares,
which stagnated for the past several years but have steadily
increased since the outset of the war with Iran.

"We assume favorable supply/demand fundamentals will persist in
2027, with continuing above-average growth in the company's
higher-margin premium and loyalty sales. Moreover, we forecast fuel
prices will ease well below current levels (in the high-$3 per
gallon area) and contribute to a reduction in American's leverage
next year. That said, we are mindful of the inherent volatility in
fuel prices, and the potential for demand to unexpectedly soften
amid sustained fare and consumer-price inflation."



AMERICAN TRASH: $849K Unsecureds Claims to Recover 50% in 5 Years
-----------------------------------------------------------------
American Trash Management, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of California a Combined Chapter 11
Plan and Disclosure Statement dated May 8, 2026.

Founded in 1990, the company has been continuously operating since
then. Located in Emeryville, ATM's mission is to reduce the costs
and problems of trash for trash-generating businesses and
institutions, using smart design, smart systems, and smart
technology.

Shortly after filing the bankruptcy case, the Debtor successfully
obtained orders from the Court authorizing, among other things, the
use of cash collateral, payment of pre-petition wage claims,
maintenance of its cash management system, appointment of Scott
Brown as its responsible individual and the retention of Finestone
Hayes LLP as its bankruptcy counsel.

The Debtor will continue to operate its business, which is now
being operated profitably. The Debtor will pay creditors from
future operations and a capital infusion of $125,000 from its
equity ownership.

In general terms, Debtor will pay off the secured debt of Fremont
Bank within one year from confirmation, will pay of the automobile
lenders pursuant to the terms of the contracts, will pay off the
priority debts within five years of the petition date in compliance
with Section 1129(a)(9)(c), and will make payments to the general
unsecured creditors of 50% of their claims, other than the
alternate treatments proposed for Class 2.1 and 2.2.

    Class 2 General Unsecured Claims

Class 2.1 The Claim of WHR Holdings, LLC. WHR filed a claim of
$3,819,645.46. The Debtor disputes the amount of the WHR claim and
to the extent it has not already done so, it will file an objection
to the WHR claim within 30 days from the Effective Date. Under the
Plan, Debtor proposes alternate treatments of the WHR claim.

     * Option One: Debtor will pay WHR a total of $1,400,000 by
making equal quarterly payments of $70,000 for five years from the
Effective Date. Payments will be due on the first day of the month
that falls in the fourth month from the month in which the
Effective Date falls. Payments shall be late if not paid within 10
days from the due date. The claim shall not accrue interest. In
addition to making these payments, Debtor will be deemed to have
released WHR of any claims the Debtor may have against WHR as of
the Effective Date.

     * Option Two: Debtor will pay WHR 50% of the amount determined
by the Court as the allowed claim of WHR by making equal quarterly
payments for five years from the date the claim becomes an allowed
claim. Payments will be due on the first day of the month that
falls in the fourth month from the month in which the Effective
Date falls. Payments shall be late if not paid within 10 days from
the due date. The claim shall not accrue interest.

When voting to accept or reject the Plan, WHR shall also indicate
whether it elects Option One or Option Two. If WHR fails to select
an option, then Option One shall apply. This class is impaired and
is entitled to vote on confirmation of the Plan.

Class 2.2 consists of the two disputed claims filed by Oscar and
Margarita Barbosa, claims 16 and 17. First, Debtor believes the
claims are duplicates of one another. Second, the claims are
disputed personal injury claims arising out of an automobile
accident alleged to have been caused by an employee of the Debtor
during the course and scope of his employment. Third, Debtor
understands the claims are covered by applicable insurance
policies. Debtor provides two options for the Class 2.2 creditor as
follows:

     * Option One: To the extent the claims are covered by
applicable insurance policies, as of the Effective Date, the
automatic stay or any plan-related injunction will lift, and the
Class 2.2 claimants shall be free to proceed in state court with
the claims against Debtor, provided that they will not seek to
enforce the claims against Debtor’s estate and will look solely
to insurance for any recovery.

     * Option Two: If the Class 2.2 claimants reject option one,
then to the extent the claimants have an allowed claim against the
Debtor, which is not covered by an insurance policy, they will
receive the same treatment as the general unsecured creditors.

When voting to accept or reject the Plan, the Class 2 claimants
shall also indicate whether they elect Option One or Option Two. If
the Class 2 claimants fail to select an option, then Option One
shall apply. This class is impaired and is entitled to vote on
confirmation of the Plan.

The Class 2.3 claimant, Ruben Martinez, filed a claim against the
Debtor in front of the Workers' Compensation Appeals Board for the
State of California for injuries allegedly incurred in the course
and scope of his employment with the Debtor. Debtor believes the
case was pending at the time it filed this bankruptcy. As of the
Effective Date, the automatic stay or any plan-related injunction
will be lifted, and the Class 2.3 claimant shall be free to proceed
in front of the Workers' Compensation Appeals Board. As the claim
is covered by Debtor's workers' compensation insurance and state
law provides that proceeding against the insurance is the sole
remedy, the Class 2.3 claimant will not have a claim against the
Debtor's estate. This class is not impaired.

Class 2.4 consists of claims that are $1,000 or less, or those
creditors who are willing to reduce their claims to $1,000 for
purposes of being in the Convenience Class. Debtor estimates the
total claims of Class 2.4 are $8,628. Creditors in Class 2.4 shall
be paid 50% of their claim 30 days after the Effective Date. Any
creditor that has a claim in excess of $1,000 can elect to reduce
its claim to $1,000 by notifying Debtor's counsel via email
(sfinestone@fhlawllp.com) no later than the date by which ballots
are due.

The Class 2.5 claims consist of all allowed general unsecured non
priority claims, other than those of WHR, Classes 2.2 and 2.3
(unless they elect the option to be included in Class 2.5) and 2.4.
The Debtor estimates the amount of the claims in Class 2.5 are
$849,460, as set forth below. Debtor will pay 50% of the allowed
amounts of the Class 2.5 creditors by making equal quarterly
payments for five years from the later of the Effective Date or the
date the claim becomes an allowed claim. Payments will be due on
the first day of the month that falls in the fourth month from the
month in which the Effective Date falls. This class is impaired.

Class 3 consists of all holders of equity interests in the Debtor.
Such holders will not receive any distributions under the Plan on
account of their interests, which will not be cancelled. The
holders will retain their interests and the legal, equitable, and
contractual rights provided by their interests.

The Reorganized Debtor shall be come into being upon entry of the
order confirming the Plan. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized
Debtor shall take possession, custody, and control of all books,
records, and files of the Debtor and its estate, and shall provide
for the retention and storage of such materials until the
Reorganized Debtor determines that retention is no longer necessary
or required.

The Reorganized Debtor shall be responsible for reconciling and
paying all claims in accordance with the Plan. The Reorganized
Debtor shall make all distributions required under the Plan and
shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Debtor to carry
out such responsibilities, including the authority to open and
maintain accounts, sign checks, and take all actions necessary to
effectuate the Plan.

On the Effective Date, pursuant to Section 1141(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code, all of the Debtor's assets shall vest in the
Reorganized Debtor; provided, however, that (i) the Reorganized
Debtor may abandon any assets that it believes have no meaningful
value. Moreover, the Reorganized Debtor shall be authorized to sell
or otherwise liquidate any assets in the manner it believes is
commercially reasonable, without further order of the Court.

A full-text copy of the Combined Plan and Disclosure Statement
dated May 8, 2026 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=Wx241X
from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Stephen D. Finestone
     Finestone Hayes LLP
     456 Montgomery Street, Suite 1300
     San Francisco, CA 94104
     Tel: (415) 481-5481
     Fax: (415) 398-2820
     Email: sfinestone@fhlawllp.com

                  About American Trash Management

American Trash Management, Inc., sought protection under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Calif. Case No. 25-30743)
on Sept. 15, 2025.  In the petition signed by Scott Brown, chief
executive officer, the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both
assets and liabilities.

Judge Hannah L. Blumenstiel oversees the case.

Stephen Finestone, at Finestone Hayes, LLP, is the Debtor's legal
counsel.


ANGIE'S MOBILE: Case Summary & 14 Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Angie's Mobile Pet Styling, LLC
        318 Deer Cove Lane
        Lutz, FL 33548

Business Description: Angie's Mobile Pet Styling provides mobile
pet grooming services in Palm Harbor, Florida, and surrounding
areas. The company offers cat grooming, pet nail trimming, fur
trimming, pet baths, and hair dematting. Angie's Mobile Pet
Styling has more than 30 years of industry experience and a team
of more than 15 people.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 15, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court   
       Middle District of Florida

Case No.: 26-04130

Judge: Hon. Caryl E Delano

Debtor's Counsel: Buddy D. Ford, Esq.
                  FORD & SEMACH, P.A.
                  9301 West Hillsborough Avenue
                  Tampa, FL 33615-3008
                  Tel: (813) 877-4669
                  Fax: (813) 877-5543
                  Email: All@tampaesq.com

Total Assets: $133,721

Total Liabilities: $1,198,530

The petition was signed by Angela Landis as owner.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 14 unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/ZG4W2HI/Angies_Mobile_Pet_Styling_LLC__flmbke-26-04130__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


ARCADIAN RESOURCES: Must Pay Administrative Claims by June 12
-------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas
granted the emergency motion to compel payment of allowed
administrative expense claims and enforce the confirmation order
filed by Nextgen Energy Service, LLC, and Rogue Industrial, LLC,
creditors in the bankruptcy case of Arcadian Resources, LLC.

The Debtor shall, by no later than June 12, 2026, pay the Allowed
Administrative Claims of Rogue and Nextgen in full, specifically:

     $66,174.74 to Rogue and
     $43,380.00 to NexGen.

If the Debtor fails to timely make the payments, the Debtor shall
file a motion to modify the Plan pursuant to section 1127 of the
Bankruptcy Code by June 12.

The entry of this Order shall be without prejudice to either Rogue
or Nextgen to seek alternative relief, including but not limited to
a motion to dismiss or a motion to convert the case to chapter 7.

A copy of the Court's Order dated May 12, 2026, is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=NdA8KE from PacerMonitor.com.

                    About Arcadian Resources

Arcadian Resources LLC is part of the oil and gas extraction
industry.  Founded in 2015, Arcadian is a private exploration and
production company operating in the Denver-Julesburg (DJ) Basin,
Hugoton Basin, Las Animas Arch Basin, and Salina/Sedgwick Basins.

Previously, Arcadian operated 31 producing wells in connection with
30 oil and gas leases throughout Texas, Kansas, and Nebraska. With
the exception of the oil and gas leases associated with the
Saratoga Well all remaining oil and gas leases, however, expired
according to their own terms during the bankruptcy case.

Arcadian Resources, LLC, based in Glen Elder, Kansas, sought relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code filed its voluntary
petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No.
24-10158) on Sept. 1, 2024, listing as much as $1 million to $10
million in both assets and liabilities. James P. Deverman, sole
member, signed the petition.

The Debtor tapped Tittle Law Group, PLLC as bankruptcy counsel and
Jeter Law Firm as special counsel.

The Debtor won confirmation of its bankruptcy-exit Plan on Jan. 16,
2026.  As reported by Troubled Company Reporter, Arcadian Resources
filed with the Court its Second Amended Plan of Reorganization
dated Oct. 21, 2025. The allowed unsecured claims total
3,674,477.90. Class 2 is scheduled to receive a distribution of
$120,000.00 or 3% of their allowed claims.  The assets acquired by
the Plan Funder via purchase of New Equity shall include all assets
necessary or related to the business including cash, receivables,
equipment, and the Saratoga Well. The Plan Payment is equivalent to
the fair market value of the Equity Interests in the Debtor. In the
event the value of the New Equity is contested, the Debtor agreed
to auction the New Equity at the Confirmation Hearing.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated Oct. 21, 2025 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=H3bW7R from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.


ARTICON HOTEL: Amends Unsecured Claims Pay Details
--------------------------------------------------
Articon Hotel Services LLC submitted a First Amended Disclosure
Statement describing First Plan of Reorganization dated may 7,
2026.

The Debtor's Chapter 11 case was filed due to long standing
litigation with Baldwin Enterprises in the Circuit Court of
Illinois in Jefferson County, Illinois.

The Debtor has successfully lifted the automatic restraining
provisions of section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code to appeal the
Judgment obtained by Baldwin in the Circuit Court.

During the Debtor's Chapter 11 case, the Debtor has entered into
four interim cash collateral orders with the Small Business
Administration, the Debtor's secured creditor. During the Debtor's
Chapter 11 case, its cash has grown to in excess of $600,000, and
its receivables in excess of $900,000.

In addition, the Debtor and Baldwin have been involved in
litigation concerning lifting of the automatic stay, Subchapter V
eligibility and Baldwin's pending motion to dismiss the Debtor's
Chapter 11 case. The Debtor has experienced positive cash flow
during its Chapter 11 case.

The Debtor's Plan contains one category of Administrative Claims,
two categories of secured claims, two categories of unsecured
creditors, and one class of membership interests.

Class 3 consists of General Unsecured Non-Baldwin Litigation
Claims. General Unsecured Creditors other than those related to the
Baldwin litigation, amounting to approximately $416,000, will be
paid their pro-rata share of 1% of their claims semi-annually for a
period of five years. It is estimated that the total amount paid to
Class 3 Claimants semi-annually will be $4,155.67, and payments
will begin 30 days after the Effective Date. Class 3 is impaired.

Class 4 consists of General Unsecured Litigation Claims. No
distributions will be made to Class 4 Claimants until resolution of
the Debtor's Appeal of the Judgment entered in the Baldwin
Litigation. In the interim, the Debtor will escrow 1% of the amount
of Class 4 Claims semi-annually, with said funds to be placed in
the trust account of Debtor's counsel, CSCG. Class 4 is impaired.

Payments to creditors pursuant to the Plan will be made from funds
generated by the Debtor's operations.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Disclosure Statement dated
May 7, 2026 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=1bOtYp from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Scott R. Clar, Esq.
     Crane, Simon, Clar & Goodman
     135 South LaSalle Street, Suite 3950
     Chicago, IL 60603
     Telephone: (312) 641-6777
     Email: sclar@cranesimon.com

            About Articon Hotel Services LLC

Articon Hotel Services, LLC manufactures and supplies furniture,
fixtures and equipment as well as construction materials for the
hospitality industry in the United States. The Company provides
case goods, soft seating, millwork, lobby furniture, artwork,
mirrors and lighting, alongside shower surrounds, flooring, and
wall coverings, serving hotel projects through design, fabrication,
installation and compliance support. Articon works with major hotel
brands including Holiday Inn, Hilton, Embassy Suites, Courtyard and
Fairfield Inn & Suites.

Articon Hotel Services sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 25-13601) on Sept. 2,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported estimated assets between
$100,000 and $500,000 and estimated liabilities between $1 million
and $10 million.

The Debtor is represented by Scott R. Clar, Esq., at Crane, Simon,
Clar & Goodman.


AVEANNA HEALTHCARE: S&P Rates Proposed Senior Secured Debt 'B-'
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B-' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to Aveanna Healthcare LLC's proposed first-lien
senior secured term loan due 2032 and revolving credit facility due
2030. The '3' recovery rating indicates S&P's expectation for
meaningful (50%-70%; rounded estimate: 50%) recovery in the event
of a default. S&P considers the proposed transaction to be credit
neutral because the company is not increasing the size of the
facility and will not benefit from a material improvement in its
interest expense.



AVENGER FLIGHT: Emerges from Chapter 11 as AFG Newco LLC
--------------------------------------------------------
Avenger Flight Group, a leading global provider of advanced flight
simulation training solutions for commercial airlines, announced on
May 14, 2026, that it has successfully completed its restructuring
process and emerged from Chapter 11, which it and certain
affiliates commenced in February 2026 to implement a comprehensive
restructuring and sale process, as AFG Newco, LLC , a
well-capitalized platform positioned to execute on its next phase
of growth and expansion and continue to do business as Avenger
Flight Group.

The transaction follows a court-supervised sale process supported
by the Company's secured lenders and conducted under Section 363 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and approved by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Delaware.

The sale resulted in the transfer of substantially all of the
Company's assets to AFG Newco, LLC, enabling the business to
continue operations on a strengthened financial foundation. The
Company's existing lenders supported the process and are now equity
stakeholders aligned in supporting Avenger Flight Group's long-term
strategy and growth initiatives.

In connection with its emergence, Avenger closed on an exit
financing facility providing the Company with a capital structure
to support ongoing operations and future growth.

A Stronger Foundation for the Future

Through the restructuring, Avenger emerges with:

   * A materially deleveraged capital structure

   * New financing providing enhanced capital structure and
financial flexibility

   * A focused operational footprint aligned with customer demand

   * Continuity of operations across its global training network

   * Positioned to scale capacity in response to accelerating
global pilot demand

"Today marks an important milestone for Avenger Flight Group," said
Eduardo Carrasco. "With a strengthened balance sheet, and the
support of our ownership group, Avenger is well-positioned to
continue serving airline customers worldwide while investing in
expanded training capacity to meet the growing global demand for
pilot training."

Continuity for Customers and Employees

Avenger will continue to operate the Company's global flight
simulator training platforms, providing critical training services
to airline partners across North America, Latin America, and
Europe. Throughout the restructuring process, the Company
maintained uninterrupted operations.

"Our priority throughout this process has been--and remains--our
customers and partners," said Eduardo Carrasco. "We are proud to
emerge as a stronger company, with access to capital and a platform
that supports long-term stability and growth."

About New Avenger

Avenger is a global provider of aviation training solutions,
specializing in full-flight simulator training and advanced pilot
instruction for commercial airlines. The Company operates a network
of training centers and simulator platforms supporting airline
clients worldwide.

        About Avenger Flight Group LLC

Avenger Flight Group LLC provide low-cost training solutions for
clients while preserving value, a high degree of quality and
customer service at all times.  It has tailor-made its services
toward rapidly growing Low Cost Carriers (LCC) which had been
neglected in many occasions by other training providers. AFG has
become the preferred training center for many US and international
airlines, especially LCCs.

Avenger Flight sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bank.D.Dela. Case No. 26-10183) on  February 11,
2026.

Steven W. Golden at Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones LLP represents
the Debtor as legal counsel.



B&R ENGINEERING: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: B&R Engineering Corporation
        13271 S.W. 124th Street
        Miami, FL 33186

Business Description: B&R Engineering Corp is a Miami, Florida-
based HVAC contractor founded in 1994. The company provides
commercial and residential HVAC installation, including complete
HVAC systems installation, garage ventilation and CO systems,
smoke control integrated with BMS, test and balance, and building
commissioning. It has performed HVAC work for residential units,
schools, high-rises, and commercial buildings in South Florida.
B&R Engineering was founded by Ricardo E. Fernandez, P.E.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 18, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Florida

Case No.: 26-16436

Judge: TBD

Debtor's Counsel: Robert Reynolds, Esq.
                  LORIUM LAW
                  101 NE 3rd Avenue
                  Suite 1800
                  Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301
                  Tel: 954-462-8000
                  E-mail: rreynolds@loriumlaw.com

Total Assets: $3,787,372

Total Liabilities: $562,334

The petition was signed by Ricardo E. Fernandez as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's four unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/DZ3AY3A/BR_Engineering_Corporation__flsbke-26-16436__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


BARTRAM LOGISTICS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------------
Bartram Logistics, LLC received another extension from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Tennessee to use cash
collateral to fund operations.

The court issued its ninth interim order authorizing the Debtor to
use cash collateral until the next hearing scheduled for June 9.
Use of such collateral must be in accordance with previous interim
cash collateral orders and the latest budget, subject to a 10%
variance.

To protect the interests of pre-bankruptcy secured creditors, the
court granted them replacement liens on post-petition cash
collateral, which are automatically perfected without additional
filings.

The order also required all parties holding funds owed to the
Debtor to immediately transfer them to the Debtor.

The order is available at https://shorturl.at/8rYQ6 from
PacerMonitor.com.

Bartram Logistics' assets include cash accounts, accounts
receivable, and inventory, which may constitute cash collateral.

Studio Bank asserts a secured claim of approximately $530,000,
claiming an interest in the Debtor's accounts receivable and other
assets via a UCC-1 filed in 2024. First Chatham Bank (also known as
Cadence Bank) asserts a secured claim of approximately $2.3
million, claiming similar interests via a UCC-1 filed on April 28.
All other creditors with UCC-1 filings, per the Tennessee Secretary
of State, are merchant cash advance lenders.

Studio Bank, as secured creditor, is represented by:

   David M. Anthony, Esq.
   Exo Legal PLLC
   P.O. Box 121616
   Nashville, TN 37212    
   Telephone: (615) 869-0634
   Facsimile: (615) 307-6076
   david@exolegal.com

First Chatham Bank, as secured creditor, is represented by:

   Bryan J. Sisto, Esq.
   Frost Brown Todd LLP
   400 W. Market Street, Suite 3200
   Louisville, KY 40202
   Telephone: (502) 589-5400
   Facsimile: (502) 581-1087
   bsisto@fbtlaw.com

                    About Bartram Logistics LLC

Bartram Logistics, LLC, doing business as Bartram Electric,
operates as an electrical subcontractor providing installation and
related services for construction projects in the Southeastern
United States. The company focuses on multifamily, hotel, and
restaurant developments and undertakes electrical scopes of work
under general contractors. It has completed more than 70 projects
in the region and continues to work on dozens of active and
contracted assignments.

Bartram Logistics sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 25-03788) on September
9, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported between $1 million
and $10 million in assets and liabilities.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Randal S. Mashburn handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Erin Malone-Smolla, Esq., at Bradley
Arant Boult Cummings, LLP.


BITCOIN DEPOT: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------
Lead Debtor: Bitcoin Depot Inc.
               f/k/a GSR II Meteora Acquisition Corp.
             8601 Dunwoody Place, Suite 308
             Sandy Springs, GA 30350

Business Description: Bitcoin Depot Inc. operates Bitcoin kiosks
and provides consumers with cash-to-Bitcoin conversion services.
The Company also sells cryptocurrency through its BDCheckout
product and website, with BDCheckout enabling users to load cash
into accounts at checkout counters and use those funds to purchase
Bitcoin. Bitcoin Depot is headquartered in Sandy Springs, Georgia,

with additional corporate offices in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, and
operates kiosks in retailer locations across the United States,
Canada, and Australia.

Court:            United States Bankruptcy Court
                  Southern District of Texas

Affiliates that filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code on May 17, 2026

    Debtor                                       Case No.
    ------                                       --------
    Express Vending Inc.                         26-90526
    Bitcoin Depot Operating LLC                  26-90527

Affiliates that filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code on May 18, 2028

    Debtor                                       Case No.
    ------                                       --------
    Bitcoin Depot Inc. (Lead Case)               26-90528
    BCD Merger Sub LLC                           26-90529
    BT HoldCo LLC                                26-90530
    BTM International Holdings 1 LLC             26-90531
    BTM International Holdings II LLC            26-90532
    Cash Ramp LLC                                26-90533
    Digital Gold Ventures Inc.                   26-90534
    Intuitive Software LLC                       26-90535
    Kiosk Holdco LLC                             26-90536
    Kiosk Technicians, LLC                       26-90537
    Kutt, Inc.                                   26-90538
    Lux Vending Kiosk, LLC                       26-90539
    MCA Services Group, LLC                      26-90540
    Mintz Assets Inc.                            26-90541

Debtors'
General
Bankruptcy
Counsel:          Paul E. Heath, Esq.
                  Sara Zoglman, Esq.
                  VINSON & ELKINS LLP
                  845 Texas Avenue, Suite 4700
                  Houston, Texas 77002
                  Tel: 713-758-2222
                  Fax: 713-758-2346
                  Email: pheath@velaw.com
                         szoglman@velaw.com

                    AND

                  David S. Meyer, Esq.
                  Jessica C. Peet, Esq.
                  1114 Avenue of the Americas, 32nd Floor
                  New York, New York 10036
                  Tel: 212-237-0000
                  Fax: 212-237-0100
                  Email: dmeyer@velaw.com
                         jpeet@velaw.com

Debtors'
Financial
Advisor:          TRIPLE P TRS, LLC
                  AND TRIPLE P SECURITIES, LLC

Debtors'
Notice,
Claims &
Solicitation
Agent:            KROLL RESTRUCTURING ADMINISTRATION LLC

Bitcoin Depot's
Total Assets as of March 31, 2026: $11,334,000

Bitcoin Depot's
Total Debts as of March 31, 2026: $26,876,000

The petitions were signed by W. Alexander Holmes as director.

A full-text copy of the Lead Debtor's petition is available for
free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/4VMTX2I/Bitcoin_Depot_Inc__txsbke-26-90528__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

Consolidated List of Debtors' 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                          Nature of Claim    Claim Amount

1. CashCloud                           Legal           $18,470,000
       
Attn: Thomas Conway                    Judgment
400-411 Roosevelt Avenue
Ottawa, ON K2A 3X9, Canada
Email: tconway@conwaylitigation.ca
Phone: 613-780-2011

2. WPS Kiosk Partners LLC              Profit           $5,000,000
Attn: William Sirignano                Share
135 W 50th St, Suite 200               Agreement
New York, NY 10020
Email: w@wpscapitalpartners.com

3. Legacy Vending LLC                  Profit           $3,760,000
Attn: Ansur Ahmed                      Share
7633 Grand Ridge Road                  Agreement
Columbus, GA 31904
Email: ansur.ahmed@outlook.com

4. Sopris-Bitcoin Depot                Profit           $2,000,000
Investors LLC                          Share
Attn: Dan Wedman                       Agreement
409 Aspen Airport Business Center
Suite B
Aspen, CO 81612
Email: dwedman@sopriscapital.com

5. Kirkland & Ellis LLP                Legal            $1,939,141
Attn: Thomas Laughlin                  Services
333 W Wolf Point Plaza
Chicago, IL 60654
Email: thomas.laughlin@kirkland.com
Phone: +1 214 972 1663; M +1 214 926 5353

6. Latham & Watkins LLP                Legal            $1,000,000
Attn: Steven Stokdyk                   Services
555 West Fifth St, Suite 300
Los Angeles, CA 90013-1020
Email: steven.stokdyk@lw.com
Phone: D +1-213-891-7421; M +1-310-993-9093

7. Bibbeo Ltd.                         Installation       $892,023
Attn: Miles Power
24340 E Glasgow Dr
Aurora, CO 80016
Email: power.m@bibbeo.com
Phone: 269-903-1309

8. Google LLC                          Other              $715,334
Attn: Killy Winz                       Operating
1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy                 Expenses
Mountain View, CA 94043
Email: killyw@google.com
Phone: 720-289-9910

9. Greenberg Traurig LLC               Legal              $611,019
Attn: Jena Valdetero                   Services
8400 NW 36th Street
Suite 400
Doral, FL 33166
Email: jena.valdetero@gtlaw.com
Phone: T +1 312-456-1025; C 2024310288

10. Secretariat Advisors LLC           Legal              $261,550
Attn: Chris McKay                      Services
1175 Peachtree St NE,
100 Colony Sq, Suite 400,
Atlanta, GA 30361
Email: cmckay@secretariat-intl.com
Phone: +1 818 307 3314

11. Consilio Inc.                      Legal              $235,920
Attn: Matt Simmons                     Services
Dept CH 17174
Palatine, IL 60055
Email: matt.simmons@consilio.com

12. Loomis                             Armored            $223,231
Attn: Steve Morris                     Transport
2500 Citywest Blvd.
Ste. 2300
Houston, TX 77042
Email: steve.morris@us.loomis.com
Phone: 901-463-0827

13. OptConnect                         Wireless           $222,157
Attn: Matt Warner
854 West 450 North #4
Kaysville, UT 84037
Email: matt.warner@optconnect.com
Phone: 801-645-3254

14. Cobra Capital Partners LLC         Profit             $212,000
Attn: Hamzee Kaddoura                  Sharing
442 Kingsbury Ave                      Agreement
Dearborn, MI 48128
Email: hamzee47@gmail.com

15. Dentons Canada LLP                 Legal              $201,638
Attn: Greg McNab                       Services
77 King Street West
Toronto-Dominion Centre
Suite 400
Toronto, ON M5K 0A1, Canada
Email: greg.mcnab@dentons.com
Phone: +1 416 863 4492

16. ATM Token Group Services Ltd.      Installation       $182,988
Attn: Shelvin Prasad                   & Maintenance
1285 West Broadway
Suite 600
Vancouver, BC V6H 3X8, Canada
Email: shelvin@atmtoken.com
Phone: 403-830-0710

17. GardaWorld                         Armored            $181,767
Attn: Darren Garbutt                   Transport
2000 NW Corporate Blvd
Boca Raton, FL 33431
Email: darren.garbutt@garda.com

18. Burroughs                          Maintenance        $175,679
Attn: Chris Adamson
P.O. Box 72409
Cleveland, OH 44192
Email: chris.adamson@burroughs.com
Phone: 647-982-6158

19. Elliptic Inc.                      Information        $173,250
Attn: Dave Homanko                     Technology
1632 1st Avenue #23346
New York, NY 10128
Email: dave.homanko@elliptic.co

20. Troutman Pepper Locke LLP           Legal             $157,626
Attn: Dominic Cervoni                   Services
600 Peachtree Street NE
Suite 3000
Atlanta, GA 30308
Email: dominic.cervoni@troutman.com
Phone: 212-912-2722

21. Deel Inc.                           PEO               $128,038
Attn: Joey Asamoah
425 1st Street
San Francisco, CA 94105-4621
Email: joey.asamoah@deel.com

22. Wolf & Company, P.C.                Accounting        $123,000
Attn: Marissa A. Scicchitano            & Auditing
255 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Email: mscicchitano@wolfandco.com

23. Brinks Canada Limited               Armored           $122,335
Attn: Ty Burch                          Transport
95 Brown's Line
Etobicoke, ON M8W 3S2, Canada
Email: tynan.burch@brinks.com
Phone: 289-440-0476

24. Donnelley Financial LLC             Other             $105,895
Attn: Ryan Ward                         Operating
35 W. Wacker Drive                      Expenses
Chicago, IL 60601
Email: ryan.t.ward@dfinsolutions.com
Phone: 508-728-9960

25. Garrison Management Group, LLC      Legal             $100,000
DBA AXAdvocacy, LLC                     Services
Attn: Nick Maddux
800 W 47th St, Ste 200
Kansas City, MO 64112
Email: nmaddux@axiomstrategies.com
Phone: 417-594-0029

26. Professionals World LLC             Other              $98,010
Attn: Yousef Azzam                      Operating
1072 Madison Chase #7                   Expenses
West Palm Beach, FL 33411
Email: yousef@pros-world.com

27. DAC Group / Chicago, Inc.           Marketing          $93,906
Attn: Gemma Gibson
P.O. Box 842862
Boston, MA 02284-2870
Email: ggibson@dacgroup.com
Phone: 872-270-0964

28. Lalchandani Simon PL                Legal              $91,105
Attn: Kubs Lalchandani                  Services
25 SE 2nd Ave
Suite 1020, Miami, FL 33131
Email: kubs@lslawpl.com

29. BPO Hive LLC                        Marketing          $78,237

Attn: Abdullah M.
7 Street 2, El Waha
Nasr City, Cairo, 11577,
Egypt
Email: abdullah@bpohive.com
Phone: (+20)114 190 8557

30. Cummins-Allison Corp                Other              $78,208
Attn: James Reeves                      Operating
852 Feehanville                         Expenses
Mt Prospect, IL 60056
Email: james.reeves@cranepi.com


BLOSSOM APARTMENTS: Derek A. Henderson Appointed as Receiver
------------------------------------------------------------
The Hon. Henry T. Wingate of the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of Mississippi, Northern Division, entered an
agreed order directing the appointment of  Derek A. Henderson as
receiver for Blossom Apartments, LLC, et al.

Relyance Bank requested the appointment of a receiver.

The Court ruled that Derek A. Henderson is appointed, pursuant to
Mississippi Code and the general equitable powers of the Court, as
the Receiver for the real property located at 3100 Woodbine Street,
Jackson, Hinds County, Mississippi 39212, including all buildings,
improvements, and fixtures on such property, easements, and
appurtenances of any kind benefiting the property, and shall, as
necessary, take immediate possession and control of the Property
upon entry of this Order.

The purpose of the receivership is to secure, preserve, and
stabilize the Property to prevent further loss or waste.

The receiver is granted all powers necessary and usual in such
cases for the possession, security, protection, control,
management, lease, operation, and possible sale of the Property
during the pendency of this action, and otherwise authorized to
perform all duties appropriate to a receiver:

     A. If the receiver determines remediation and repairs are
needed to protect the Bank's legitimate interests in the Property,
subject to the Bank's consent, to select and execute appropriate
contracts with a general contractor to perform necessary
remediation and repairs to the Property to prevent further loss,
waste and diminution of the Bank's Collateral and to preserve the
Bank's interest in the Collateral and priority shall be given to
expenditures necessary to secure the Property against theft,
vandalism, and further deterioration, including but not limited to
securing access points, restoring essential utilities, and
stabilizing structures;

     B. To demand, collect, and receive all debts, rents, revenues,
receivables and profits now or hereafter due and in connection
therewith be authorized to endorse checks payable to the Borrower;

     C. To hire, employ, retain and terminate consultants, brokers,
attorneys, professionals, independent contracts and any other
personnel or employees,

     D. To pay all outstanding utility and sewer expense
obligations, and any other outstanding obligations to suppliers,

     E. To manage, maintain, protect, secure, and preserve any or
all of the Property as the Receiver deems prudent in his discretion
throughout this litigation; provided that the Receiver provide to
this Court and all parties of record during the period of the
receivership, periodic reports providing a full accounting of the
receipts and disbursements about the maintenance, protection, and
security of the Property for the prior month; however, the Receiver
shall obtain the Bank's approval before making capital expenditures
in excess of $5,000.00 per expenditure or payments other than those
ordinarily and necessarily incurred in the operation of the
Property; provided, however, the Receiver shall not be required to
obtain the Bank's approval before making payments incurred in the
ordinary course of operating the Property and expenditures for
emergency or safety repairs to the Property;

     F. To negotiate, extend, terminate, modify, ratify, or enter
into leases or contracts, including, without limitation, contracts
to provide security, janitorial, leasing, utility, or other
services, including the hiring and terminating of staff and
full-time and part-time employees related to the Property and to
pay for those services as an expense of the Property;

     G. To defend against any legal action brought against him in
its capacity as Receiver or against or about the Property;

     H. To take such other actions as may be necessary or
incidental to the foregoing specific powers, directions, and
general authorities relating to the Property; and

     I. To seek further clarification, instructions, and/or
additional authority from this Court in written correspondence.

If the Property is sold, and with the consent of the Court and the
Bank, the Receiver is authorized to transfer possession and control
of the Property to the new purchaser and be directed to file a
final report of its activities with respect to the Property within
45 business days of the transfer, and to otherwise comply with
Mississippi law;

The Receiver shall post bond, issued by a recognized surety company
in favor of the Clerk of Court to assure the Receiver's faithful
performance of this Order, for $100,000.00. The Receiver shall post
such bond by or before 4:00 p.m. CST within five business days
after the Court's entry of this Order;

The Receiver shall be compensated for the performance of his duties
as Receiver, including court appearances, at:

     $400 per hour for services by Mr. Henderson,
     $250 for associates,
     $200 per hour for senior consultants, and
     $75 per hour for administrative personnel,

and be reimbursed for reasonable out of pocket expenses for travel
and other expenses incurred in the performance of the permitted and
required activities as Receiver.

In the event of the Receiver's resignation, or upon this Court's
termination of the receivership, the Receiver shall be fully and
forever released and discharged from any liability as Receiver,
which said release and discharge shall include, without limitation,
all claims, cross-claims, counterclaims, causes, damages, and
actions of every kind and character, and all suits, costs, damages,
expenses, compensation, and liabilities of every kind, character,
and description, whether direct or indirect, known or unknown,
disclosed or hidden, in law or in equity.

Nothing in this Order shall prohibit or prevent Defendants from
seeking court intervention related to the Receiver's and/or Bank's
actions or inactions, including, but not limited to, any motions or
requests for relief deemed necessary to address the administration
or management of the receivership estate.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Order, nothing shall be
construed to impair, limit, or otherwise affect the authority,
duties, or obligations of the federal receiver appointed over the
City of Jackson's water and sewer systems, pursuant to the federal
receivership established in November 2022, including but not
limited to obligations imposed by the Interim Stipulated Order
entered in United States v. City of Jackson; the Order Amending
Interim Stipulated Order, and the Stipulated Order in United States
v. City of Jackson.

Receivables accumulated based on JXN Water's provision of, and a
customer's use of, water and sewer services constitute property of
the federal receivership estate. Nothing in this Order shall be
construed to waive, discharge, stay, or otherwise interfere with
the federal receiver's rights to collect those receivables.

The Receiver or Parties may seek instructions and additional
authority from the Court upon written notice.

The Court shall retain the exclusive jurisdiction and supervision
of all matters concerning the receivership and the Property and any
actions which affect the Receiver and/or the Property shall be
brought and maintained in this Court.

                  About Blossom Apartments, LLC

Blossom Apartments, LLC owns a real property located at 3100
Woodbine Street, Jackson, Hinds County, Mississippi 39212.

Blossom is facing a receivership case captioned as JXN Water, LLC
v. Blossom Apartments, LLC, Case No. 3:25-cv-00660 (S.D. Miss.),
before the Hon. Henry T. Wingate. The case was filed on Aug. 29,
2025.

Attorneys for Relyance Bank:

Brian C. Kimball, Esq.
Lott Warren, Esq.
Keri E. Herrington, Esq.
BUTLER SNOW LLP
Renaissance at Colony Park
1020 Highland Colony Parkway, Suite 1400
Ridgeland, MS 39157
Tel: (601)948-5711
E-mail: brian.kimball@butlersnow.com
        lott.warren@butlersnow.com
        keri.herrington@butlersnow.com

Attorney for Blossom Apartments, LLC and Tausha Sanders:

Scherrie L. Prince, Esq.
PRINCE & ASSOCIATES, PLLC
P.O. Box 320937
Flowood, MS 39232
Tel: (601) 206-0284
E-mail: scherrie@princelawassociates.com

Attorneys for ITPM & JXN Water, Inc.:

Charles Mitchell McGuffey, Esq.
Malissa Wilson, Esq.
Damonta D. Morgan, Esq.
FORMAN WATKINS & KRUTZ LLP
210 East Capitol Street, Suite 2200
Jackson, MS 39201
Tel: (601) 690-8600
E-mail: mitch.mcguffey@formanwatkins.com
        malissa.wilson@formanwatkins.com
        damonta.morgan@formanwatkins.com


BROADWAY FORD: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Broadway Ford Truck Sales, Inc.
        812 E. Taylor
        Saint Louis MO 63147

Business Description: Broadway Ford Truck Sales, Inc is a Ford
dealership based in St. Louis, Missouri. The company sells new
and used vehicles, including work trucks, and provides financing,
vehicle service, mobile service, pickup and delivery, parts
sales, RV service, shuttle bus-related offerings, fleet solutions,
and telematics. Its parts department sells OEM parts and provides
parts for Ford, GM, Mopar, Toyota, and Honda vehicles.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 18, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of Missouri

Case No.: 26-42179

Judge: Hon. Bonnie L Clair

Debtor's Counsel: Thomas H. Riske, Esq.
                  CARMODY MACDONALD P.C.
                  120 South Central Ave., Ste. 1800
                  Saint Louis MO 63105
                  Tel: (314) 854-8600
                  Email: thr@carmodymacdonald.com

Estimated Assets: $10 million to $50 million

Estimated Liabilities: $10 million to $50 million

The petition was signed by Dennis N. Phillips as owner.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/D6OP6LA/Broadway_Ford_Truck_Sales_Inc__moebke-26-42179__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

List of Debtor's 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                         Nature of Claim     Claim Amount

1. Saint Louis Bank                     Loan            $8,099,473
9811 South Forty Drive
Saint Louis, MO 63124
Email: kking@stlouisbank.com

2. CapMax LLC                                           $2,950,000
Missouri Registered Agent LLC
117 South Lexington St., Ste. 100
Harrisonville, MO 64701

3. District No. 9 International                         $2,200,000
Association of Machinists
and Aerospace Workers
Pension Trust
12365 St. Charles Rock Road
Bridgeton, MO 63044

4. Central States S.E. and S.W.                         $1,400,000
Areas Pension Fund
8647 W. Higgins Rd.
Chicago, IL 60631

5. CSTK St. Louis                                       $1,022,165
10983 Granada Lane #210
Kansas City, KS 66211

6. Moneywell Group, LLC                                   $635,581
323 Sunny Isles Blvd.
North Miami Beach, FL 33160
Email: uw@moneywellgroup.com

7. Ocean Funding Corp.                                    $328,275
2941 NW 62nd St., Ste. 101
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33309
Email: admin@ocean-funding.com

8. Great America Financial                                $176,526
Services
P.O. Box 660831
Dallas, TX 75266

9. American Express Company                               $171,802
P.O. Box 650448
Dallas, TX 75265

10. AER Technologies, Inc.                                $169,776
P.O. Box 8558
Pasadena, CA 91109

11. Knapheide Truck Equipment Co.                         $158,125
10101 Mid Rivers Mall Drive
Saint Peters, MO 63376

12. Kranz Body Co LLC                                     $144,081
300 Russell Blvd
St. Louis, MO 63104

13. Four Sevens Company LLC                                $97,655
205 Howell Rd.
Defiance, MO 63341

14. Honda of Frontenac                                     $75,953
885 Lindbergh Blvd
St Louis, MO 63131

15. BMG Fleet Installations & Signs                        $73,389
1082 Cool Springs Industrial Drive
O'Fallon, MO 63366

16. Bo Beuckman Quality Ford                               $66,041
15675 Manchester Rd.
Ballwin, MO 63011

17. Enterprise Fleet                                       $64,999
Management, Inc.
29 Hunter Ave.
St. Louis, MO 63124

18. Joe Sind                                               $64,435
7360 Stream Valley Ct.
St. Louis, MO 63129

19. Cummins Inc.                                           $60,939
P.O. Box 772639
Detroit, MI 48277

20. UnitedHealthcare Inc.                                  $60,000
P.O. Box 94017
Palatine, IL 60094


BW HOMECARE: S&P Lowers ICR to 'SD' on Missed Principal Payment
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on BW Homecare
Holdings LLC (dba Elara Caring) to 'SD' (selective default) from
'CCC-' and our issue-level rating on its second-lien term loan to
'D' from 'C'.

The downgrade to 'SD' reflects Elara's failure to make its
principal payment on time. The downgrade reflects that Elara has
defaulted on its second-lien term loan due May 15, 2026. The
issue-level rating of 'D' reflects the company's breach of an
imputed promise to provide timely and full repayment of principal
at maturity.

S&P said, "We continue to monitor Elara's pending transaction. On
Feb. 2, 2026, Elara announced that it entered into an agreement for
a strategic investment from Ares' Private Equity Group and DaVita
Inc. We continue to monitor progress toward the transaction's
close, which is expected to occur later in 2026."



C.Y. GOLD: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
--------------------------------------------
Debtor: C.Y. Gold LLC
        320 Roebling Street
        Suite 518
        Brooklyn, NY 11206-1121

Business Description: C.Y. Gold LLC owns a six-unit apartment
                      building located at 179 Russell Street in
                      Brooklyn, New York.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 18, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of New York

Case No.: 26-42395

Judge: Hon. Jil Mazer-Marino

Debtor's Counsel: Kevin Nash, Esq.
                  GOLDBERG WEPRIN FINKEL GOLDSTEIN LLP
                  125 Park Ave
                  New York, NY 10017-5690
                  Email: knash@gwfglaw.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Mayer Kohn as member.

The Debtor did not include a list of its 20 largest unsecured
creditors with the petition.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/E6KMPMI/CY_Gold_LLC__nyebke-26-42395__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


CHICAGO RIVET & MACHINE: Q1 2026 Swings to $362,015 Net Loss
------------------------------------------------------------
Chicago Rivet & Machine Co. has filed its Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, reporting a
net loss of $362,015 for the three months ended March 31, 2026,
compared to a net income of $401,022 for the same period in the
prior year. Net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2026
were $6,851,517, compared to $7,245,635 in the prior-year period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Working capital was $9,480,063 as of March 31, 2026, compared to
$9,894,317 at the beginning of the year, a decrease of $414,254, or
4.2%.

On March 6, 2025, the Company entered into a one-year $3,000,000
operating credit agreement, renewable annually, and consisting of
a:

     (a) $2,500,000 revolving line of credit, and

     (b) $500,000 non-revolving line of credit. The non-revolving
line of credit expired on December 31, 2025 and was not renewed.

Borrowings under the March 2025 Credit Agreement bear interest at a
fluctuating rate per annum equal to 1% plus the applicable prime
rate subject to a 7% floor. The agreement can be early terminated
and amounts due repaid, at the Company's discretion, without
prepayment penalties.

As of March 31, 2026, there was $1,000,000 in borrowings
outstanding under the revolving line of credit and no borrowings
under the non-revolving line of credit. The March 2025 Credit
Agreement maturity date is August 31, 2026.

The March 2025 Credit Agreement includes certain financial
covenants such as minimum profitability for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2025, and minimum tangible net worth. As of December
31, 2025 and March 31, 2026, the Company was not in compliance with
all such financial covenants. Specifically, the Company was not in
compliance with the minimum annual profitability covenant, however,
the Company was in compliance with the other financial covenants
contained in the credit agreement. On February 27, 2026, the lender
waived this covenant violation, and no new covenants were added to
the credit agreement. As of March 31, 2026, the Company was not in
compliance with the minimum net worth covenant, and the lender
waived this covenant violation on May 6, 2026. As of March 31,
2026, the Company has made all required principal and interest
payments under the March 2025 Credit Agreement.

The Company also had outstanding total operating lease obligations
of $404,395 of which $104,333 were classified as current within
Other current liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance
Sheets at March 31, 2026.

The Company has incurred significant recurring operating losses
over the last two years, primarily driven by a continuous decline
in revenues, recurring negative cash flows from operations and
continued reduction in liquidity. The Company reported operating
loss of $381,591 and operating income of $409,694 for the three
months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively. The Company's
liquid assets at March 31, 2026 consisted of cash and cash
equivalents totaling $1,446,794. The Company's declining revenues,
recurring operating losses and negative cash flows, and continued
reduction in liquidity, raise substantial doubt about the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the
issuance date of these financial statements. In response, the
Company has taken various strategic actions including:

     (a) taking action to sell in the first half of 2026 certain
H&L assets and in connection with such anticipated sale, the
Company classified these assets in the amount of $179,254 as Assets
held for sale in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31,
2025,

     (b) renewal of the March 2025 Credit Agreement revolving line
of credit with a borrowing capacity of $2,500,000 to continue to
finance operations,

     (c) leveraging the Company's sales team to identify and
execute on new sales opportunities and increase revenue; and

     (d) evaluation of other financing sources in addition to the
March 2025 Credit Agreement, including exploring the potential for
a real estate sale leaseback or similar transaction, or seeking to
potentially raise additional capital.

The Company will continue to seek to enhance its sales efforts to
further improve revenue, improve operating efficiency and enhance
liquidity. The Company believes that if it successfully implements
the foregoing strategic actions, it will mitigate the factors
giving rise to substantial doubt, however, there is no guarantee
that the Company will successfully implement these strategic
actions. As a result, there remains substantial doubt regarding the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

Outlook for the Remainder of 2026

Fiscal 2026 guidance remains subject to ongoing macroeconomic
uncertainty. The Company expects production volumes in the segments
it serves to increase slightly with the added benefit of new
customer awards ramping up in the second half of 2026. Order volume
is showing improvement in the first quarter of 2026 compared to the
fourth quarter of 2025 but is not yet back to the levels
experienced in the past. Significant uncertainty remains in the
manufacturing sector as companies continue to navigate the
potential impacts of tariffs and numerous market factors and
geopolitical events that may impact the business in the coming
year. The Company believes all of the actions to reduce costs in
2025 continue to better position it to manage this uncertainty, and
the Company will continue to push efficiency improvements in the
operations as well as seek appropriate price adjustments from
customers and aggressively pursue new sales opportunities to drive
volume back to historic levels. In addition, the Company will
actively monitor and analyze potential impacts from tariffs and
other external factors, including both challenges and opportunities
resulting from tariffs and external factors, so that it is
positioned to take actions promptly and as necessary to address
such potential impacts. The Company believes its continued focus on
efficiency improvements and driving new sales, as well as its long
term operating experience, quality products, and customer service
in a very competitive global marketplace will provide the
foundation for improved operating results in the future.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-Q is available at
https://tinyurl.com/3sajd5yk

                  About Chicago Rivet & Machine Co.

Warrenville, Ill.-based Chicago Rivet & Machine Co. operates in the
fastener industry in North America. It operates through Fasteners
and Assembly Equipment. The Fastener segment manufactures and sells
rivets, cold-formed fasteners and parts, and screw machine
products.The Assembly Equipment segment engages in the manufacture
and sale of automatic rivet setting machines, as well as parts and
tools for related machines. It sells its products to automotive
industry through independent sales representatives.

Chicago, Illinois-based Cherry Bekaert LLP, the Company's auditor
since 2025, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated March 24, 2026, citing that the Company has incurred
declining revenues, recurring operating losses, recurring negative
cash flows from operations, and a continued reduction in liquidity
that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a
going concern.

As of March 31, 2026, the Company had $23,869,377 in total assets,
$5,427,074 million in total liabilities, and $18,442,303 in total
stockholders' equity.


CLAY STREET: Wins Interim Cash Collateral Access
------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Tennessee,
Nashville Division, entered an agreed interim order authorizing
Clay Street Commons, LLC to use cash collateral.

Under the order, the Debtor may use cash collateral in accordance
with the latest budget, including a permitted variance of up to
10%, pending further proceedings. The order allows the budget to be
amended before a final hearing.

As interim adequate protection, Bank of Labor was granted
replacement liens on the Debtor's post-petition property and
proceeds, excluding avoidance actions under Bankruptcy Code
sections 544–550. These replacement liens maintain the same
extent and priority as the bank's asserted prepetition security
interests.

The replacement liens are deemed automatically perfected upon entry
of the order without requiring additional filings or possession of
collateral.

The order also requires the Debtor to make adequate protection
payments to the bank to compensate for any post-petition decline in
collateral value.

The court scheduled the next hearing for June 16, with objections
due by June 12.

Bank of Labor, as secured creditor, is represented by:

   Sam J. McAllester III, Esq.
   Spencer Fane, LLP
   511 Union Street, Suite 1000
   Nashville, TN 37219
   Phone: (615) 238-6320
   smcallester@spencerfane.com

                   About Clay Street Commons LLC

Clay Street Commons, LLC owns and manages a residential property at
1919 Ninth Avenue North in Nashville, Tennessee.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 26-00026) on January 6,
2026. In the petition signed by Scott Woosley as the authorized
individual, the Debtor disclosed up to $50 million in both assets
and liabilities.

Judge Randal S. Mashburn oversees the case.

Austin McMullen, Esq., at Bradley Arant Boult Cummings, LLP,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


CLEARWATER PAPER: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'CCC+', Outlook Negative
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on Clearwater
Paper Corp. to 'CCC+' from 'B+' because it expects continued
material free operating cash flow (FOCF) deficits and S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage to be elevated above 10x.

S&P also lowered its issue-level rating on the company's $275
million unsecured notes to 'CCC-' from 'B-'. The '6' recovery
rating is unchanged.

The negative outlook reflects the likelihood of a lower rating if
Clearwater's operating performance continues to deteriorate.

Sharply weaker forecasted earnings will dampen Clearwater Paper
Corp.'s credit metrics ahead of upcoming maturities.
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on Clearwater
to 'CCC+' from 'B+' because S&P expects continued material free
operating cash flow (FOCF) deficits and S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
leverage to be elevated above 10x.

Clearwater's 2026 S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA will be less
than 50% of its 2025 EBITDA. Adverse weather conditions in the
first quarter hurt earnings. Scheduled plant outages in the fiscal
year will further erode S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA, as
pricing pressure persists and input costs, mainly wood, chemical,
and diesel, increase year over year. Other inflationary costs
during the year will constrain earnings. Material unplanned
downtime in the coming quarters could weaken S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA further.

Weak solid bleached sulfate (SBS) paperboard pricing remains a risk
to the company's earnings and cash flows ahead of its 2027 and 2028
maturities. S&P does not anticipate earnings to recover in 2027,
even after incorporating the impact of adverse weather conditions
experienced in 2026.

Weak expected earnings will result in cash flow deficits in the
near to medium term. S&P said, "We view the capital structure as
unsustainable. Without SBS price recovery, earnings at current
utilization rates are largely insufficient to satisfy working
capital needs and maintain operating assets. North America SBS
paperboard capacity is oversupplied and will not improve until
capacity is permanently shuttered. As a result, we do not
anticipate positive FOCF generation during this period of sluggish
demand, weak pricing, and rising costs."

Any likely benefit from managing working capital in 2026 will be
offset by maintenance capital expenditure (capex) of about $70
million and modest interest expense, driven mainly by expected
draws on the company's asset-based lending ABL revolving facility.
This will be Clearwater's second year of FOCF deficits following
its portfolio rebalancing in 2024.

S&P said, "Our cash flow forecast for 2026 does not include
additional benefits from insurance claims of up to $50 million
Clearwater is pursuing, nor does it include the additional $23
million of tax refunds expected. If received, these would be
incremental benefits to the company's cash position.

"We now expect leverage to peak above 10x. Deteriorating operating
performance will cause the company's S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
debt leverage to spike as S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA
contracts significantly from our previous earnings forecast.
Sustained high leverage and weak FOCF places Clearwater's capital
structure under pressure ahead of its 2027 ABL and 2028 $275
million unsecured notes maturity.

"Available sources of liquidity provide a narrow cushion over the
next two years. We do not foresee a liquidity crisis this year.
Effective availability (March 31, 2026) of about $410 million
across balance sheet cash, the ABL, and cash flow revolving
facilities should be sufficient to satisfy operating needs and
other fixed charges over the next 12 months. While the ABL revolver
comes current in November 2026 ($79 million drawn), we expect
Clearwater would be able to successfully address the maturity. The
cash flow revolver matures in 2029 (undrawn). If Clearwater is
unable to refinance its unsecured notes by August 2027, the 2028
maturity will greatly reduce its liquidity cushion.

The negative outlook reflects the likelihood of a lower rating if
Clearwater's operating performance continues to deteriorate,
causing us to believe a liquidity crisis or debt restructuring is
likely.

"We could lower our ratings on Clearwater over the next six to 12
months if operating trends weaken beyond our forecast and we
believe a liquidity crisis or debt restructuring is likely.

"We could also lower our ratings if we believe the company will not
be able to refinance its 2028 maturity by August 2027."

S&P could raise its ratings on Clearwater if it no longer view its
capital structure as unsustainable. This could occur if:

-- FOCF improves meaningfully toward neutral or slightly positive;
and

-- It successfully addresses its upcoming maturities in a timely
manner.


COMMUNITY AUTOMOTIVE: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Washington At
Seattle, entered a final order authorizing Community Automotive
Repair, LLC to use cash collateral.

Under the final order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral through June 8 to fund operations in accordance with its
latest budget.

The Debtor's cash collateral consists primarily of operating funds
in its bank accounts.

Community Automotive Repair identifies multiple secured creditors
with interests in its cash collateral, primarily merchant cash
advance lenders and similar financing entities. These include
Kalamata Capital, OnDeck Capital, Funding Metrics LLC, Velocity
Capital Group, and Stripe Capital, each holding UCC-1 security
interests in future receivables or substantially all assets. The
Debtor estimates total outstanding secured claims at $177,902 and
available cash collateral of $24,988 as of the petition date.

The Debtor acknowledges that these lenders may hold liens on future
receipts, but notes that it does not maintain significant accounts
receivable or inventory beyond its cash deposits.

A final hearing is scheduled for June 5, with objections due by May
29.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/SeOJ9 from PacerMonitor.com.

                   About Community Automotive Repair LLC

Community Automotive Repair, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Wash. Case No. 26-10953)
on March 27, 2026. In the petition signed by Gregory Hulse, owner,
the Debtor disclosed up to $500,000 in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Timothy W. Dore oversees the case.

Karen E. Richmond, Esq., at Richmond Hill, PLLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


COMPLEMAR PARTNERS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of New York
entered a sixth stipulated order authorizing Complemar Partners,
Inc. and its affiliates to continue using cash collateral.

Under the sixth stipulated order, the Debtors are authorized to use
cash collateral including accounts receivable, inventory, and
proceeds, strictly in accordance with a 13-week cash flow budget,
subject to a 10% monthly variance.

The Debtors acknowledge secured debt of $409,904.56 to Five Star
Bank, a pre-bankruptcy senior secured lender, which holds a
first-priority blanket lien; and $5,859,826.08 to the Series D
noteholders, which hold a subordinate lien.

As adequate protection, the court granted roll-over and replacement
liens on all post-petition assets of the Debtors, maintaining the
lenders' respective pre-bankruptcy priorities, subject to a limited
carveout.

Five Star will continue to receive monthly payments of $5,500.
Failure to make the monthly payments or satisfy the Five Star debt
by May 1 constitutes a default that terminates the Debtor's
authority to use cash collateral. Additional protections include
regular financial reporting.

The replacement liens are subject to a carveout covering U.S.
Trustee, Clerk, Chapter 7 trustee fees, and up to $90,000 in
approved Debtors' counsel fees prior to an event of default.
Parties in interest retain the right to challenge the validity or
amount of secured claims for 60 days following entry of the court
order.

The next hearing is scheduled for June 8, with objections due by
June 4.

The order is available at https://shorturl.at/hIC7n from
PacerMonitor.com.

                     About Complemar Partners

Complemar Partners, Inc., provides fulfillment, co-packing and
kitting, and returns management services, leveraging technology and
integrated solutions to support supply chain operations.
Headquartered in Rochester, New York, the Debtor operates over
400,000 square feet of warehouse space, handling more than 680
million items annually and serving over 1,000 customers across more
than 30 countries. It serves clients in e-commerce, health and
beauty, subscription boxes, telecom, and wine and spirits
industries.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. N.Y. Case No. 25-20610) on August 28,
2025, listing between $10 million and $50 million in assets and
liabilities. David Van Rossum, chief executive officer, signed the
petition.

Judge Warren oversees the case.

Sara C. Temes, at Bond, Schoeneck & King PLLC, is the Debtor's
legal counsel.


COMPONENT FABRICATORS: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Component Fabricators, Inc. asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Tennessee for authority to use approximately
$23,433 in cash collateral for essential operating expenses through
May and provide adequate protection.

Before the bankruptcy filing, the Debtor allegedly granted a
security interest to Regions Bank covering substantially all of its
assets, including inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, and
proceeds. At the time of filing, the Debtor believed little to no
revenue would be received because accounts receivable were limited
and it expected a proposed asset sale to be approved quickly.
However, on May 1, 2026, the Debtor unexpectedly received a payment
of $29,790 from Calhoun City Schools. Because the proposed sale had
not yet been finalized, the Debtor states that it urgently needs
permission to use those funds to pay critical vendors and maintain
operations necessary both for the pending sale and for
administration of the Chapter 11 case.

The requested cash collateral would be used to pay several
necessary expenses. These include over $11,000 owed to KUB
Utilities to prevent termination of electrical service, monthly
fees for Intuit QuickBooks to maintain access to accounting
records, AT&T phone service charges, Comcast internet expenses,
property and vehicle insurance premiums, and payroll for two
employees, Stef Garvin and Todd Harris, covering two pay periods.
The Debtor argues that failure to pay these obligations would cause
immediate and irreparable harm by disrupting operations, impairing
the proposed sale process, and reducing the value of the bankruptcy
estate.

The Debtor contends that creditors are adequately protected because
there is a significant equity cushion in the equipment securing the
liens and because all existing liens will remain intact and
unimpaired to the extent required by law.

The Debtor further asserts that using the cash collateral will
preserve rather than diminish the value of the estate and the
secured creditors' collateral. Additionally, the Debtor agrees to
comply with employment tax obligations, timely file monthly
operating reports, and provide documentation of payroll tax
deposits to the United States Trustee.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=F3uq13
from PacerMonitor.com.

                  About Component Fabricators
Inc.

Component Fabricators, Inc., doing business as Legend Fitness, is a
precision metal fabrication and commercial fitness equipment
manufacturer headquartered in Knoxville, Tennessee, with roots in a
fabrication workshop at 5901 Middlebrook Pike. Founded in 1992, it
produces American-made strength and athletic training equipment,
including racks, cages, plate-loaded machines, and free-weight
systems, under the Legend Fitness brand, serving gyms, athletic
centers, professional teams, educational institutions, and other
commercial customers worldwide. Its in-house capabilities include
custom design engineering, CNC bending, welding, routing, plasma
cutting, assembly, and finishing, which support both bespoke
projects and build-to-order fitness product lines.

Component Fabricators, Inc., doing business as Legend Fitness,
sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.
E.D. Tenn. Case No. 26-30565) on March 27, 2026, listing $100,001
to $500,000 in assets and $1 million to $10 million in
liabilities.

Judge Suzanne H Bauknight oversees the case.

Tarpy, Cox, Fleishman & Leveille, PLLC is Debtor's legal counsel.

Regions Bank, as lender, is represented by Walter N. Winchester,
Esq.


CRYSTAL DOWNS: M. Shapiro Real Estate Appointed as Receiver
-----------------------------------------------------------
The Hon. Pail L. Maloney of the U.S. District Court for the Western
District of Michigan, Southern Division, entered an agreed order
directing the appointment of Mark S. Kassab of M. Shapiro Real
Estate Group, as receiver for Crystal Downs MHC – Michigan, LLC.


Federal National Mortgage Association requested the appointment of
a receiver.

The Court ruled that Mark S. Kassab of M. Shapiro Real Estate Group
is appointed as receiver for all the real property located at 2701
Crystal Lake Road, Whitehall, Muskegon County, Michigan 49461, to
protect the parties' respective interests together with all
buildings, structures, and improvements on the Receivership
Property, which means;

     A. All of the collateral and assets of Crystal Downs MHC –
Michigan, LLC, including, but not limited to, all machinery,
apparatus and equipment, materials, supplies, articles of personal
property used in connection with or with the operation of the
Receivership Property;

     B. All of the cash, rent, royalties, issues, revenues, income,
profits, insurance proceeds and other benefits, including tax
appeal refunds, of the Receivership Property and the facilities
thereon as more particularly described in the Mortgage filed with
the Complaint, under present or future contracts, occupancy
agreements, agreements for reimbursement, or otherwise, together
with all accounts due or to become due as income in connection with
the operations of the Receivership Property;

     C. All bank accounts maintained by Borrower or other
defendants concerning the Receivership Property, including any
operating accounts, escrow accounts, insurance-proceeds accounts,
cash management accounts, and/or security deposit accounts.

Borrower and its officers, directors, employees, partners,
trustees, agents, representatives and/or any entity controlled by
Borrower or any other defendant are directed to cooperate with the
Receiver in the transition of the management of the Receivership
Property and shall make immediately available to the Receiver the
paper and electronic records required by this Order, provided that
Borrower may retain copies, including, but not limited to, all:

     A. Leases, including communication/correspondence files and
any insurance certificates;

     B. Tenant contact names, email addresses and telephone
numbers;

     C. Copies of all on-site employee payroll records and employee
files and applications to include the number of employees on health
or dental programs by coverage (single, single plus, or family
coverage), gender and age of each employee;

     D. All security deposits, security deposit accounts and an
accounting for all security deposits;

     E. All information relating to tax appeals, including files,
attorney retainer agreements and pleadings; and

     F. Borrower's EIN.

Defendant shall provide the Receiver with copies of all existing
insurance policies for the property within three business days. The
Receiver, the retained professional property manager, FHFA, and the
Plaintiff shall each be named as an additional insured or as
mortgagee, as their interest may appear, on all existing coverages,
including property damage and general liability policies for the
Property;

The Defendant may not amend, modify, or cancel any existing
insurance policy without the written consent of the Receiver,
Plaintiff and/or FHFA. Furthermore, the Receiver is required to
obtain written consent from the Plaintiff before any such
amendment, modification or cancellation of any existing insurance
policy.

Receiver shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain and carry in
full force and effect for Receiver and its employees insurance
coverages for professional liability/errors and omissions and
fidelity/crime. Such professional liability/errors and omissions
coverage will have a minimum per claim coverage amount of $5
million and fidelity/crime coverage will have a minimum per claim
coverage amount equal to the greater of $1 million per claim or
four months of revenue using the agreed budget for the property.
The maximum deductible or self-insured retention or any combination
thereof for each coverage shall be no more than $25,000. The
premiums for insurance policies and deductibles for all Receiver
Business Insurance shall not be expenses of the Receivership
estate.

The Receiver is authorized to initiate, defend, negotiate, settle,
or otherwise dispose of any claim or litigation that concerns the
Property or the Receivership Estate, subject to Fannie Mae's
approval to the extent such settlement shall affect Fannie Mae’s
security interests in the Property and all related Fannie Mae
interests thereto.

The Receiver shall be vested with all the powers and
responsibilities of a receiver as provided in this Order, subject
to the rights, titles, powers, privileges, and functions of the
Federal Housing Finance Agency ("FHFA") under the Housing and
Economic Recovery Act of 2008 ("HERA"). FHFA retains all its
federal powers and functions, including the right to assert such
powers and protections to preclude the Receiver and the
receivership from restraining or affecting the Conservator's powers
or functions as to Plaintiff's interests at issue.

Fannie Mae and FHFA, as Conservator of Fannie Mae, retain and may
exercise without further Court approval any of their rights under
the Loan Documents and HERA. The Receiver's powers as outlined in
this Order do not in any way diminish Fannie Mae’s rights under
the Loan Documents or FHFA's rights, powers, and functions as
Fannie Mae's Conservator and successor under HERA.

Any Receiver's certificates or Receiver's liens shall be
subordinate to any interests of Fannie Mae under the Loan
Documents.

That nothing in this Order is intended to interfere with, or
adversely affect, any trustee's sale or other exercise of
Plaintiff's or FHFA's rights, nor is the Order intended to
constitute a waiver of, or election not to proceed with, any
commissioner’s sale.

Borrower, the other defendants, and all persons, other than the
Receiver or those acting in furtherance of a direction from the
Receiver, who receive actual notice of this Order by personal
service or otherwise are hereby restrained and enjoined from doing
any act that would interfere with the Receiver's taking custody,
control, possession, or management of the Receivership Property;
would harass or interfere with the Receiver in any way; would
interfere in any manner with the exclusive jurisdiction of this
Court over the Receivership Property; or would constitute a refusal
to cooperate with the Receiver or the Receiver's duly authorized
agents in the exercise of their duties or authority under any Order
of this Court.

Subject to Fannie Mae and FHFA's rights and powers under this Order
and HERA, the Receiver is hereby vested with all authority
necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purpose of
this Order, and to operate and maintain the Property and the
Receivership Estate.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Order,
the Receiver shall not have the authority to file a petition for
relief under Title 11 United States Code for Borrower, any other
defendant, or the Receivership Property.

The Receiver shall receive payment every month, without further
Court order, provided no objections are filed by the parties to the
Receiver's monthly reports, within seven business days, such
reports are emailed to the parties to this action, through their
respective counsel. In the event any objections are timely filed,
the Receiver or any other party may file a motion with the Court to
determine the propriety of the fees sought or of the objection(s).
Such payment shall also include ordinary operating expenses of the
Receiver shall also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs advanced
by Receiver to the extent such costs directly relate to Receiver's
duties hereunder; provided, however, that the Receiver must obtain
written approval from Fannie Mae before incurring any single cost
or expense in excess of $5,000, unless such cost or expense is
deemed by Receiver to be an emergency, in which case Receiver shall
promptly provide Plaintiff with notice and full explanation of such
emergency cost or expense.

Should the Receiver have funds in excess of the anticipated
operating expenses and fees incurred pursuant to this Order,
including an appropriate reserve in an amount to be approved by
Fannie Mae, for the Receivership Property, the Receiver shall
deliver to Fannie Mae all such funds upon demand by Fannie Mae
and/or monthly.

Should the Receiver not have sufficient funds to pay all of the
Operating Expenses for the Receivership Property, Fannie Mae may,
in its sole discretion and subject to further order of this Court,
advance its own funds to pay such Operating Expenses as Fannie Mae
may elect to have paid.

Neither Fannie Mae nor the Receiver shall be liable for any claim,
obligation, liability, action, cause of action, cost or expense of
Borrower, any other defendant, or the Receivership Property arising
out of or relating to events or circumstances occurring before this
Order, including without limitation, any contingent or unliquidated
obligations and any liability from the performance of services
rendered by third parties on behalf of Borrower or any other
defendant, and any liability to which Borrower or any other
defendant is currently or may ultimately be exposed under any
applicable laws on the ownership, use or operation of the
Receivership Property and operation of Borrower’s business.

The Receiver shall post a surety bond for not less than $10,000.00,
and the cost of the Receiver's Bond and any renewals or extensions
thereof shall not be an expense of the Receivership Property paid
from Receivership Property funds.

The Receiver is authorized, in its discretion, to operate the
Receivership Property under all existing agreements that are
currently in place between Borrower, any other defendant, and any
third party, as well as any Borrower's or other defendants' plans
and specifications, cost estimates, reports, permits, licenses,
certificates of occupancy, development rights, warranties,
guaranties, telephone exchanges, and trademarks.

The Receiver's actions at all times shall be commercially
reasonable, and the Receiver is subject to the personal
jurisdiction of this Court.

This Order may be amended for cause, either upon the stipulation of
the Receiver and the parties, or for cause, after a motion and
hearing.

                 About Crystal Downs MHC – Michigan, LLC

Crystal Downs MHC – Michigan, LLC. owns a real property located
at 2701 Crystal Lake Road, Whitehall, Muskegon County, Michigan
49461.

Crystal is facing a receivership case captioned as Federal National
Mortgage Association v. Crystal Downs MHC – Michigan, LLC, Case
No. 1:26-cv-01584 (W.D. Mich.), before the Hon. Paul L. Maloney.
The case was filed on May 13, 2026.

Federal National Mortgage Association, aka Fannie Mae, is
represented by:

Ann Marie Uetz, Esq.
Foley & Lardner Llp (Detroit)
Tel: 313-234-7100
E-mail: auetz@foley.com


CSG SYSTEMS: S&P Withdraws 'BB+' ICR Following Acquisition by NEC
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings withdrew its 'BB+' issuer credit rating (ICR) on
CSG Systems International Inc. following its acquisition by NEC. At
the time of the withdrawal, S&P's ICR on the company was on
CreditWatch with positive implications.



CUSTOMBILT FIREARMS: Unsecureds Will Get 100% over 36 Months
------------------------------------------------------------
Custombilt Firearms Manufacturing, LLC, filed with the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Kansas an Initial Plan of
Reorganization under Subchapter V dated May 7, 2026.

The Debtor operates a firearms retail store, indoor shooting range,
and gunsmithing/manufacturing business doing business as "The
Bullet Hole" located at 6201 Robinson Street, Overland Park, Kansas
66202.

The current ownership purchased the business in July 2018.
Following the purchase, the business operated successfully for
several years as a full-service firearms retailer, indoor shooting
range, and gunsmithing operation. The Debtor's Federal Firearms
License ("FFL") permitted it to engage in the manufacture,
importation, and sale of firearms in the ordinary course of its
business.

The principal cause of the Debtor's financial distress was the loss
of its Federal Firearms License in August 2023 and the resulting
two-year period of materially reduced revenue. During this period,
the Debtor fell behind on its lease payments to its affiliated
landlord and on its obligations to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (which is
the principal secured lender to both the Debtor and the affiliated
landlord on a single enterprise loan).

The Debtor's FFL was reinstated in October 2025, but the Debtor was
unable to cure the accumulated arrears in the limited time between
FFL reinstatement and the Petition Date, particularly given that
those four months span the slowest part of the Debtor's seasonal
business cycle. The Debtor filed this Chapter 11 Case to obtain the
benefit of the automatic stay, restructure its obligations to Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A., and reorganize its operations on a sustainable
basis.

The Debtor proposes the following treatment of claims under this
Plan, which has been coordinated with a separate plan filed by the
Debtor's affiliated landlord, 6201 Robinson Street, LLC, in its own
Chapter 11 case (Case No. 26-20161) (the "Robinson Case"). The two
plans together provide one coordinated treatment of the Wells Fargo
claim, which is owed jointly and severally by the Debtor and 6201
Robinson Street, LLC.

     * Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (Class 1) — Secured. Wells Fargo
will receive interest-only payments at the contract non-default
rate for the first twelve months following the Effective Date,
after which regular monthly principal and interest payments of
$13,955.86 will resume and continue through an extended maturity
date. The pre-petition arrears of $92,561.41 will be capitalized
into the principal balance. The Debtor will make all payments to
Wells Fargo directly, on behalf of itself and 6201 Robinson Street,
LLC as joint and several borrowers; such payments shall satisfy
6201 Robinson Street, LLC's obligations to Wells Fargo dollar-for
dollar.

     * Kansas Department of Revenue (Class 2) — Priority
unsecured. KDOR's sales tax claim of $3,679.70 will be paid in full
over sixty months at 8% interest.

     * General Unsecured Creditors (Class 3) — Paid in full
(100%) pro rata in equal monthly installments over thirty-six
months, paid from operating cash flow. Customer deposits and
unredeemed gift certificates are not included in Class 3 and will
instead be honored in the ordinary course of the Debtor's
business.

     * Affiliate Lease Claim of 6201 Robinson Street, LLC (Class 4)
— The pre-petition lease arrears claim of the affiliated landlord
shall be deemed waived in full on the Effective Date.

     * Equity Interests (Class 5) — James Anderson (50%) and
Ronda Anderson (50%) shall retain their ownership interests.

Class 3 consists of general unsecured Claims against the Debtor.
Class 3 includes the claims of FedEx Freight and Kansas Gas
Service. Customer deposits and unredeemed gift certificates are not
classified under the Plan and are not Class 3 Claims; such
obligations will be honored in the ordinary course of the Debtor's
business and are unaffected by the Plan.

Class 3 shall receive equal monthly installments of approximately
$201.65 over thirty-six months, disbursed pro rata, commencing on
the first day of the first full calendar month following the
Effective Date, until each Class 3 Allowed Claim is paid in full.
No interest. The Debtor reserves the right to make annual rather
than monthly distributions to any creditor whose pro rata share of
monthly payments would total $50.00 or less per month.

The allowed unsecured claims total $7,259.22. This Class will
receive a distribution of $7,259.22 (100% of allowed Class 3
Claims). This Class is impaired.

Class 5 consists of Equity Interest Holders. James Anderson (50%)
and Ronda Anderson (50%) shall retain their membership interests in
the Debtor.

The Debtor's Chapter 11 Plan will be implemented from ongoing
business operations, collection on accounts receivable, and any
other proceeds of property of the estate.

A full-text copy of the Initial Plan dated May 7, 2026 is available
at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=CvS3vW from PacerMonitor.com at no
charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Ryan M. Graham, Esq.
     WM Law, PC
     15095 West 116th Street
     Olathe, KS 66062
     (913) 422-0909
     (913) 428-8549 (fax)
     Email: graham@wagonergroup.com

               About Custombilt Firearms Manufacturing

Custombilt Firearms Manufacturing, LLC, is a firearms manufacturing
and retail business.

Custombilt sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Kan. Case No. 26-20160) on Feb. 6, 2026,
listing up to $500,000 in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities.  James Anderson, president of Custombilt, signed the
petition.

Judge Dale L. Somers oversees the case.

Ryan M. Graham, Esq., at WM Law, PC, is the Debtor's bankruptcy
counsel.


DBJ US CORP: Updates Unsecured Claims Pay Details
-------------------------------------------------
DBJ US CORP., d/b/a Denny's, d/b/a Denny's America's Diner
submitted a First Amended Plan of Reorganization dated May 7,
2026.

Since entering Chapter 11, the Debtor has continued operations with
the goal of stabilizing and increasing sales, reducing expenses,
and positioning the business for long-term viability.

This Plan proposes to pay Allowed Claims no less than the value of
Debtor's Projected Net Disposable Income for a period of 36 months.
The Plan provides for 5 Classes of creditor claims (including
priority, secured, and unsecured) and one Class of Equity
interests.

Class 3 consists of Allowed General Unsecured Claims. Only
unsecured creditors with Allowed Priority Claims and Allowed
Secured Claims will receive a pro rata distribution under the Plan
comprised of the estimated disposable income during the life of the
plan in the gross distribution sum of $147,041.16 unless the Debtor
makes from Retained Causes of Action.

In the event that the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor achieves a
recovery from Retained Causes of Action, the Reorganized Debtor
will earmark said recoveries for Class 3, after payment in full of
fees and costs associated with said recoveries. The Reorganized
Debtor will have insufficient revenue to make a 100% distribution
to Class 3. therefore, Class 3 is impaired and entitled to vote.

Class 4 consists of Equity Interests of Javier and Maria Saavedra
(husband and wife). On the Effective Date, the Equity Interests
will be retained in the same amounts and character as they were
held prior to the Petition, and or reissued and assigned to Brenda
Saavedra (in-part or whole) or a DFO approved party. Class 4 is
deemed to accept and not entitled to vote. Javier and Maria
Saavedra will also return to work at the premises of the Debtor
given the needs of the business and missing managerial positions.

Class 5 consists of the Allowed Claim of Debtor's Landlord, Giumel
Kodesh, LLC (the "Landlord"). The Landlord has not filed a proof of
claim; however, the Debtor is assuming the Lease subject of the
rental premises with the Landlord and will cure the pre-petition
arrearage in full on or before the Effective Date, and the
underlying lease for the business premises is assumed by the cure
payment thereon of $20,523.94, with the subsequent regular monthly
rent under the Lease continuing to be paid during the 36-month term
of the Plan and thereafter, as Debtor further intends to exercise
its option to renew thereunder. Class 5 is unimpaired and not
entitled to vote.

On the Effective Date, all property of the Debtor not otherwise
disposed of under the Plan, shall vest with the Reorganized
Debtor.

The Plan proposes to pay Allowed Claims to be paid under the Plan
from Projected Net Disposable Income and any net recoveries from
Retained Causes of Action.

The term "Debtor's Projected Net Disposable Income" has the meaning
ascribed to the term under Section 1191(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.
The Debtor has committed no less than 100% of its Projected Net
Disposable Income for a period of 36 months.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Plan dated May 7, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=aMM0tD from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     James B. Miller, Esq.
     JAMES B. MILLER, P.A.
     19 West Flagler St., Suite 416
     Miami, FL 33130
     Telephone: (305) 374-0200
     Facsimile: (305) 374-0250
     E-mail: BKCMIAMI@GMAIL.COM

                        About DBJ US Corp.

DB USA Corporation operates as a bank holding company. The company,
through its subsidiaries, offers commercial banking services
including checking accounts, commercial loans, equipment financing,
investment services, foreign exchange services, and other financial
services to customers in the United States.

DBJ US Corp. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 26-11015) on Jan. 27, 2026.  In its
petition, the Debtor estimated assets of $0 to $100,000 and
estimated liabilities of $1 million to $10 million.  The case is
being handled by Bankruptcy Judge Robert A. Mark.  The Debtor is
represented by James B. Miller, Esq.


DOCKSIDE ASSOCIATION: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------------------
Dockside Association, Inc. received another extension from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of South Carolina for authority
to use cash collateral pursuant to a consent agreement with First
Citizens Bank.

The Debtor and FCB agreed to extend access to the cash collateral
through May 31. The extension is subject to a revised budget and
continues under the same terms and conditions established in the
original cash collateral order.

First Citizens Bank retains the same adequate protection rights and
replacement liens previously granted under the original cash
collateral order.

The order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/DocksideAssoc_ICCOrder.pdf

                   About Dockside Association Inc.

Dockside Association, Inc. filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.S.C. Case No.
25-05115) on December 29, 2025, listing assets of between $1
million and $10 million and liabilities of between $10 million and
$50 million.

Judge Elisabetta Gm Gasparini presides over the case.

Michael M. Beal, Esq., at Beal, LLC and Clement Rivers, LLP serve
as the Debtor's bankruptcy counsel and special counsel,
respectively.


DOTDASH MEREDITH: S&P Alters Outlook to Positive, Affirms 'BB-' ICR
-------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook on Dotdash Meredith Inc.
(doing business as People) to positive from stable and affirmed all
ratings, including its 'BB-' issuer credit rating.

The positive outlook reflects S&P's expectation that People will
reduce leverage to about 3.5x over the next 12 months with FOCF to
debt of at least 10% annually.

S&P expects People will reduce S&P Global Ratings-adjusted net
leverage to 3.6x in 2026 and 2.9x in 2027, behind 6%-8% digital
revenue growth coupled with solid free operating cash flow (FOCF).

S&P said, "We revised the outlook to positive on expected leverage
reduction in 2026 and 2027. We expect S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
net leverage of 3.6x by the end of 2026 and 2.9x by the end of
2027, down from about 3.8x as of March 31, 2026. We forecast a
decline below our 3.5x upside threshold in early 2027 with 6%-8%
digital revenue growth in 2026 and 2027." This will be somewhat
offset by continued declines in print revenue, improving annual
revenue in the low-single-digit percent area. Despite Google search
referrals declining 63% over the past two years, People's digital
business has remained resilient and continued to expand at a
high-single-digit percent pace. Non-session-based revenue
increases, including advertising revenue from social media, events,
email, and D/Cipher (People's proprietary cookieless ad targeting
technology), involves partnerships with Open AI, Meta, Walmart, and
Apple News along with performance marketing revenue.

People has outperformed its peers over the last year, overcoming
AI-related headwinds, due to the strength of its brands. The
company is beginning to explore new products and services to
monetize its brands, which could reduce exposure to advertising
revenue over time. S&P expects about $115 million of FOCF in 2026
and $150 million in 2027 will contribute to deleveraging.

S&P said, "We reduced our EBITDA forecast in 2026 about $15 million
on litigation expense related to People's antitrust lawsuit against
Google, adding about 0.2x to our leverage forecast. The lawsuit
follows the ruling that Google illegally monopolized key
advertising technology. We expect litigation expenses will roll off
in 2027. While we have not factored any potential proceeds into our
base case forecast, they could be material."

People is exposed to economic cyclicality. Management on its most
recent earnings call noted no impact yet from rising gas prices
stemming from the conflict in the Middle East, and there is a high
degree of macroeconomic uncertainty. If conditions deteriorate or
stagnate beyond our expectations, People's revenue and EBITDA will
likely be weaker than we forecast. People's performance remains
strongest amid favorable economic conditions and expansion because
its pay-for-performance revenue somewhat depends on consumer
discretionary spending and advertising budgets.

Owner IAC Inc. will likely provide moderate credit support in a
stress scenario. S&P said, "We consider People moderately strategic
to IAC because it is wholly owned. Following the spin-off of Angi
last year and the sale of Care.com in early 2026, People
constitutes nearly all of IAC's revenue, EBITDA and underlying
business operations. IAC has historically encouraged its
investments to be profitable over time on a stand-alone basis.
Therefore, we believe IAC would provide support to People because
of an economic incentive to preserve its credit strength. Since
People's consolidated net leverage ratio (calculated per its credit
agreement) is less than 4x, IAC can upstream cash from People.
However, we think it's more likely IAC will keep the cash at People
as it continues to focus on deleveraging."

S&P said, "Given that we rate People one notch below IAC
(BB/Stable), we do not apply additional uplift to the stand-alone
credit profile (SACP) of People. If we upgrade People to 'BB', its
rating would be capped at the rating on IAC even if the SACP would
indicate a higher rating.

"The positive outlook reflects our expectation that People will
reduce leverage to about 3.5x over the next 12 months, with FOCF to
debt of at least 10% annually.

"We could revise the outlook to stable if we expect People will
sustain leverage above 3.5x through 2027." This could occur if:

-- Macroeconomic conditions worsen, such that digital revenue
growth cannot outpace declines in the print business, reducing
total revenue and EBITDA; or

-- The company pursues a more aggressive financial policy, such as
distributions to IAC or debt-financed acquisitions that are not
immediately accretive.

S&P could raise the rating if:

-- Leverage declines and remains below 3.5x on a sustained basis;

-- The company generates at least 10% FOCF to debt; and

-- S&P's rating on IAC remains at least 'BB'.



DVM PROPERTIES: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------------------
DVM Properties, LLC received final approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Oklahoma to use cash
collateral to fund operations.

Under the final order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral during the bankruptcy case and until further court
order, but only according to the approved operating budget. The
order permits line-item spending deviations of up to 10% in
aggregate over any rolling four-week period, with unused variance
amounts carrying over to later periods.

The Debtor projects 13-weeks total operational expenses of
$374,706.64.

As partial adequate protection, Live Oak Banking Company received
automatically perfected replacement liens effective as of the
petition date. These liens extend to cash, accounts receivable, and
deposit accounts to the same extent and priority as Live Oak's
pre-petition liens, excluding Chapter 5 avoidance claims.

In addition, if Live Oak experiences a diminution in collateral
value, it may assert a superpriority claim ranking ahead of most
other claims in the bankruptcy case.

The order also established reporting obligations requiring the
Debtor to provide Live Oak and the United States Trustee with
operating reports and budget reconciliation statements. A carve-out
was approved for court-authorized professional fees and U.S.
Trustee fees, while reserving the possibility of additional
carve-out requests for an unsecured creditors' committee.

The Debtor's authority to use cash collateral expires on July 13
upon an uncured default after notice, or upon a later court order
terminating such authority.

The order is available at https://shorturl.at/R48oj from
PacerMonitor.com.

The Debtor runs a veterinary clinic and pet resort in Edmond,
Oklahoma, employing about 22 people and projecting approximately
$1.6 million in annual revenue. To maintain operations and pursue
reorganization, the Debtor intends to use cash collateral primarily
proceeds from its accounts receivable which may be subject to a
secured lender's interest.

                      About DVM Properties LLC

DVM Properties, LLC, doing business as Pampered Pets Veterinary
Clinic, operates a veterinary clinic and pet resort in Edmonton,
Oklahoma.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Okla. Case No. 26-11154) on April 10,
2026. In the petition signed by J. Brian Ledger, member/owner, the
Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Stephen J. Moriarty, Esq., at Fellers Snider, et al, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


E.W. SCRIPPS: Q1 2026 Net Loss Narrows to $1.8M on $516.9M Revenue
------------------------------------------------------------------
The E.W. Scripps Company has filed its Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, reporting a
net loss of $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026,
compared to a net loss of $3.5 million for the same period in the
prior year. Total operating revenues for the three months ended
March 31, 2026 were $516.9 million, compared to $524.4 million in
the prior-year period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At March 31, 2026, the Company had a $208 million revolving credit
facility, which matures on July 7, 2027, and an accounts receivable
securitization facility, scheduled to terminate on April 10, 2028,
with aggregate commitments of up to $450 million. The maximum
availability allowed for the securitization facility is limited by
the Company's eligible accounts receivable balances.

On April 30, 2026, the Company entered into an amendment to its
credit agreement that extends the July 7, 2027 maturity date of its
revolving credit facility. Under the terms of the amendment, the
Company has a revolving credit facility with commitments of up to
$200 million, maturing on July 7, 2029, and a non-extended
revolving credit facility with commitments of up to $8 million,
maturing on July 7, 2027.

The Company's primary source of liquidity is its available cash and
borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facilities and
securitization facility. The Company's primary source of cash is
generated from its ongoing operations and can be affected by
various risk and uncertainties. As of March 31, 2026, the Company
had $83.7 million of unrestricted cash on hand and $179 million of
additional borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facility
and securitization facility. As of March 31, 2026, the Company had
$20 million outstanding under its credit facility and the maximum
availability allowed and amount outstanding under the
securitization facility was $322 million. Based on its current
business plan, the Company believes its cash flow from operations
will provide sufficient liquidity to meet the Company's operating
needs for the next 12 months.

From Scripps President and CEO Adam Symson:

"We're moving through the second quarter with real momentum, fueled
by progress toward our transformation goals, the ongoing successes
with our Scripps Sports strategy and meaningful reductions in our
leverage ratio. We are on track in the execution of our ambitious
plans to improve company EBITDA by at least 30% over the next two
years. Hundreds of colleagues from every area of the company have
come together to identify more than 1,000 cost savings and revenue
growth initiatives. Our execution plans leverage AI, automation and
other technology to fundamentally improve how we operate.

"The magnitude of our transformation is evident in the early
changes to our leverage ratio and the improvement we'll continue to
see on our balance sheet. We plan to use proceeds from midterm
political advertising revenue to make meaningful further progress.

"We're also capitalizing on live sports across both divisions'
portfolios. Tomorrow night, the WNBA regular season tips off with a
double-header on our ION network and tremendous excitement about
the return of Caitlin Clark and this year's class of draft picks.
We'll once again broadcast the most WNBA games of any network,
bringing a double-header every Friday night to fans nationwide.
We're also seeing continued strong advertiser demand for our
broadcasts of women's professional soccer, hockey, volleyball,
track, pro cheer, rodeo and college basketball. We recognized early
that Americans were embracing the quality and professionalism of
women's sports, and we're pleased to have become the go-to source
for brands that want to connect with fans.

"We continue to expand on our opportunity, having recently
announced a new partnership with the NHL's Nashville Predators for
local broadcast, and with the PBR for Premier Women's Rodeo, which
we'll bring to Grit, ION and our new streaming channel, Scripps
Sports Network. In March, we launched the network to build on our
leadership in sports and leverage our existing sports rights.
Through this network, we're delivering more than 100 live games a
year, original sports programming, documentaries and sports talk
shows.

"This is shaping up to be a pivotal year for our company. We're
using the word transformation to describe how all of us at Scripps
are questioning what we do, how we do it and why, with a goal of
forming the optimal organizational structure to position us to
grow, inside our current businesses and beyond. Through that
growth, we will continue to serve our audiences, advertisers,
sports fans and communities with objective journalism, meaningful
personal connection, live sports and quality entertainment – and
at the same time, create new shareholder value."

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-Q is available at
https://tinyurl.com/52rzfkhj

                         About Scripps

The E.W. Scripps Company (NASDAQ: SSP) is a diversified media
company focused on creating a better-informed world. As one of the
nation's largest local TV broadcasters, Scripps serves communities
with quality, objective local journalism and operates a portfolio
of more than 60 stations in 40+ markets. Scripps reaches households
across the U.S. with national news outlets Scripps News and Court
TV and popular entertainment brands ION, ION Plus, ION Mystery,
Bounce, Grit and Laff. Scripps is the nation's largest holder of
broadcast spectrum. Scripps is the longtime steward of the Scripps
National Spelling Bee. Founded in 1878, Scripps' long-time motto
is: "Give light and the people will find their own way."

As of March 31, 2026, the Company had $4.9 billion in total assets,
$422.3 million in total liabilities (current), $365.6 million in
other liabilities (noncurrent), and $1.2 billion in total equity.

                           *     *     *

In May 2026, S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook on Scripps to
positive from negative. At the same time, S&P affirmed all ratings
including the 'CCC+' issuer credit rating.

The positive outlook reflects S&P's expectation for improving cash
flow over the next 12 months, driven by strong political
advertising revenue, cost-saving initiatives, and recent M&A
transactions, which will support deleveraging.

Scripps recently began a multi-year transformation program that's
targeting $125 million-$150 million of annualized EBITDA growth by
2028. It also recently completed a series of asset sales and
extended the maturity of its revolving credit facility.

If the company can successfully execute its transformation plan,
EBITDA and cash flow will significantly improve over the next few
years and accelerate deleveraging.


E.Z. LOR REALTY: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
--------------------------------------------------
Debtor: E.Z. Lor Realty LLC
        305 Broadway, Suite 700
        New York, NY 10007

Business Description: E.Z. Lor Realty LLC owns and manages
condominium units at 382 Central Park West and 392 Central Park
West in New York, New York.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 18, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of New York

Case No.: 26-11173

Debtor's Counsel: John C. Kim, Esq.
                  THE LAW OFFICE OF JOHN C. KIM, P.C.
                  50 Court Street, Suite 708
                  Brooklyn, NY 11201
                  Tel: (718) 539-1100
                  Fax: (718) 539-1717
                  E-mail: John@jcklaw.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $500,000 to $1 million

The petition was signed by Eyal Zvion as sole member.

The Debtor has confirmed in the petition that it has no unsecured
creditors.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/HN6NQNQ/EZ_LOR_REALTY_LLC__nysbke-26-11173__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


EMPIRE CORE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to June 10
------------------------------------------------------------
Empire Core Group, LLC received another extension from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York to use cash
collateral to fund operations.

The court extended the Debtor's authority to use cash collateral
through June 10 in line with its budget, subject to a 15%
variance.

The court recognized that the U.S. Small Business Administration
holds a first-priority lien on all of the Debtor's assets, securing
a debt of approximately $150,020, and Orange Bank & Trust Company
holds subordinate liens, securing debts totaling roughly $1.78
million across two loan agreements.

Several other creditors, including Bondex Insurance Company and
International Fidelity Insurance Company, also claimed liens on the
Debtor's assets, pending further investigation. The Debtor's
officers, CEO Florim Lajqi and CFO Justin Kerker, affirmed that
they receive compensation solely from the Debtor and that all
budgeted expenses relate exclusively to the Debtor's operations.

As adequate protection, the court granted replacement liens to the
secured creditors, with the same priority as their pre-bankruptcy
liens, excluding any recovery from Chapter 5 avoidance actions.
These liens are automatically perfected as of the petition date and
subordinate only to court-approved carveouts, including trustee and
professional fees.

The Debtor must also make monthly interest payments of $469 to the
SBA.

The Debtor's authority to use cash collateral terminates upon
conversion or dismissal of its Chapter 11 case; confirmation of a
bankruptcy plan, or modification of the interim order without the
secured creditors' consent.

The final hearing is scheduled for June 10.

A copy of the interim order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/rAgNi from PacerMonitor.com.

Orange Bank & Trust Company is represented by:

   Robert B. Hunter, Esq.
   212 Dolson Avenue
   Middletown, NY 10940
   Office: (845) 341-5000
   Direct: (845) 341-5163
   bhunter@orangebanktrust.com

                  About Empire Core Group LLC

Empire Core Group LLC formed in September 2014, is a construction
management and general contracting firm that specializes in
redeveloping existing properties and building new projects across
the New York metropolitan area. The Company has worked with major
real estate owners and operators including Blackstone Group,
Rockpoint, Compass Rock, Graystar, AIMCO, Brooksville Company, CW
Capital, Fortress, and The Dermot Company.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. N.Y. Case No. 25-22894) on September
22, 2025. In the petition signed by Florim Lajqi, CEO and member,
the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Sean H. Lane oversees the case.

Erica Aisner, Esq., at Kirby Aisner & Curley, LLP, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


FIRST CHOICE: Posts $1.4MM Net Loss in Q1 2026, Going Concern Stays
-------------------------------------------------------------------
First Choice Healthcare Solutions, Inc. has filed its Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission, reporting a net loss from operations for the three
months ended March 31, 2026 of $1,435,869, which compared to a loss
from operations of $1,397,892 for the three months ended March 31,
2025. Total revenue was $141 for the three months ended March 31,
2026, decreasing from $4,033 in the prior year.

The Company has a working capital deficit as of March 31, 2026, and
has generated recurring net losses since its emergence from
bankruptcy in April 2022.

During the three months ending March 31, 2026, the Company
experienced operating losses of approximately $.731 million and
corresponding cash outflows from operations of approximately $0.33
million. This performance reflected challenges in operating and
restructuring the Company because of the previous issues that
confronted the Company in the healthcare market, such as growing
referral bases and negotiating favorable contract rates with third
party payors for services rendered, as well as the negative impact
of the CEO indictment in November 2018 and the bankruptcy from June
2020. As a result of the former CEO's actions the Company has been
subject to litigation as well as incurring damage to its
relationships with its employees and referral sources. The
Company's ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon
the success of its continuing efforts to acquire profitable
companies, grow its revenue base, reduce operating costs,
especially as related to provider services, and access additional
sources of capital, and/or sell assets. The Company believes that
it will be successful in repairing its relationships with employees
and referral sources, generating growth and improved profitability
resulting in improved cash flow from operations. Additionally,
headcount was reduced in October 2021 and again in January 2023 to
generate reductions in operating costs while the Company focused on
developing and executing its future business strategy.

However, in order to execute the Company's business development
plan, which there can be no assurance we will achieve, the Company
may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity
offerings, debt financing, corporate collaborations or other means
and potentially reduce operating expenditures. If the Company is
unable to secure additional capital, it may have to curtail its
business development initiatives and take additional measures to
reduce costs in order to conserve its cash, thus raising
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern
more than one year from the date of issuance of the 2025 financial
statements included in the filing.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-Q is available at
https://tinyurl.com/737dep42

                  About First Choice Healthcare

Melbourne, Fla.-based First Choice Healthcare Solutions, Inc.
provides rehabilitative services, such as physical therapy.

Bush & Associates CPA LLC, the Company's independent registered
public accounting firm since 2024 and headquartered in Las Vegas,
Nevada, included an explanatory paragraph in its audit report dated
March 11, 2026, expressing substantial doubt about the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern. The auditor cited that the
Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a net
capital deficiency that raises substantial doubt about its ability
to continue as a going concern.

As of March 31, 2026, the Company had $4.1 million in total assets,
$45 million in total liabilities, and $41 million in total
stockholders' stockholders' deficit.


FO&O INC: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------
F O & O Inc. received another extension from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Texas to use cash collateral to
fund operations.

The court entered a second interim order authorizing the Debtor's
use of cash collateral under its budget from May 19 through the
final hearing on June 23, unless the order is stayed, expires, or
the Debtor materially breaches its terms.

The Debtor claimed multiple secured creditors may have interests in
its cash, accounts receivable, bank accounts, and related assets,
with Citizens National Bank of Texas identified as a likely senior
secured lender. Other potential secured parties include Forest
Capital, Oakwood, Stage/Slate, and Highland Hill Omega Recovery.

To protect secured creditors, the court granted them replacement
liens on post-petition cash collateral, with the same validity,
extent, and priority as their pre-petition liens.

The order does not determine the ultimate validity, priority,
extent of liens, or the amount of any creditor claims, preserving
all rights and defenses for the Debtor and other interested
parties.

The order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/FOandO_2ICCOrder.pdf

                         About F O & O Inc.

F O & O, Inc. is a Texas-based utility contractor operating in
fiber optics.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 26-31941) on May 3,
2026. In the petition signed by Martin Derrick Norwood Jr,
president, the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets
and liabilities.

Judge Scott W. Everett oversees the case.

Steven E. Wallace, Esq., at Wallace Law, PLLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


FORWARD AIR: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B' ICR
----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook on Forward Air Corp. to
stable from negative. S&P also affirmed its 'B' issuer credit
rating and issue-level rating on the senior secured debt.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that Forward Air will
maintain FFO to debt above 6% over the next 12 months, supported by
relatively stable margins amid a soft demand environment.

Forward Air's operating performance has improved over the past year
despite a persistently soft demand environment, supported by
strategic pricing rationalization and cost management. Funds from
operations (FFO) to debt was about 9% as of the first quarter of
2026, up from 5.7% a year ago.

S&P projects modest growth this year and expect steady
profitability and free cash flow to enable Forward Air to maintain
credit metrics commensurate with its current rating.

Pricing rationalization and cost management have supported steady
operating improvement despite prolonged softness in freight
markets. In the twelve months ended March 31, 2026, revenue
declined 3% while EBITDA margins improved to 15.5% from 14% a year
ago. The revenue decline was largely attributable to a 5% decline
in expedited freight, as the company implemented corrective pricing
actions to shed unprofitable freight from the network. Coupled with
rightsizing the cost structure with less volume, reported segment
EBITDA improved about 300 basis points (bps) over the last twelve
months. S&P expects expedited freight to return to growth in 2026
as Forward Air laps the pricing actions, with incremental operating
leverage as volume declines moderate.

While S&P's base case does not anticipate a meaningful uptick in
freight demand this year, recent key indicators (e.g. truckload
spot rates, tender rejections, PMI) have indicated early signs of a
recovery. However, the ongoing Middle East war and fuel price
volatility remain key macroeconomic risks. Sustained higher energy
costs could weigh on demand and offset recent greenshoots in the
industrial backdrop and further delay recovery in the freight
environment.

Growth in the Omni segment has been supported by strength in
contract logistics and platforms cross-selling. Mix shift toward
higher-margin contract logistics, while lower-margin air and ocean
volumes remain soft, contributed to segment EBITDA improving about
120 bps over the same period. Forward Air is currently in contract
negotiations with one of its largest contract logistics customers,
estimated to account for about $250 million of 2025 revenue. The
magnitude of any resulting volume reduction remains uncertain, and
no impact is anticipated until early 2027. The potential loss could
weigh on performance considerably next year, but S&P currently does
not expect it will preclude the company from maintaining metrics
commensurate with the current rating.

The intermodal segment continues to be affected by international
trade volatility and port activity softness, and we expect revenue
declines and margin compression to continue through the remainder
of the year. Forward Air recently announced its intention to sell
the intermodal business by year-end, with proceeds used toward
deleveraging the balance sheet.

The company has concluded the strategic review initiated in January
2025, with no actionable proposals. As a result, management is now
pivoting toward a sale of noncore assets, including two small
legacy Omni businesses, with combined 2025 revenue of about $160
million, in addition to the aforementioned intermodal business.
While management expects all three divestments to close before end
of this year, we have not incorporated the transactions in our
forecast due to uncertainty around sale proceeds.

S&P said, "We expect Forward Air to improve free cash flow in 2026
and maintain adequate liquidity, supported by revolver
availability, with sufficient covenant headroom. It generated $38
million in reported free operating cash flow (FOCF) in the twelve
months ended March 31, 2026, compared to a deficit of $26 million a
year ago. We project FOCF of about $55 million for the full year,
representing S&P Global Ratings-adjusted FOCF to debt of about
8%."

Liquidity as of March 31, 2026, consisted of $115 million of
accessible cash and $261 million revolver availability. As of the
end of the first quarter, Forward Air's credit agreement-adjusted
net leverage of 5.4x provided roughly $40 million of cushion
relative to the current 6.25x covenant. However, the covenant is
scheduled to tighten 25 bps each quarter, declining to 5.5x by
year-end. Despite the step-downs, S&P expects the company can
sustain EBITDA levels to remain in compliance and maintain revolver
access over the next 12 months.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that Forward
Air can maintain metrics in line with the rating over the next 12
months, including S&P Global Ratings-adjusted FFO to debt above 6%.
We expect relatively steady operating performance, driven by stable
margins across its segments, despite a prolonged soft demand
environment."

S&P could lower its ratings if metrics weaken such that it no
longer expect FFO to debt to remain above 6%. This could occur if:

-- Operating performance weakens due to softer-than-expected
macroeconomic conditions;

-- Planned divestments result in significant operational
disruptions; or

-- The recently announced customer transition affects overall
metrics beyond our expectations in 2027.

S&P could raise its ratings on Forward Air if it sustains FFO to
debt above 10%. This could occur if the demand environment improves
or if the company is able to repay debt through business unit
divestitures.



FRANCISCAN FRIARS: Unsecureds to Get Share of $43K in Joint Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------
Franciscan Friars of California, Inc. ("FFCI") and the Official
Committee of Unsecured Creditors filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of California a Disclosure
Statement in support of First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization
dated May 7, 2026.

FFCI was incorporated on April 11, 1900. The Province of Saint
Barbara was formally established as an entity 15 years later, on
December 4, 1915. FFCI is the civil embodiment of the Province for
the friars' temporal affairs and is the most commonly named
defendant for legal actions against the Province.

Since the Petition Date, the Debtor has continued to operate. The
Debtor's expenses are projected to decrease to approximately
$81,000 monthly by October, 2026. The Debtor does not receive
regular income from operations. Its cash inflow result from gifts
and bequests and the contributed salaries of the friars who are
employed.

After extensive arm's-length negotiations and mediation among (i)
the Debtor, (ii) the Associated Ministries, Franciscan Charities,
and Franciscan Ministries (collectively, the "NonDebtor
Affiliates") and (iii) the Committee, the parties reached a global
settlement, the terms of which are memorialized in the Corrected
Term Sheet Setting Forth Certain Material Terms of a Global
Settlement Agreement by and Among The Debtor, Its Non-Debtor
Affiliates and the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors,
entered into among the parties on January 29, 2026 and memorialized
in the Joint Plan.

Under the global settlement and through the Joint Plan, a trust
(the "Trust") will be established for Survivors, funded with
$25.025 million, by: (i) the Debtor in the amount of $5.8 million
(the "Debtor Cash Contribution"); (ii) the Non-Debtor Affiliates in
the amount of $14.2 million (the "Non-Debtor Affiliates Cash
Contribution") and (iii) certain Settling Insurers in the amount of
$5.025 million.

The Plan Proponents believe that the Joint Plan provides the best
alternative to compensate Abuse Claimants for their Abuse Claims.
The combined $25.025 million contribution from the Debtor ($5.8
million), the Non-Debtor Affiliates ($14.2 million) and the
Settling Insurer Contribution ($5.025 million) exceeds the value of
the Debtor's current assets. The Non-Debtor Affiliates'
contribution represents a compromise of the direct Abuse Claims
against the NonDebtor Affiliates and any and all claims and causes
of action, including involuntary equitable subordination and alter
ego claims, that the Estate and Consenting Class 5 and Class 6
Claimants have against the Debtor and any of the Non-Debtor
Affiliates.

Abuse Claimants have the ability to exempt themselves from the
releases and channeling injunction provisions of the Joint Plan
relating to the Non-Debtor Affiliates by affirmatively withholding
consent to such releases and injunctions on the Abuse Claim Ballot.
By indicating a withholding of consent, however, such Abuse
Claimant will be considered a NonConsenting Class 5 Claimant. A
Non-Consenting Class 5 Claimant will only receive a distribution
from that portion of the Trust Assets funded by the Debtor Cash
Contribution Amount, which is only $5.8 million of the $25.025
million in Trust Assets.

A Consenting Class 5 Claimant will receive its share of all of the
Trust Assets. A Consenting Class 5 Claimant means any holder of a
Class 5 Claim who has consented to the Channeling Injunction and
release provisions of the Joint Plan.  

Class 2 is comprised of General Unsecured Claims. Unless a Holder
of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim and the Debtor agree in
writing to different treatment, each Holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of
such Claim, its pro rata share of $43,408.00, without interest, in
an amount equal to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim as soon as
reasonably practicable after the later of (a) the Effective Date
and (b) the date when such General Unsecured Claim becomes an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim.

Class 5 is comprised of Abuse Claims Other Than Unknown Abuse
Claims. The Joint Plan authorizes and directs the creation of a
Trust to fund payments to Holders of Allowed Class 5 Claims. The
specific treatment of an Allowed Class 5 Claim depends on whether
the Class 5 Claimant is a Consenting Class 5 Claimant, a Consenting
Class 5 Litigation Claimant or a Non-Consenting Class 5 Claimant.

     * Consenting Class 5 Claimants. On or after the Effective
Date, Consenting Class 5 Claimants holding an Allowed Abuse Claim
shall receive, except to the extent that a Consenting Class 5
Claimant agrees to less favorable treatment of such Claim, a
Distribution from the Trust Assets calculated in accordance with,
and as authorized by, the Joint Plan, the Trust Distribution Plan,
and all other Trust Documents; provided that Consenting Class 5
Claimants may only receive a Distribution from the Trust after he
or she executes a Consenting Class 5 Claim Release Agreement and
delivers such agreement to counsel for the Debtor and the Trust
Administrator.

     * Consenting Class 5 Litigation Claimants. At any time prior
to the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the Effective
Date or the applicable Abuse Claim Discharge Date, a Consenting
Class 5 Claimant may elect, at such Claimant's sole expense, to
proceed as a Consenting Class 5 Litigation Claimant such that the
Class 5 Claimant may commence (or resume prosecution of) an action
in any court of competent jurisdiction solely for the purpose of
determining any liability that the Debtor and/or any Protected
Party may have with respect to their Consenting Class 5 Litigation
Claim, the amount of that liability, and to pursue Coverage Claims
against Non-Settling Insurers. To be a Consenting Class 5
Litigation Claimant, a Class 5 Claimant shall first execute a
Consenting Class 5 Litigation Claim Agreement and deliver it to the
Trust Administrator.

     * Non-Consenting Class 5 Claimants. On or after the Effective
Date, NonConsenting Class 5 Claimants holding an Allowed Abuse
Claim shall (i) receive a Distribution from that portion of the
Trust Assets funded by the Debtor Cash Contribution Amount
calculated in accordance with, and as authorized by, the Joint
Plan, the Trust Distribution Plan, and all other Trust Documents
and (ii) retain the right to assert any Claim they may have against
any Protected Party and NonSettling Insurers in accordance with,
and subject to, the terms and provisions of the Joint Plan.

Holders of Non-Consenting Class 5 Claims may only receive a
Distribution from that portion of the Trust Assets funded by the
Debtor Cash Contribution Amount and shall not be entitled to
receive any Distribution from any other Trust Assets, including,
without limitation, any Trust Assets funded by (a) the Non-Debtor
Affiliates' Cash Contribution and (b) settlement proceeds from
Insurance Settlement Agreements.

Effective as of the date the Confirmation Order is entered, the
Trust shall be established in accordance with this Plan and the
Trust Documents for the purposes of (a) assuming the liability of
the Released Parties for Channeled Claims and Barred Claims, and
(b) receiving, liquidating and distributing Trust Assets in
accordance with this Plan and the Trust Distribution Plan. The
Trust Documents, including the Trust Agreement.

The Trust Administrator shall commence serving as the Trust
Administrator effective as of the date the Confirmation Order is
entered and be permitted to act in accordance with the terms of the
Trust Agreement from such date, as authorized jointly by the Plan
Proponents. Such actions may include opening bank accounts and
taking all further actions necessary to establish the Trust prior
to the Effective Date in accordance with his or her duties under
the Trust Agreement, for which the Trust Administrator shall be
entitled to seek compensation in accordance with the terms of the
Trust Agreement and this Plan.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 7, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=Yg6I2i from Donlin, Recano &
Company, Inc., claims agent.

Franciscan Friars of California, Inc., is represented by:

     Robert G. Harris, Esq.
     Julie H. Rome-Banks, Esq.
     Wendy W. Smith, Esq.
     Reno Fernandez, Esq.
     BINDER MALTER HARRIS & ROME-BANKS LLP
     2775 Park Avenue
     Santa Clara, CA 95050
     Tel: (408) 295-1700
     Fax: (408) 295-1531
     Email: rob@bindermalter.com
            julie@bindermalter.com
            wendy@bindermalter.com
            reno@bindermalter.com

Attorneys for Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors:

     LOWENSTEIN SANDLER LLP
     Jeffrey D. Prol, Esq.
     Brent Weisenberg, Esq.
     One Lowenstein Drive
     Roseland, NJ 07068
     Tel: (973) 597-2500
     Email: jprol@lowenstein.com
     Email: bweisenberg@lowenstein.com

     KELLER BENVENUTTI KIM LLP
     Tobias S. Keller, Esq.
     Jane Kim, Esq.
     Gabrielle L. Albert, Esq.
     101 Market St., Suite 1950
     San Francisco, CA 94104
     Tel: (415) 496-6723
     Email: tkeller@kbkllp.com
     Email: jkim@kbkllp.com
     Email: galbert@kbkllp.com

     BURNS BAIR LLP
     Timothy W. Burns, Esq.
     Jesse J. Bair, Esq.
     10 East Doty Street, Suite 600
     Madison, WI 53703-3392
     Tel: (608) 286-2808
     Email: tburns@burnsbair.com
     Email: jbair@burnsbair.com

              About Franciscan Friars of California

Franciscan Friars of California, Inc., is a tax-exempt religious
organization in Oakland, Calif. The Debtor was formed to provide
religious, charitable, and educational acts, ministry, and service
to the poor.

Franciscan Friars of California, Inc., filed its voluntary petition
for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 23-41723) on
Dec. 31, 2023, listing $1 million to $10 million in assets and $10
million to $50 million in liabilities. David Gaa, OFM, president of
the Debtor, signed the petition.

Judge William J. Lafferty oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Binder Malter Harris & Rome-Banks LLP as
bankruptcy counsel; Hanson Bridgett LLP, Weintraub Tobin Chediak
Coleman Grodin Law Corporation, and Bledsoe, Diestel, Treppa &
Crane LLP as special counsel; and GlassRatner Advisory & Capital
Group LLC, doing business as B. Riley Advisory Services, as
financial advisor. Donlin, Recano & Company, Inc. is the Debtor's
administrative advisor.

The U.S. Trustee appointed an official committee of unsecured
creditors.  The committee selected Lowenstein Sandler LLP and
Keller Benvenutti Kim LLP as counsel and Berkeley Research Group,
LLC as its financial advisor.


GENESIS HEALTHCARE: Plan Contemplates Two Scenarios
---------------------------------------------------
Genesis Healthcare, Inc., and its affiliates filed with the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas a Disclosure
Statement describing Joint Chapter 11 Plan dated May 11, 2026.

Genesis is an operator of 168 licensed skilled nursing facilities
and independent living facilities across 16 states that care for
more than 16,000 residents on a daily basis, with over 25,000
employees. Though its corporate history dates back to 1985, Genesis
was formed in 2015 following a series of mergers and acquisitions.

In the years following its formation, the Debtors continued to
expand and, at the height of its operations, was the largest
operator of skilled nursing and independent living facilities in
the United States, operating more than 500 skilled nursing centers
in 34 states. Since then, the Debtors have divested or closed many
of their former facilities. As a result of these divestitures, the
Debtors' portfolio consisted of approximately 175 facilities as of
the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases.

On August 28, 2025, after a contested three-day hearing, the
Bankruptcy Court entered the Order (I) Approving Bidding Procedures
and Expense Reimbursement, (II) Approving the Debtors' Entry Into
the Stalking Horse APA with Stalking Horse Bidder and Subject to
Higher or Otherwise Better Offers at the Auction in Accordance with
the Bidding Procedures, (III) Scheduling Certain Dates and
Deadlines, (IV) Approving the Form and Manner of Notice Thereof,
and (V) Establishing Notice and Procedures for the Assumption and
Assignment of Contracts and Leases (the "Original Bidding
Procedures Order"), which approved the Debtors' original bid
procedures (the "Original Bidding Procedures") and a marketing and
sale process culminating in a bid deadline on November 7, 2025 (the
"Initial Bid Deadline"). The Original Bidding Procedures Order also
authorized CPE as the Original Stalking Horse Bidder and approved
the Debtors' entry into the Original Stalking Horse APA.

On January 13, 2026, the Second Auction was held, and based on the
results of the Second Auction following five rounds of bidding and
more than $100 million in additional consideration as compared to
the bid submitted by the Replacement Stalking Horse Bidder, the
Estate Broker, acting at the joint direction of the Debtors and the
Creditors' Committee and in consultation with the Consultation
Parties, designated 101 W. State Street Holdings, LLC ("State
Street") as the "Successful Bidder" and Genie 3 as the "Back-Up
Bidder" (each as defined in the Amended Bidding Procedures).

On January 26, 2026, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Order (I)
Approving the Asset Purchase Agreement Between the Debtors and 101
W State Street Holdings LLC; (II) Authorizing the Sale of
Substantially All of the Debtors' Assets Free and Clear of Liens,
Claims, Interests, and Encumbrances; (III) Authorizing the
Assumption and Assignment of Certain Executory Contracts and
Unexpired Leases in Connection Therewith; and (IV) Granting Related
Relief (the "Sale Order"), which included the executed version of
the WSSH APA.

The Plan contemplates two scenarios: (a) consummation of the
Court-approved sale of substantially all of the Debtors' assets,
followed by a liquidation of the Debtors and their Estates pursuant
to the terms of the Plan, or (b) only if the APA is terminated and
the Sale Transaction is not consummated, a Restructuring
Transaction whereby the Debtors reorganize and the
PostRestructuring Debtors continue to operate the business in the
ordinary course following the Effective Date. While the Debtors
believe that the Sale Transaction will be consummated as
contemplated in the APA, in the unlikely event that the APA is
terminated and the Sale Transaction is not consummated, the Plan,
consistent with the Debtors' fiduciary duties, provides for the
ability for the Debtors to toggle to the Restructuring
Transaction.

In the event that the Debtors contemplate pivoting to the
Restructuring Transaction, the Debtors intend to file and serve a
notice apprising parties of the Debtors' intention to implement a
Restructuring Transaction no later than ten days prior to the
Voting Deadline. If no such notice is filed, the Debtors intend to
implement the Plan through the Sale Transaction.

Class 6-A consists of all General Unsecured Claims in GUC
Distribution Group 1, which includes Holders of Allowed General
Unsecured Claims against the Debtors involved with the operation of
the Facilities. Following consummation of either the Sale
Transaction or the Restructuring Transaction, commencing on the
Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim
in GUC Distribution Group 1 shall be entitled to receive, in full
satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in
exchange for, such Allowed General Unsecured Claim in GUC
Distribution Group 1, Distributions from the Liquidation Trust in
an aggregate amount equal to such Holder's Pro Rata Share of (i)
the GUC Distribution Assets and the GUC Distribution Interests
attributable to such GUC Distribution Group and (ii) such amounts
of Cash as may be allocated to a Holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim in such GUC Distribution Group; provided, however,
that such Distributions shall be made subject to the GUC
Distribution Model.

For the avoidance of doubt, any General Unsecured Claim in GUC
Distribution Group 1 assumed or otherwise satisfied by the Buyer
following consummation of the Sale Transaction pursuant to terms
and provisions of the Sale Order or the Sale Transaction Documents
shall be deemed satisfied in full under the Plan, shall not be an
obligation of the Debtors, the Post-Restructuring Debtors, the
WindDown Trust, or the Liquidation Trust, and shall not be entitled
to any Distributions under the Plan on account thereof. Class 6-A
is Impaired.

Class 6-B consists of all General Unsecured Claims in GUC
Distribution Group 2, which includes Holders of Allowed General
Unsecured Claims against the Debtors that (i) operate the Powerback
and AlignMed businesses, (ii) administer the Debtors’ in-house
accountable care organization, or (iii) hold membership interests
either directly or indirectly in the JVs.

Following consummation of either the Sale Transaction or the
Restructuring Transaction, commencing on the Effective Date, each
Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in GUC Distribution
Group 2 shall be entitled to receive, in full satisfaction,
settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such
Allowed General Unsecured Claim in GUC Distribution Group 2,
Distributions from the Liquidation Trust in an aggregate amount
equal to such Holder's Pro Rata Share of (i) the GUC Distribution
Assets and the GUC Distribution Interests attributable to such GUC
Distribution Group and (ii) such amounts of Cash as may be
allocated to a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in such
GUC Distribution Group; provided, however, that such Distributions
shall be made subject to the GUC Distribution Model. Class 6-B is
Impaired.

Class 6-C consists of all General Unsecured Claims in GUC
Distribution Group 3, which includes Holders of Allowed General
Unsecured Claims against the Debtors that (i) constitute operating
holding companies, (ii) provide administrative support to the
Debtors, or (iii) provide various back-office and miscellaneous
services to the Debtors. Following consummation of either the Sale
Transaction or the Restructuring Transaction, commencing on the
Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim
in GUC Distribution Group 3 shall be entitled to receive, in full
satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in
exchange for, such Allowed General Unsecured Claim in GUC
Distribution Group 3, Distributions from the Liquidation Trust in
an aggregate amount equal to such Holder's Pro Rata Share of (i)
the GUC Distribution Assets and the GUC Distribution Interests
attributable to such GUC Distribution Group and (ii) such amounts
of Cash as may be allocated to a Holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim in such GUC Distribution Group; provided, however,
that such Distributions shall be made subject to the GUC
Distribution Model. Class 6-C is Impaired.

Class 6-D consists of all General Unsecured Claims in GUC
Distribution Group 4, which includes Holders of Allowed General
Unsecured Claims against the Debtors that constitute non- operating
entities or were involved with the operations of Facilities
previously divested by the Debtors, including, among others, former
operators, former JV partners, and former master tenants. Following
consummation of either the Sale Transaction or the Restructuring
Transaction, commencing on the Effective Date, each Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim in GUC Distribution Group 4 shall
be entitled to receive, in full satisfaction, settlement, release,
and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed General
Unsecured Claim in GUC Distribution Group 4, Distributions from the
Liquidation Trust in an aggregate amount equal to such Holder's Pro
Rata Share of (i) the GUC Distribution Assets and the GUC
Distribution Interests attributable to such GUC Distribution Group
and (ii) such amounts of Cash as may be allocated to a Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim in such GUC Distribution Group;
provided, however, that such Distributions shall be made subject to
the GUC Distribution Model.

Class 6-E consists of all General Unsecured Claims that constitute
Cross-Debtor Claims. Following consummation of either the Sale
Transaction or the Restructuring Transaction, commencing on the
Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim
in GUC Distribution Group 5 shall be entitled to receive, in full
satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in
exchange for, such Allowed General Unsecured Claim in GUC
Distribution Group 5, Distributions from the Liquidation Trust in
an aggregate amount equal to such Holder's Pro Rata Share of (i)
the GUC Distribution Assets and the GUC Distribution Interests
attributable to such GUC Distribution Group and (ii) such amounts
of Cash as may be allocated to a Holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim in such GUC Distribution Group; provided, however,
that such Distributions shall be made subject to the GUC
Distribution Model. Class 6-E is Impaired.

The allowed unsecured claims total $933.9 million to $1,024.7
million.

As set forth in Article IV.A of the Plan, pursuant to Bankruptcy
Code section 1123(b)(2) and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in
consideration for the classification, distribution, releases, and
other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date,
the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise
and settlement of all Claims, Interests, and controversies relating
to the contractual, legal, and subordination rights that Holders of
Claims or Interests may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or
Interest or any Distribution to be made on account of such Allowed
Claim or Interest, including pursuant to all Corporate Transactions
implemented in accordance with the Plan.

Following consummation of the Sale Transaction, subject to the
provisions of the Plan concerning the Professional Fee Escrow
Account and the Wind-Down Reserve, the Liquidation Trustee shall
fund distributions under the Plan from (a) Liquidation Trust
Assets, (b) the Liquidation Trust Proceeds, and (c) the Debtors'
Cash on hand.

Following consummation of the Restructuring Transaction, subject to
the provisions of the Plan concerning the Professional Fee Escrow
Account, the Liquidation Trustee shall fund distributions under the
Plan from (a) Liquidation Trust Assets and (b) the Liquidation
Trust Proceeds.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 11, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=5iBgnG from Epiq Corporate
Restructuring, LLC, claims agent.

Counsel for the Debtors:             

                     Marcus A. Helt, Esq.
                     Jack G. Haake, Esq.
                     Grayson Williams, Esq.
                     MCDERMOTT WILL & EMERY LLP
                     2801 N. Harwood Street, Suite 2600
                     Dallas, Texas 75201-1574
                     Tel: (214) 295-8000
                     Fax: (972) 232-3098
                     Email: mhelt@mwe.com
                            jhaake@mwe.com
                            gwilliams@mwe.com

                      - and -

                     Daniel M. Simon, Esq.
                     Emily C. Keil, Esq.
                     William A. Guerrieri, Esq.
                     MCDERMOTT WILL & EMERY LLP
                     444 West Lake Street, Suite 4000
                     Chicago, Illinois 60606
                     Tel: (312) 372-2000
                     Fax: (312) 984-7700
                     Email: dsimon@mwe.com
                            ekeil@mwe.com
                            wguerrieri@mwe.com

                  About Genesis Healthcare Inc.

Based in Culver City, Calif., Genesis Healthcare Inc. is a medical
group that provides physician services in Southern California.
Genesis Healthcare has operated under the names Daehan Prospect
Medical Group and Prospect Genesis Healthcare.

Genesis Healthcare Inc. and several affiliated debtors sought
relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D.
Tex. Lead Case 25-80185) on July 9, 2025. In its petition, Genesis
Healthcare Inc. listed between $1 billion and $10 billion in
estimated assets and liabilities.

The Hon. Bankruptcy Judge Stacey G. Jernigan handles the jointly
administered cases.

The Debtors employed McDermott Will & Schulte LLP as counsel;
Jefferies LLC as investment banker; and Ankura Consulting Group,
LLC, as restructuring advisors, and designated Louis E. Robichaux
IV and Russell A. Perry as co-chief restructuring officers. Katten
Muchin Rosenman LLP serves as special counsel at the sole direction
of Jonathan Foster and Elizabeth LaPuma in their capacity as
independent directors and members of the special investigation
committee.

The U.S. Trustee appointed an official committee of unsecured
creditors in the Chapter 11 cases of Genesis Healthcare Inc. and
affiliates.  The committee retained Proskauer Rose LLP and Stinson
LLP as its co-counsel; FTI Consulting, Inc., as its financial
advisors; and Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc. as its investment
banker.


GETTY IMAGES: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'B', On CreditWatch Negative
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on Getty Images
Inc. to 'B' from 'B+' and its issue-level rating on the senior
secured debt to 'B+' from 'BB-'. S&P placed the ratings on
CreditWatch with negative implications.

The CreditWatch negative placement indicates the possibility that
S&P could lower the rating by at least one notch if the merger does
not close or if it expects weaker operating performance and
liquidity following merger close.

Getty Images Inc. has faced significant headwinds from
merger-related and litigation costs over the last 12 months, which
has stressed credit metrics, resulting in leverage above 7x and
negligible cashflow generation.

Liquidity is pressured, as the company drew on its revolver to
partially fund litigation payments totaling about $110 million.
Additionally, it will make $60 million in payments for its senior
unsecured notes and about $25 million in amortization payments for
its EUR Term Loan.

While the CMA (Competition and Markets Authority) have
conditionally approved the merger and we believe completion of
merger would improve operating performance and liquidity, downside
risks remain as Shutterstock may not be able to complete the
requirements outlined by the CMA. Liquidity will be further
hindered if the merger doesn't close.

Credit metrics will be weaker than initially expected even with the
merger. S&P anticipates operating performance will be muted for the
year for both companies. Shutterstock's revenues declined 18% in
the first quarter of 2026, and Getty Images' mid-point revenue
guidance for the year is a decline of about 2%. Both companies have
been pressured by merger-related costs, litigation expenses, and
other one-time related items.

S&P said, "While we expect material synergies in the future, we
forecast credit metrics will be pressured in the next 12 months
such that leverage will be elevated above 4x and free operating
cash flow (FOCF) to debt will be in the mid-single-digit percent
area. Future performance hinges on the company realizing the
synergies it outlined, which would strengthen leverage to below 4x.
However, given the transformative nature of the acquisition and
uncertainty surrounding litigation payouts, we believe there's
execution risks in quickly deleveraging and improving cash flow
metrics after close."

A sizable litigation payout and mandatory debt servicing costs
pressure liquidity. The company withdrew $120 million of its
revolver as of the first quarter to cover a sizable litigation
payout and interest totaling $110 million. Additionally, it has $60
million in amortization payments due for its senior unsecured term
loan, with $30 million due in June and the remainder in December,
coupled with debt amortization of about $25 million on the Euro
Term Loan.

This has materially reduced the company's liquidity, leaving
revolver availability of $30 million and cash on hand of about $97
million. Merger-related costs, higher interest expense, and other
one-time costs have also resulted in cash flow materially
deteriorating. The company also has ongoing litigations that may
result in other material payments. While Getty Images has received
insurance proceeds of $30 million, we believe it would need
external debt or equity to stave off a potential liquidity crisis
if the merger is not completed.

S&P said, "Our base-case scenario assumes the merger is completed,
bolstering liquidity. The CMA authorities have conditionally
approved the merger. If successful, the company would receive
Shutterstock's cash balance, which was about $162 million as of the
first quarter. Merger closure also hinges on Shutterstock divesting
its editorial business ($32.7 million). While this modestly lowers
revenue and EBITDA and Shutterstock would receive proceeds from
this divestment, it is unclear how much cash the combined company
would receive. If the merger closes successfully, we will review
the operating performance and liquidity position of the combined
company. This could result in an affirmation of the rating or a
downgrade.

"The CreditWatch negative placement reflects the possibility that
we could lower the rating by at least one notch if the merger does
not close, as this will strain liquidity and jeopardize Getty
Images' ability to meet its financial obligations. We could also
lower the rating if the merger closes, but we negatively reassess
our operating performance and liquidity expectations for the
combined company. Conversely, we could affirm the rating if we
expect adequate liquidity to support future possible litigation
payments and routine operational needs. To affirm the rating, we
would also expect leverage below 5x and FOCF to debt of at least
5%."



GILL RANCH: Claims to be Paid from Litigation & Sale Proceeds
-------------------------------------------------------------
Environmental Stewardship Foundation, a California nonprofit public
benefit corporation (“ESF” or “Plan Proponent”), submitted
a Disclosure Statement describing Plan of Reorganization for Gill
Ranch, LLC dated May 7, 2026.

The Debtor was formed in connection with the acquisition of a
10,400-acre tract of land in Sacramento County known as the "Gill
Ranch".

Prior to the bankruptcy filing in 2024, the Debtor had two lines of
business: (a) ownership of approximately 525 acres of real property
from and on which it grew, harvested and sold crops (the "Vineyard
Business"); and (b) ownership of approximately 6508 acres of real
property in Sacramento County for use and monetization as a
conservation and mitigation bank to provide high-quality and
sustainable mitigation alternatives for developers that are
required to mitigate the environmental impacts of development as a
condition of approval for their permitted activity (the "Mitigation
Bank Business").

ESF was formed by Chris Vrame (who is also ultimately the manager
of Gill Ranch, LLC by virtue of his role as manager of PCCP/Vrame
Resources, LLC, the sole equity holder in and manager of Gill
Ranch, LLC) in 2000. ESF holds, maintains, and manages conservation
easements on real property in order to preserve and protect it for
public charitable purposes.

On and after October 18, 2013, ESF's Board of Directors first began
to discover that Gill Ranch, LLC and other related entities
owned/controlled by Chris Vrame (whose staff, all employed by Chris
Vrame and those entities) had secretly been taking ESF's charitable
endowment and other funds from ESF's investment and bank accounts
and using for their own for-profit purposes. Much of this endowment
money was taken and used by Gill Ranch, LLC to pay the hefty
mortgage on its primary asset, a very large (originally
10,000-acre) preserve property (sometimes called a "mitigation
bank") located in Sacramento County.

During the Chapter 11 case Debtor negotiated three related
transactions. First, Debtor negotiated a sale of its remaining
environmental mitigation rights to Ecosystem Investment Partners V,
LLC. Second, the Debtor sold approximately 500 acres, including
certain vineyard property, to PCCP Acquisition Holdings, LLC.
Third, in exchange for a release of ESF's liens on the property
sold in the first two transactions, Debtor entered into a
settlement agreement with ESF. Under the settlement agreement,
Debtor granted ESF the right to pursue the Tsakopolous Litigation,
and granted Debtor additional liens on the proceeds of that
litigation.

As of March 31, 2026 Debtor had cash balances totaling $122,758.
Debtor also held accounts receivable reported on Debtor's Schedules
of Assets and Liabilities worth $0.00. Finally, Debtor is
submitting an application for disaster relief seeking approximately
$500,000. Collection of this amount is uncertain at this time.
Finally, Debtor owns approximately 1,773 acres of land in
Sacramento County, subject to a lease disputed in the Tsakopoulos
Litigation. As set forth in the Plan, Debtor and ESF have agreed
that the value of this property is $675,000.

ESF holds a secured claim in the amount of $25,9219,789.38, secured
by all assets of the Debtor. ESF has agreed to a "carveout" from
its non-litigation assets to pay administrative expenses of
Debtor's professionals. ESF has also agreed, under the Plan, to
release its liens on 3% of the net assets of the Debtor, after
payment of all pre-confirmation administrative expenses and all
postconfirmation expenses of the Debtor, to fund payments to
holders of Class 3 general unsecured claims.

Class 3 general unsecured claims, not including the undersecured
portion of ESF's claim, total from $671,047.46 to $912,547.46,
depending on potential claim objections.

Class 3 consists of General Unsecured Claims. Holders of Allowed
Class 3 general unsecured claims shall receive distributions as set
forth in Article VII.F of the Plan. In order to facilitate payments
to Class 3 general unsecured claims, ESF has voluntarily agreed to
release its liens on 3% of Debtor's remaining assets after payment
of all pre-confirmation administrative expenses and all
post-confirmation expenses of the Debtor.

Class 4 consists of Equity Interest Holders. Holders of Class 4
Equity Interests shall retain their interests, but, as set forth
more fully in Section VII.A of the Plan, will have no management
rights or other rights other than the retention of economic
interests in the Debtor.

Payments and distributions under the Plan will be funded as
follows. Plan Administrator shall collect all assets of the Debtor,
and shall sell any such non-cash assets in the time frame and
manner that Plan Administrator deems appropriate, after
consultation with ESF.

ESF, on behalf of the Debtor, shall prosecute the Tsakopolous
Litigation. To the extent the Tsakopolous Litigation generates
proceeds, the proceeds will be treated as set forth in Section VI.D
of the Plan. In general, cash proceeds of any such litigation will
be deposited in the trust account of ESF's counsel and net
proceeds, after withholding of ESF's fees, will be distributed to
the Plan Administrator for distribution to creditors.

Non-cash proceeds of the Tsakopolous Litigation will be sold or
otherwise liquidated by the Plan Administrator, with proceeds of
the disposition used first to reimburse ESF's litigation expenses,
and the remainder distributed to creditors. ESF believes that no
funds will be available for distribution on account of Class 2(c)
or Class 3 claims unless ESF is successful in the Tsakopolous
Litigation.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 7, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=nUQQ1H from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to Environmental Stewardship Foundation:

     Wilke Fleury LLP
     Daniel L. Egan, Esq.
     Steve Williamson, Esq.
     Jason G. Eldred, Esq.
     621 Capitol Mall, Suite 900
     Sacramento, California 95814
     Telephone: (916) 441-2430
     Facsimile: (916) 442-6664

                         About Gill Ranch

Gill Ranch, LLC, is a limited liability company in San Francisco,
Calif.

Gill Ranch sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 24-30886) on Nov. 25, 2024, with
$10 million to $50 million in both assets and liabilities. Andrew
De Camara, chief restructuring officer of Gill Ranch, signed the
petition.

Judge Hannah L. Blumenstiel oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Ori Katz, Esq., at Sheppard Mulllin
Richter & Hampton, LLP.


GOSSAMER BIO: Launches Exchange Offer to Eliminate $120M in Debt
----------------------------------------------------------------
Gossamer Bio, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on the
development and commercialization of seralutinib for the treatment
of pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH) and pulmonary hypertension
associated with interstitial lung disease (PH-ILD), announced on
May 18, 2026, that it has commenced an exchange offer to exchange
any and all of its 5.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 for a
pro rata portion of:

     (i) up to $72.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its
new 7.50% Convertible Senior Secured First Lien Notes due 2030,

    (ii) up to 317,647,058 shares of its common stock or, in lieu
of issuing shares of Common Stock to the extent such shares would
cause any Eligible Holder to beneficially own greater than 9.99% of
the outstanding Common Stock, prefunded warrants to purchase shares
of Common Stock and

   (iii) with respect to Eligible Holders who tender prior to the
Early Tender Date, warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock.

Simultaneously with the Exchange Offer, the Company is soliciting
consents from holders of the Existing Convertible Notes to adopt
certain proposed amendments to the indenture governing the Existing
Convertible Notes. The Proposed Amendments would eliminate
substantially all of the restrictive covenants in the Existing
Convertible Notes Indenture as well as certain events of default
and related provisions applicable to the Existing Convertible
Notes.

On the date hereof, holders of approximately 75.2% of the Existing
Convertible Notes have entered into a transaction support agreement
with the Company to support the Exchange Offer and Consent
Solicitation, including by tendering all of their Existing
Convertible Notes in the Exchange Offer. The Transaction Support
Agreement is subject to certain customary conditions, including a
condition that the Company will not consummate the Exchange Offer
unless the holders of 98% of the aggregate principal amount of
Existing Convertible Notes tender their Existing Convertible Notes
in the Exchange Offer.

The New Convertible Notes will be secured, first lien obligations
of the Company. The New Convertible Notes will mature on July 1,
2030, unless earlier converted or repurchased in accordance with
the terms of the New Convertible Notes, provided that the New
Convertible Notes shall have a springing maturity date of March 2,
2027 (91 days prior to the stated maturity of the Existing
Convertible Notes) if more than $4.0 million of the Existing
Convertible Notes remain outstanding at such time. The New
Convertible Notes will bear interest at a rate of 7.50% per annum
from the initial settlement date of such New Convertible Notes,
which interest will be payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on
January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2027.

The conversion rate for the New Convertible Notes will initially be
the number of shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of
New Convertible Notes equal to the quotient of $1,000 divided by a
10% premium to the Reference Price, rounded to the nearest
1/10,000th of a share. The "Reference Price" will equal the greater
of (i) $0.17 and (ii) the lower of (x) $0.34 and (y) the average of
the daily volume-weighted average prices for the seven (7)
consecutive VWAP trading days beginning on, and including, the VWAP
trading day immediately following the final settlement date. The
Purchase Warrants will be exercisable with a cash exercise price
equal to the greater of (i) $0.34 and (ii) a 25% premium to the
Reference Price, subject to adjustments.

Prior to obtaining stockholder approval of certain proposals that
will allow the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of
the New Convertible Notes and Purchase Warrants, the Company will
be permitted to satisfy its obligations upon conversion of the New
Convertible Notes, and upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants, only
in the form of cash settlement. Following such stockholder
approval, the Company will be permitted to satisfy its obligations
under the New Convertible Notes and Purchase Warrants with any
settlement method it is otherwise permitted to elect, including by
physical settlement of shares of Common Stock. A holder of New
Convertible Notes will not be permitted to convert its New
Convertible Notes at any time prior to the later of (i) the date
the conversion rate has been determined and (ii) the earlier of (a)
the date of the first special meeting at which the Company seeks
stockholder approval of such proposals, whether or not such
approvals are obtained, and (b) the date that is 61 calendar days
following the initial settlement date of the New Convertible Notes.
A "make whole" premium will be payable on the New Convertible Notes
through an increase to the conversion rate in certain circumstances
to compensate converting holders for interest that would have been
payable to the maturity date. The New Convertible Notes will be
convertible at any time following such date and prior to the close
of business on the second trading day immediately preceding the
maturity date. The Purchase Warrants will be exercisable at any
time beginning on December 3, 2026 and ending on June 3, 2031.

The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation will expire at 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on June 16, 2026, unless extended or
earlier terminated. Rights to withdraw tendered Existing
Convertible Notes and revoke consents terminate at 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on June 1, 2026, unless extended. The Company may,
subject to the terms of the Transaction Support Agreement, accept
for exchange any Existing Convertible Notes validly tendered (and
not validly withdrawn) in the Exchange Offer at or prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on June 1, 2026, if all conditions to the
Exchange Offer have been or are concurrently satisfied or waived
prior to the Early Tender Date. Whether or not the Early Settlement
occurs, if, at or prior to the Expiration Deadline, unless
extended, all conditions to the Exchange Offer have been or are
concurrently satisfied or waived, the Company will accept for
exchange all Existing Convertible Notes validly tendered in the
Exchange Offer at or prior to the Expiration Deadline, and not
validly withdrawn at or prior to the Withdrawal Deadline. The Final
Settlement Date will be promptly after the Expiration Deadline and
is currently expected to occur on June 18, 2026, the second
business day immediately following the Expiration Deadline. The
Company's ability to amend, extend, terminate, or waive the
conditions of the Exchange Offer are subject to the terms of the
Transaction Support Agreement.

Eligible Holders whose Existing Convertible Notes are accepted for
exchange will also receive accrued and unpaid interest on such
Existing Convertible Notes from, and including, the most recent
interest payment date to, but excluding, the applicable Settlement
Date, payable in cash on the applicable Settlement Date. Interest
will cease to accrue on the applicable Settlement Date for all
Existing Convertible Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange
Offer.

The Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation may each be amended or
extended at any time prior to the Expiration Deadline and for any
reason, and may be terminated or withdrawn if any of the conditions
of the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation are not satisfied or
waived by the Expiration Deadline (as it may be extended), subject
to applicable law and the terms of the Transaction Support
Agreement. Tenders of Existing Convertible Notes tendered in the
Exchange Offer may be validly withdrawn at any time at or prior to
the Withdrawal Deadline, unless extended by the Company, but will
thereafter be irrevocable. Subject to applicable law and the terms
of the Transaction Support Agreement, the Company may extend the
Expiration Deadline at any time, which may or may not have the
effect of extending the Withdrawal Deadline. The Company's
obligation to accept for exchange Existing Convertible Notes
validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) pursuant to the
Exchange Offer is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain
conditions, including without limitation, that a minimum of 98% of
the aggregate principal amount of Existing Convertible Notes shall
have been validly tendered (and, if applicable, not validly
withdrawn) pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

The New Convertible Notes, Purchase Warrants, Prefunded Warrants
and shares of Common Stock offered in the Exchange Offer are being
offered only to holders of Existing Convertible Notes that are
"qualified institutional buyers" as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act.

Eligible Holders who validly tender (and do not validly withdraw)
their Existing Convertible Notes and deliver their related consents
at or prior to the Early Tender Date will be eligible to receive
for each $1,000 in aggregate principal amount of Existing
Convertible Notes validly tendered for exchange, $360 in aggregate
principal amount of New Convertible Notes and 1,588.2353 shares of
Common Stock (or Prefunded Warrants) and 750 Purchase Warrants.
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer
and Consent Solicitation, Eligible Holders who validly tender
Existing Convertible Notes after the Early Tender Date but at or
prior to the Expiration Deadline, and whose Existing Convertible
Notes are accepted for exchange by the Company, will receive for
each $1,000 in aggregate principal amount of Existing Convertible
Notes validly tendered for exchange, $360 in aggregate principal
amount of New Convertible Notes and 1,588.2353 shares of Common
Stock (or Prefunded Warrants), but will not receive any Purchase
Warrants, as described below:

Title of Existing Convertible Notes: 5.00% Convertible Senior Notes
due 2027

CUSIP Number(1): 38341P AA0

Principal Amount Outstanding: $200,000,000

Consideration per $1,000 Principal Amount of Existing Convertible
Notes(2): (1) $360 of New Convertible Notes and (2) 1,588.2353
shares of Common Stock (or Prefunded Warrants)

Early Exchange Premium per $1,000 Principal Amount of Existing
Convertible Notes(3): 750 Purchase Warrants (the "Early Exchange
Premium")

Total Consideration per $1,000 Principal Amount of Existing
Convertible Notes(4): (1) $360 of New Convertible Notes, (2)
1,588.2353 shares of Common Stock (or Prefunded Warrants) and (3)
750 Purchase Warrants

----------------------------

     (1) No representation is made as to the correctness or
accuracy of the CUSIP number listed in this communication or
printed on the Existing Convertible Notes. CUSIPs are provided
solely for convenience.

     (2) Consideration per $1,000 principal amount of Existing
Convertible Notes that are validly tendered (and are not validly
withdrawn) and accepted for exchange, subject to any rounding as
described herein.

     (3) Additional consideration per $1,000 principal amount of
Existing Convertible Notes that are validly tendered (and are not
validly withdrawn) and accepted for exchange at or prior to the
Early Tender Date, subject to any rounding. For the avoidance of
doubt, Eligible Holders who validly tender and do not validly
withdraw their Existing Convertible Notes after the Early Tender
Date and prior to the Expiration Deadline will not be eligible to
receive the Early Exchange Premium.

     (4) For the Eligible Holders who validly tender prior to the
Early Tender Date.

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. is acting as exclusive capital markets and
financial advisor, sole dealer manager and sole solicitation agent
to the Company in connection with the Exchange Offer and Consent
Solicitation. D.F. King & Co., Inc. is acting as the exchange agent
and the information agent in connection with the Exchange Offer and
Consent Solicitation. Questions concerning the Exchange Offer and
Consent Solicitation may be directed to the Dealer Manager at 110
East 59th Street, New York, NY 10022, email: elcm@cantor.com or to
the Exchange Agent at 28 Liberty Street, 53rd Floor, New York, NY
10005, tel: (866) 620-9554 or (646) 582-7109, e-mail:
goss@dfking.com. The eligibility letter is available electronically
at: www.dfking.com/goss. Eligible Holders should also consult their
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other institution
for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer and Consent
Solicitation. Latham & Watkins LLP is acting as legal counsel to
the Company in connection with the Exchange Offer and Consent
Solicitation. Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP is acting as legal
counsel to certain holders of Existing Convertible Notes that are
party to the Transaction Support Agreement. DLA Piper LLP (US) is
acting as legal counsel to the Dealer Manager in connection with
the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation.

Only Eligible Holders may receive a copy of the offering memorandum
relating to the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation and
participate in the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation. None of
the Company, the Dealer Manager, the Exchange Agent, any trustee or
collateral agent for the Existing Convertible Notes or New
Convertible Notes, or any affiliate of any of them makes any
recommendation as to whether any Eligible Holder of Existing
Convertible Notes should exchange or refrain from exchanging the
principal amount of such Eligible Holder's Existing Convertible
Notes in the Exchange Offer or submit consents in the Consent
Solicitation. No one has been authorized by any of them to make
such a recommendation. Eligible Holders must make their own
decision whether to tender Existing Convertible Notes in the
Exchange Offer or submit consents in the Consent Solicitation. No
Eligible Holder may tender less than all of its Existing
Convertible Notes in the Exchange Offer.

The offering, issuance and sale of the Offered Securities has not
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
any other securities laws. This press release shall not constitute
an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, the New
Convertible Notes, shares of Common Stock (or Prefunded Warrants)
and Purchase Warrants offered in the Exchange Offer, the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the New Convertible Notes,
Prefunded Warrants or Purchase Warrants, the Existing Convertible
Notes or any other securities, nor will there be any sale of such
securities or any other securities, in any state or other
jurisdiction in which such offer, sale or solicitation would be
unlawful.

About Gossamer Bio

Gossamer Bio is a biopharmaceutical company focused on the
development of treatments for pulmonary hypertension. Its goal is
to be an industry leader in, and to enhance the lives of patients
living with, pulmonary hypertension.


GRIFFIN GLOBAL: S&P Alters Outlook to Positive, Affirms 'BB' ICR
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its rating outlook on Griffin Global
Asset Management Holdings Ltd. to positive from stable and affirmed
the 'BB' issuer credit rating and issue rating.

The positive outlook indicates S&P could raise its rating if GGAM
continues to execute its fleet strategy while maintaining strong
profitability.

GGAM reported improved earnings in 2025 and the first quarter of
2026, benefiting from sizable gains on sale of assets and lower
interest and other expenses.

S&P said, "We expect GGAM will continue to grow its fleet and
market presence over the next few years as global aircraft delivery
volumes increase, while also continuing to sell older aircraft
assets to maintain its fleet's attractiveness.

"While the airline industry faces elevated near-term uncertainties
around the war in the Middle East, we believe GGAM, like most other
rated lessors, is generally well positioned to manage the
volatility, given its young fleet and good financial flexibility.

"We expect GGAM's performance through 2027 to benefit from active
fleet management and lower interest expenses. In 2025, GGAM
generated about $1 billion in proceeds from asset sales, driven in
large part by its sale of aircraft to a related party, aircraft
asset securitization master trust GGAM Master Trust (GGAM-MT; GGAM
and GGAM-MT are both externally managed and serviced by the same
management team). As a result, the company generated an approximate
$187 million gain on sale of assets, resulting in EBIT interest
coverage of about 2.0x (compared with 1.0x in 2024). We view the
asset sales as consistent with management's previously outlined
plans to pursue an active trading strategy."

While the asset sales propelled strong profitability, they also
resulted in a somewhat smaller fleet. The company incurred some
capital spending during the year, but it didn't fully offset the
impact of the asset sales. As of March 31, 2026, GGAM's aircraft
portfolio comprised 52 owned aircraft with a total net book value
of $3.2 billion, down from 62 aircraft as of March 31, 2025.

Despite the smaller size, S&P expects GGAM will benefit from being
part of the larger Griffin aviation platform (comprising GGAM and
GGAM-MT as well as smaller interests in engines and the Japanese
market), which, under the common equity ownership of Bain Griffin
funds, manages about $6.9 billion in aviation assets (as of March
31, 2026). Nevertheless, the platform has a relatively short
operating track record and will need to efficiently scale its
operations as the asset base expands.

S&P said, "We also expect GGAM will continue to expand its fleet,
with an additional $584 million in assets committed for delivery as
of March 31, 2026 (and an additional sizable transaction finalized
in April).

"We expect GGAM's fleet to remain attractive, although its customer
concentration remains somewhat high. As of March 31, 2026, GGAM's
fleet had a weighted average age of 3.1 years (based on net book
value), the lowest within its rated peer group, where fleets
average five to eight years. The average remaining lease term of
GGAM's fleet is also the highest within its peer group at 8.2
years, compared with a peer average of four to eight years,
providing enhanced earnings visibility. In addition, its fleet
consists entirely of new technology aircraft, distinguishing the
company from other rated aircraft lessors.

"Nevertheless, the company remains among the smaller aircraft
lessors we rate. Customer concentrations are somewhat higher than
among larger rated aircraft leasing companies, with the top five
lessees--British Airways (14%), Air India (14%), Air France (13%),
JetSmart (11%), and ITA Airways (7%)--accounting for about 60% of
the company's total net book value as of March 31, 2026. This
compares with an average of 15%-35% across larger,
investment-grade-rated leasing companies.

"Still, much of the company's customer base consists of airlines
with relatively strong credit quality and in lower-risk
jurisdictions. We also expect the concentrations to gradually
decline over the next few years as the company adds to its fleet.

"While geopolitical uncertainties are elevated, we believe GGAM,
like most other lessors, is generally well positioned to navigate
near-term challenges." The aviation sector is subject to
significant geopolitical uncertainty as the war in the Middle East
and the effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz have led to
rising fuel prices and meaningful disruptions in global airline
operations. Jet fuel prices have increased sharply in the past few
weeks. If prices stay high, they would severely strain airline
profitability and could lead to more bankruptcies or elevated lease
deferral requests or lease restructurings.

Additionally, if the conflict causes a longer-term shift in air
travel demand, that could also pressure aircraft values and lease
rates. A prolonged war also could disrupt capital markets,
affecting lessors' ability to raise cost-efficient capital and
weighing on profitability.

However, GGAM's portfolio, like that of most aircraft lessors,
benefits from long-term contracts and a fully unencumbered aircraft
pool, which positions it well to navigate the near-term impact of
the war. In addition, sustained higher jet fuel prices could
increase demand for the fuel-efficient, new technology aircraft
that form 100% of GGAM's fleet. S&P also doesn't expect a
significant decline in longer-term aircraft demand, particularly
for new technology aircraft, given airlines will likely hesitate to
revise their long-term fleet strategies in response to near-term
uncertainties, particularly amid supply constraints.

S&P said, "We expect the company will maintain solid financial
flexibility and benefit from lower financing costs over the next
few years. GGAM has a fully unencumbered asset base, representing
significant progress from May 2023, when close to 67% of its assets
were encumbered. We think this transition enhances the company's
financial flexibility, given unencumbered assets can be pledged for
secured financing if access to unsecured borrowing becomes
unavailable. We also view this as a relative credit positive for
GGAM in comparison with peers of similar size, which generally
depend more on secured financing."

As of March 31, 2026, GGAM's total debt was about $2.4 billion, of
which $1.3 billion was in the form of unsecured notes bearing a
high coupon of 8%, due for refinancing in 2027 and 2028. Depending
on capital market conditions at the time, we believe the company
should be able to refinance these facilities at meaningfully lower
rates (the most recent issue in March 2025 bore a coupon of
5.875%), which should support a meaningful improvement in
profitability.

S&P said, "We expect GGAM's credit metrics through 2027 will
benefit from its improving profitability, somewhat offset by the
higher debt associated with its fleet expansion plans. We think the
company will continue focusing on expanding its fleet and growing
in scale through 2027, while periodically selling assets to
maintain the low average fleet age. Our forecast includes capital
expenditure of $1 billion-$2 billion in 2026 and $1.5 billion-$2.5
billion in 2027, alongside asset sales of $0.5 billion-$1.5 billion
annually through 2027.

"We forecast EBIT interest coverage of 1.5x-2.0x through 2027,
compared with 2.0x in 2025. We think EBIT interest coverage could
vary based on the timing of asset sales. Nevertheless, we also
expect the company's core profitability to improve gradually,
supported by relatively steady lease yields and lower finance
costs. We forecast debt to capital at 70%-75% and funds from
operations (FFO) to debt at 4%-8% through 2027."

The company's financial sponsor ownership designation doesn't
preclude a higher rating, as long as Bain's ownership policies
support GGAM's longer-term operating strategy and leverage targets.
GGAM is equity financed by Bain Capital Griffin Topco L.P., which
has contributed and committed equity to the company since its
formation, along with some affiliates. While S&P views Bain as a
financial sponsor, our FS-4 assessment is the least aggressive
assessment of financial sponsor ownership, and in this case, it
incorporates GGAM's position as a long-term investment platform for
various Bain funds.

S&P said, "We also view positively the presence of equity
distribution restrictions, such that leverage (debt to equity)
remains below 2.75x. The FS-4 designation allows us to assign a
significant financial risk profile assessment, which is comparable
to that of most other aircraft lessors, including all the
investment-grade lessors. As such, we don't view the financial
sponsor designation as an impediment to GGAM receiving a higher
rating as it executes its growth strategy.

"The positive outlook indicates we could raise our rating if GGAM
continues to execute on its fleet strategy--supported by fleet
growth amid increasing new aircraft deliveries and asset sales via
various channels, including to GGAM-MT--while maintaining strong
profitability.

"We could revise the outlook to stable if we no longer expect the
company to execute its fleet strategy while maintaining EBIT
interest coverage above 1.3x and debt to capital below 75%. This
could occur if progress on fleet expansion stalls, demand
conditions weaken, or capital markets become less favorable,
resulting in limited improvement in profitability, or if the
company's financial policy becomes more aggressive than we
currently expect.

"We could raise the rating over the next year if GGAM continues to
grow its fleet and executes its asset sales strategy while
maintaining steady credit metrics, such that EBIT interest coverage
remains well above 1.3x and debt to capital remains below 75%. We
would also expect GGAM's owners to show that they will maintain
conservative leverage and financial policies."


GROFF TRACTOR: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to June 12
----------------------------------------------------------
Judge Edward L. Morris of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern District of Texas extended Groff Tractor Mid Atlantic,
LLC, and its affiliates' exclusive periods to file a plan of
reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to June 12 and Aug.
11, 2026, respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtors explain that
until the closing of the Sale, the Debtors (a) operated eight heavy
equipment dealerships, (b) in four states, (c) with employee
membership in multiple labor unions, (d) with business-to-business
and business-to-consumer retail strategies, (e) funded by more than
a half-dozen secured financing facilities with contractual and
state-law intercreditor relationships, (f) all amidst the backdrop
of a free-fall chapter 11 filing without any negotiated sale
process or postpetition financing or cash collateral usage.

Since the Petition Date, significant progress has been made,
including the iterative negotiation of cash collateral usage, the
consensual use of other lenders' collateral, the negotiation of a
postpetition financing facility with at least two financing
sources, and the approval of bidding, auction, and sale procedures
ultimately resulting in a successful going concern Sale.

The Debtors claim that they are substantially current on
postpetition liabilities, which pave the way to a possible
successful chapter 11 plan. These developments, milestones, and
accomplishments support a finding of cause for granting this
Motion.

Additionally, the Debtors' purpose in seeking an extension of the
Exclusivity Period is a good-faith effort to continue the
reorganization efforts they have initiated without the distraction
and costs of a competing plan process. The relief requested in the
Motion is not intended for the purpose of coercing or strong arming
any creditor, but rather to benefit all of the Estates'
stakeholders as a whole.

Counsel to the Debtors:

     Joshua N. Eppich, Esq.
     Eric T. Haitz, Esq.
     BONDS ELLIS EPPICH SCHAFER JONES LLP
     420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 1000
     Fort Worth, TX 76102
     Phone: (817) 405-6900
     Fax: (817) 405-6902
     Email: joshua@bondsellis.com
     Email: eric.haitz@bondsellis.com

          - and -

     Ken Green, Esq.
     402 Heights Boulevard
     Houston, Texas 77007
     Tel: (713) 335-4990
     Fax: (713) 335-4991
     E-mail: ken.green@bondsellis.com

                About Groff Tractor Mid Atlantic

Groff Tractor Mid Atlantic LLC and subsidiaries operates a network
of construction equipment dealerships serving the Mid-Atlantic
region of the United States. The Company sells, rents, and services
heavy and compact construction machinery, offering parts and
attachments for brands such as Wirtgen, Hamm, Vogele, Transtech,
Thunder Creek, John Deere Equipment, and TopCon.

Groff Tractor Mid Atlantic LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 25-90010) on
Oct. 14, 2025.  In its petition, the Debtor listed assets and
liabilities between $100 million and $500 million.  Bankruptcy
Judge Edward L. Morris handles the case.

The Debtor tapped Bonds Ellis Eppich Schafer Jones, LLP as legal
counsel; Michael Juniper of CR3 Partners, LLC as chief
restructuring officer; and TM Capital as investment banker.  Epiq
Corporate Restructuring, LLC is the Debtor's claims and noticing
agent.

The official committee appointed to represent unsecured creditors
in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases retained Pachulski Stang Ziehl &
Jones LLP as counsel, and Province, LLC, as financial advisor.





H. BAKER'S: $100K Sale to Sunset Hill to Fund Plan Payments
-----------------------------------------------------------
H. Baker's LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western
District of Washington a Plan of Reorganization dated May 7, 2026.

The business was formed in 2018 and operates as a restaurant-style
cocktail bar under the name Baker’s.

Like others, the business was affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and
experienced a decrease in overall business revenue during the
shutdown. Following the COVID19 pandemic, the business continued to
experience several significant challenges which affected the
overall financial stability of the business, including rising costs
of labor and food and decrease in sales.

In an effort to retain employees and pay regular operating
expenses, the Debtor obtained several short-term merchant cash
advance loans with high interest. The payments quickly became
difficult to maintain, and the Debtor was severely limited in its
cash flow. Unfortunately, once the Debtor was in the cycle of
merchant cash advance loans, it became impossible to operate
without additional loans to fund operating expenses while still
maintaining the high payments to the lenders.

Facing mounting collection pressure, including aggressive
collections efforts from the merchant cash advance lenders, a
Petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V was filed on February 6,
2026 to reorganize the outstanding debt and to allow the Debtor to
continue operating. The Debtor is operating its business and
managing its affairs as a debtor-in-possession under Section 1184
of the Bankruptcy Code.

Brian Smith served as manager of the Debtor prior to the Petition
Date and is providing services to the Debtor until a potential sale
of assets is final and closed.

This Plan provides for Unclassified Administrative Claims,
Unclassified Priority Claims, one Class of Secured Claims, and One
Class of Unsecured Claims, and One Class of Equity Security
Holders.

Class 2 consists of General Unsecured Claims. No funds will be
available for distribution to Class 2 Claims. This Class is
impaired.

The Plan will be funded with the proceeds from the sale of assets
to Sunset Hill Group, LLC ("Buyer") for the sum of $100,000.00
pursuant to the terms of a Purchase and Sale Agreement
("Agreement") and cash on hand 30 days following the Effective Date
in the anticipated amount of $12,000.00.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 7, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=EytkPs from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Jennifer L. Neeleman, Esq.
     Thomas D. Neeleman, Esq.
     Neeleman Law Group, PC
     1403 8th Street
     Marysville, WA 98270
     Telephone: (425) 212-4800
     Facsimile: (425) 212-4802
     Email: jennifer@neelemanlaw.com

                        About H. Baker's LLC

H. Baker's LLC, doing business as Baker's, is a privately owned
restaurant and cocktail bar in Seattle, Washington, offering craft
cocktails, small-batch natural wines, local beers on tap, and
Pacific Northwest-inspired cuisine. The establishment operates
Wednesday through Sunday without reservations.

H. Baker's LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Wa. Case No.
26-10388) on February 6, 2026, listing $72,502 in assets and
$1,064,831 in liabilities.

The petition was signed by Brian Smith as managing member.

Judge Timothy W Dore presides over the case.

Thomas D. Neeleman, at NEELEMAN LAW GROUP, P.C., serves as the
Debtor's counsel.


HANDLOS FINISHING: Unsecureds to be Paid in Full in Plan
--------------------------------------------------------
Handlos Finishing, LLC, and its affiliates filed with the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Iowa a Joint
Disclosure Statement describing Joint Plan of Reorganization dated
May 7, 2026.

The Handlos Family Farms are among the largest independent family
owned and operated hog operations in the State of Iowa. The
Debtors' operations began in 1966, when Lawrence F. Handlos and
Doris P. Handlos, who were married on September 9, 1961, commenced
farming in Audubon County, Iowa.

The Debtors' business operations encompass several interrelated
agricultural enterprises. The Debtors' core operations involve hog
finishing and farrowing. Handlos Farrowing – Jacksonville, LLC,
and Handlos Farrowing – South, LLC, operate farrowing facilities
that produce approximately 6,000 pigs per week. The family farming
operations raise and sell on average approximately 320,000 hogs per
year, taking approximately 5,100 hogs per week to market.

Over the course of several years, the Debtors worked
collaboratively and in good faith with the Farm Credit Associations
to reorganize and refinance their operations. Beginning in or about
August 2024, and through the filing of these Chapter 11 cases, and
with the advice and counsel of their lawyers, accountants,
financial advisors, and investment bankers, the Debtors have been
actively involved in good-faith discussions with the Farm Credit
Associations to reorganize both their financial and business
operations.

Throughout these cases, the Debtors have worked with their
financial advisors to evaluate alternative strategies across the
Debtor entities. The Debtors have been actively pursuing a
comprehensive plan of reorganization with three main components:
(i) the sale of the two Waspy's truck stops; (ii) the sale and
leaseback of approximately 3,000 acres of farmland; and (iii) the
securing of exit financing.

On July 14, 2025, the Debtors filed a motion seeking court approval
to sell the two Waspy's Truck Stop locations and related assets to
Casey's Marketing Company for a purchase price of $10,000,000. The
sale to Casey's was approved by the Bankruptcy Court on August 4,
2025. In connection with that sale, the Debtors resolved disputes
with Parkland USA Corporation related to motor fuels supply
agreements, pursuant to a stipulation and consent order entered
February 3, 2026.

The Debtors have also made and continue to make changes to their
business operations that have resulted and will result in
substantially more efficient business operations and lower overhead
costs. The Debtors have been in discussions with various commercial
and specialized lenders regarding exit financing since at least
September 2024. The Debtors estimate they will make approximately
$60,000,000 in distributions on the Effective Date of the Plan, to
be funded through a combination of proceeds from asset sales, cash
on hand, and exit financing.

Class 5 consists of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims against
the Debtors. Except to the extent that the Holder of an Allowed
General Unsecured Claim agrees to different and/or less favorable
treatment, each Holder of an Allowed Class 5 General Unsecured
Claim shall receive payment in full, in Cash, of the unpaid amount
of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim, without interest, within
sixty days of the Effective Date. Class 5 Claims are Impaired by
this Plan. Each Holder of an Allowed Class 5 Claim is entitled to
vote.

Class 6 consists of the Equity Interests in Handlos Finishing, LLC;
Handlos Custom Farming, LLC; Handlos Family Farms, LLC; Handlos
Farrowing – Jacksonville, LLC; Handlos Farrowing – South, LLC;
Handlos Farrowing, LLC; Handlos Feed Mill, LLC; Handlos Manure
Hauling, LLC; Multi Pig, Inc.; and Waspy's— Templeton, LLC (the
"Debtor Entities"). The Debtor Entities are owned by Doris P.
Handlos, who is the sole Holder and owns all of the Equity
Interests in the Debtor Entities as of the Petition Date.

On the Effective Date, Doris P. Handlos shall retain all of her
Interests in the Debtor Entities. The Equity Interests of Doris P.
Handlos in each of the Debtor Entities shall not be cancelled,
modified, or otherwise affected by this Plan, and shall continue in
full force and effect following the Effective Date.

After confirmation of the Debtors' Plan, the Debtors and the
Reorganized Debtors will continue the same general business
activities the Debtors were engaged in both pre- and postpetition,
with the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors maintaining their existing
business forms. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors will remain
current on all of their post-Confirmation Date obligations while
using profits, retained earnings, liquid estate property, and the
proceeds from business operations to treat and retire Creditors'
Claims as described and as they may arise in the future.

In addition, implementation of the Plan shall be facilitated by
Debtors securing exit financing. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay
all Allowed Unclassified Claims, and all Allowed Class 2 and 5
Claims in full on or about the Effective Date.

A full-text copy of the Joint Disclosure Statement dated May 7,
2026 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=OWshZt from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtors:

     Jeffrey D. Goetz, Esq.
     Brennan B. Eddie, Esq.
     Dickinson, Bradshaw, Fowler & Hagen, P.C.
     801 Grand, Suite 3700
     Des Moines, IA 50309-8004
     Tel: (515) 246-5817
     Fax: (515) 246-5808
     Email: jgoetz@dickinsonbradshaw.com

                          About Handlos Finishing

Handlos Finishing, LLC is part of a family-owned pork producer in
Audubon, Iowa, that raises hogs from farrowing through finishing
and provides custom manure-handling services. The vertically
integrated operation also farms grain and feed crops that support
its swine units.

Handlos Finishing and nine affiliates filed Chapter 11 petitions
(Bankr. S.D. Iowa Lead Case No. 25-00669) on April 23, 2025. In its
petition, Handlos Finishing reported assets between $1 million and
$10 million and liabilities between $50 million and $100 million.

Judge Lee M. Jackwig oversees the cases.

The Debtors are represented by Jeffrey D. Goetz, Esq., at
Dickinson, Bradshaw, Fowler & Hagen, P.C.


HARVEST SHERWOOD: Unsecureds to Recover Up to 100% of Claims
------------------------------------------------------------
Harvest Sherwood Food Distributors, Inc. and its affiliates filed
with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas a
Disclosure Statement for the Joint Chapter 11 Plan dated May 7,
2026.

Harvest Sherwood Food Distributors, Inc. was a national food
distribution operator primarily comprised of two regional operators
that were formerly separately-owned, Sherwood Food Distributors and
Harvest Food Distributors. Together, they provided food
distribution services across the United States.

In 2017, Harvest Food Distributors and Sherwood Food Distributors
merged to form a nationwide protein and perishable food
distribution network, servicing independent food retailers,
regional retail chains, national retail chains, cruise lines, and
foodservice distributors nationwide.

The merger brought together two family-owned companies to serve as
a single, trusted partner for producers and customers. Both
companies retained their individual identities while leveraging
their shared network of distribution routes and warehouses
throughout the United States to meet local needs reliably and
frequently, while providing a platform for customer expansion and
growth.

Faced with operational pressures, the failure of the Marketing
Process, and the sudden withholding of tens of millions of the
Company's operating revenue by Sprouts, the Company determined that
no going concern transaction would be viable on the timeline
dictated by the Company's liquidity situation. In mid-February
2025, the Company, with the support of its ABL Lenders, commenced
an orderly winddown process to liquidate its remaining inventory,
collect on its accounts receivable, and transition certain of its
national distribution centers to new operators (collectively, the
"Winddown Process").

In connection with the Debtors' difficult decision to shut down
their operations, the Debtors executed the Second Amendment on
March 18, 2025, which provided for a waiver of all applicable
events of default under the Prepetition Credit Agreement and
finalized commitments for the Company's orderly Winddown Process.

After determining to commence its Winddown Process, the Company
worked with Hilco Global14 to monetize the Company's existing
inventory and collection of accounts receivable. Over an eight-week
period, the Company monetized substantially all of its inventory to
recover approximately $140 million on account of such inventory,
which had a face value cost of approximately $154 million (i.e., an
approximately 91% recovery rate).

Prior to the Petition Date, the Debtors began a comprehensive
winddown of their operations, including an exit for all of their 18
leases, comprised of 14 lease distribution centers and 4 other
commercial properties (the "Real Property Leases"). The Bankruptcy
Court approved Debtors' rejection of the Real Property Leases.

Class 4 consists of General Unsecured Claims against the Debtors.
On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a Holder of an
Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment,
in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge
of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim, each Holder of an Allowed
General Unsecured Claim shall receive:

     * if such Holder makes the Convenience Class Election,
treatment in accordance therewith in lieu of the treatment such
Holder would otherwise receive pursuant to Class 4 (General
Unsecured Claims) as detailed in the Plan;

     * if such Holder does not make the Convenience Class Election,
(i) if such Holder is a Qualified Holder, its Pro Rata share of the
Series B-1 Liquidating Trust Interests or (ii) if such Holder is a
Non-Qualified Holder, its Pro Rata share of the Series B-2
Liquidating Trust Interests, each of which will receive
distributions pursuant to the Distribution Schedule.

Class 4 is Impaired, and Holders of General Unsecured Claims are
entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. The allowed
unsecured claims total $280,775,000. This Class will receive a
distribution of 0% to 100% of their allowed claims.

Class 6 consists of the Convenience Class Claims against the
Debtors. On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a Holder
of an Allowed Convenience Class Claim agrees to less favorable
treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and
discharge of such Allowed Convenience Class Claim, each Holder of
an Allowed Convenience Class Claim shall receive an amount of Cash
equal to its Pro Rata share of the Convenience Class Cash Pool;
provided, however, that, if Class 6 votes to reject the Plan, each
Holder of an Allowed Convenience Class Claim shall receive the same
treatment as if its Allowed Convenience Class Claims were Allowed
General Unsecured Claims in Class 4.

Class 10 consists of all Intercompany Interests in the Debtors. On
the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable
thereafter, all Allowed Intercompany Interests shall either be, in
the discretion of the Liquidating Trustee and subject to the
majority consent of the Liquidating Trust Advisory Board, (x)
cancelled, released, extinguished, and otherwise eliminated and
Holders of such Intercompany Interests shall not receive any Plan
Distributions or retain any interest in property on account of such
Intercompany Claims or (y) Reinstated

Pursuant to section 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code and
Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the distributions,
releases, and other benefits provided pursuant to the Plan, upon
the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a
good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests,
Causes of Action, and controversies relating to the contractual,
legal, and subordination rights that a Holder may have with respect
to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or any distribution to be
made on account of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest.

Following the Effective Date and subject to the Post-Effective
Budget and the Plan, the Liquidating Trustee shall administer the
Wind-Down, including winding down the affairs of the Post Effective
Date Debtors and their Estates. The Post-Effective Budget (a) prior
the Effective Date, shall be in substance and form acceptable to
the Debtors, the Plan Sponsors, and the DIP Agent and subject to
the Committee Consent Right and (b) from and after the Effective
Date, may be extended and/or modified in accordance with the
Liquidating Trust Agreement.

The Post-Effective Budget shall include amounts reasonably
necessary to (i) compensate the Liquidating Trustee; (ii) pay
reasonable professional fees of the Liquidating Trustee; (iii) pay
all Allowed Administrative Claims and Allowed Priority Tax Claims,
(iv) pay all Allowed Other Secured Claims and Other Priority Claims
(as applicable and subject to the treatment of such Claims set
forth herein); and (v) pay any other reasonable fees, costs, and
expenses to be incurred by the Liquidating Trustee in connection
with the Wind-Down. The Post-Effective Budget shall be funded
through the Exit Capital Facility.

On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be deemed to transfer to
the Liquidating Trust all of their right, title, and interest in
and to all of the Liquidating Trust Assets free and clear of all
Liens, charges, Claims, encumbrances, and interests, and in
accordance with section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code. The
Liquidating Trust Agreement shall be executed, and the Debtors
shall take all steps necessary to establish the Liquidating Trust
and beneficial interests therein in accordance with the Plan and
the Liquidating Trust Documents.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 7, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=lgyGza from Epiq Corporate
Restructuring, LLC, claims agent.

The Debtors' Counsel:          

                  Thomas R. Califano, Esq.
                  Chelsea McManus, Esq.
                  SIDLEY AUSTIN LLP
                  2021 McKinney Avenue, Suite 2000
                  Dallas TX 75201
                  Tel: (214) 981-3300
                  E-mail: tom.califano@sidley.com
                          cmcmanus@sidley.com

                    - and -

                  Stephen Hessler, Esq.
                  Anthony R. Grossi, Esq.
                  SIDLEY AUSTIN LLP
                  787 Seventh Avenue
                  New York, New York 10019
                  Tel: (212) 839-5300
                  Fax: (212) 839-5599
                  E-mail: shessler@sidley.com
                          agrossi@sidley.com
                          jhufendick@sidley.com
                      
                    - and -

                  Jason L. Hufendick, Esq.
                  Ryan Fink, Esq.
                  Daniela Rakowski, Esq.
                  SIDLEY AUSTIN LLP
                  One South Dearborn
                  Chicago, Illinois 60603
                  Tel: (312) 853-7000
                  Fax: (312) 853-7036
                  E-mail: jhufendick@sidley.com
                          ryan.fink@sidley.com
                          drakowski@sidley.com

                       About Harvest Sherwood

Harvest Sherwood is a U.S.-based national food distribution company
formed through the merger of Sherwood Food Distributors and Harvest
Food Distributors.  It operates 14 distribution centers and
delivers over 32 million pounds of food weekly to customers
including retailers, cruise lines, and food service providers.  

In early 2025, the Company initiated the wind-down of its
operations and said it is pursuing asset sales through Chapter 11
proceedings to facilitate an orderly wind down of its estates.

On May 5, 2025, Harvest Sherwood Food Distributors, Inc., and its
affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Lead Case
No. 25-80109).  The Hon. Stacey G Jernigan is the case judge.
Harvest Sherwood listed $1 billion to $10 billion in assets against
$500 million to $1 billion in liabilities as of the bankruptcy
filing.

The Debtors tapped Sidley Austin LLP as general bankruptcy counsel,
MERU, LLC, as financial advisor, and Hilco Commercial Industrial,
LLC and Hilco Receivables, LLC, as restructuring advisor.  Epiq
Corporate Restructuring, LLC, is the claims agent.

The official committee of unsecured creditors retained McDermott
Will & Emery LLP as counsel, and Province, LLC, as financial
advisor.


HEARTLAND DENTAL: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B', Outlook Stable
---------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its issuer credit rating on Heartland
Dental LLC and its issue-level rating on its senior secured debt to
'B' from 'B-'. The recovery rating remains '3' (50%-70%; rounded
estimate: 55%).

Heartland plans to raise a $200 million fungible first-lien term
loan add-on. It will use proceeds to fully repay senior secured
notes due in 2028.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage will trend near 6.1x (approximately 6.4x
including preferred shares) over the next 12 months and that
Heartland will sustainably fund most its growth strategy with
internal cash flow.

The upgrade reflects robust performance and a more conservative
financial policy. S&P said, "We expect S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
leverage to remain below 7x and that Heartland can fund most of its
de novo growth with internally generated cash flow. We forecast
revenue growth in the high-single-digit percents in 2026 and 2027,
driven by low-single-digit growth in mature offices, new office and
affiliation investments, and steady industry tailwinds. Increasing
dental care demand from aging demographics, rising dental insurance
coverage, and heightened awareness of the link between oral and
systemic health are supporting factors. We expect S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin to expand to the high-13% area in
2026 and 2027, representing a 30-basis-point (bps) expansion from
operating leverage."

Heartland has demonstrated a more conservative financial policy by
using common equity to fund debt repayment and operating with
excess debt capacity. S&P does not think the company intends to
increase leverage to fund dividends or for a large expansion,
although it will remain acquisitive, especially considering solid
prospects with modest size affiliates and de novos.

S&P said, "We expect S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage to
decline to 6.1x in 2026 and 5.6x in 2027 from 6.7x in 2025
(including preferred shares, 6.4x in 2026 and 6x in 2027 from 7.1x
in 2025). With EBITDA growth and interest savings from the $550
million notes paydown in 2025, we expect reported free operating
cash flow (FOCF) to improve to about $30 million, with S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted FOCF to debt of 4.3% in 2026.

"We view the proposed transaction as leverage neutral. Heartland
plans to raise a $200 million fungible first-lien term loan add-on
to its $2.253 billion first-lien term loan. It intends to use the
proceeds to fully repay $150 million senior secured notes due in
2028, net of fees, and toward the balance sheet. Align Technology
also made an incremental $50 million capital injection into the
business in May, following another $50 million equity investment in
March 2026. We believe Align Technology is contributing common
equity because of Heartland's growth prospects, and we do not think
the company has liquidity challenges.

"Heartland in 2025 exceeded our operational and deleveraging
expectations. Revenue expanded 7.3%, fueled by a 3.3% increase in
same-office growth, higher patient volumes, improved reimbursement
rates, and optimized provider capacity (doctors and hygienists).
Heartland had contributions from 93 new affiliations (including 60
from the Smile Design acquisition) and 74 de novo sites. S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins expanded 90 bps to 13.5%,
reflecting effective cost management and profitable scaling, while
S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage declined to 6.7x from 8x in
2024 (including preferred shares, 7.1x in 2025 from 8.5x in 2024)
because of increased EBITDA and over $200 million in debt reduction
via an equity injection from majority owner KKR."

Cash flow also improved significantly. A reported FOCF deficit
narrowed by $113 million year over year and S&P
Global-Ratings-adjusted FOCF to debt recovered to 2.2% in 2025 from
a 2024 deficit, supported by automated insurance collections and
improved working capital efficiencies.

Market-leading scale and focus on general dentistry are a
competitive advantage. This provides a hedge against macroeconomic
volatility within the fragmented U.S. dental market. As the largest
U.S. dental support organization, with more than 1,900 offices,
Heartland maintains a significant scale advantage over key peers
such as Pacific Dental and The Aspen Group, driving efficiencies in
procurement, hiring, retention and payer negotiations.

The company has consistently executed its growth strategy through
both new offices and large-scale integrations, notably the 2021
acquisition of American Dental Partners. A centralized technology
platform enhances its ability to manage office-level performance
and respond to market shifts. The emphasis on general dentistry
offers more resilient revenue streams during economic downturns
because these services are less discretionary than specialty
procedures.

Expanding profitability and high revenue visibility further
bolsters Heartland's competitive position, with EBITDA margins
approaching those of specialty-focused peer Pacific Dental and
robust recurring patient visit rates of approximately 90%. To align
long-term interests with performance, Heartland facilitates equity
ownership across its stakeholder base, allowing the management
team, supported doctors, and other shareholders to purchase common
stock. It also provides newly affiliated doctors the opportunity to
acquire equity upon affiliation.

However, several risk factors partly offset the company's
strengths. Heartland's revenue remains concentrated in general
dentistry, leaving it exposed to reimbursement volatility from a
limited number of large insurers and it faces intense competition
for clinical talent and ongoing regulatory risk regarding the
corporate ownership of medical practices.

S&P said, "The stable outlook on Heartland reflects our expectation
that S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage will trend near 6.1x
(approximately 6.4x including preferred shares) over the next 12
months, and that the company can sustainably fund most of its de
novo growth strategy through internal cash flow.

"We could lower our rating on Heartland if it sustains S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted FOCF to debt below 3%. Under the current capital
structure, this threshold corresponds to S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted FOCF of approximately $115 million, a reported
FOCF deficit of approximately $15 million, and S&P Global Ratings
adjusted leverage of 7x-7.5x." This could occur if S&P expects:

-- Insufficient internally generated cash flow to fund growth
investments, potentially as margins are compressed due to
macroeconomic constraints or labor market pressures; or

-- An increase in debt-funded discretionary outflow, such as
acquisitions or shareholder distributions.

S&P could raise its rating if:

-- Heartland adopts a more conservative financial policy and
maintains its trajectory of strong growth and cash flow sufficient
to cover growth investments; and

-- S&P expects it will sustain S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
leverage below 5x.


HOMESTEAD VILLAGE: Claims to be Paid from Asset Sale Proceeds
-------------------------------------------------------------
Homestead Village, LLC, filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Idaho a Disclosure Statement to accompany Plan of
Reorganization dated May 11, 2026.

The Debtor owns, manages, and is developing a residential and
commercial complex (the "Property") in Sandpoint Idaho. The
Property is located at 2025 Hwy 2, Sandpoint, Idaho.

The Debtor was formed in 2021. The Property was purchased in 2022
and construction began in 2023. Once the first three structures on
the Property were completed and a Certificate of Occupancy had been
obtained, the Debtor began renting the apartments in 2025. In its
first year in operation, the Debtor's gross revenue was
$374,707.47. For the first month and a half of 2026 (up to the
Petition Date), the Debtor's gross revenue was $84,190.00.
Currently, the Debtor has approximately 90% of available units
rented.

The Debtor and Freedom REIT have consulted and worked together to
come up with a sale and bid process to sell the Debtor's Assets as
a going concern in order to maximize recovery to the estate. In
conjunction with this. The Debtor and Freedom REIT have agreed to a
Motion for Order (A) Approving Auction Procedures and Bid
Procedures; and (B) Approving Sale of Property Free and Clear of
Liens and Claims along with proposed Bid Procedures.

Pursuant to the proposed bid procedures, the Debtor will retain a
broker, subject to approval of Freedom REIT, which approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld, to market and sell the Debtor's
assets as a going concern. The broker will be entitled to a 3%
commission fee following a successful sale of the assets. In the
event that Freedom REIT is the prevailing bidder through a credit
bid, the broker will agree to a reduced flat rate fee of
$75,000.00.

The Plan provides for payment in full of all Administrative Claims,
payments for priority claims under Section 507(a)(8) on a basis
that is not less favorable than the most favored nonpriority
unsecured Claim provided for by the Plan as required by Section
1129(a)(9)(C) and (D) of the Bankruptcy Code, including payment in
full to Bonner County Tax Collector, and payment of all residual
funds to Freedom REIT. Although the Debtor does not anticipate that
there will be any residual funds after payment to Freedom REIT, to
the extent there are any further residual funds, such funds shall
be distributed to other classes in the following order: Lippert
Excavation and Pipeline, Inc.; General Unsecured Creditors on a pro
rata basis, and payment to subordinated claims.  

Class 5 consists of General Unsecured Claims. General Unsecured
Creditors will be paid out of proceeds of the sale of the Debtor's
assets remaining after payment to Classes 1, 2, and 3, if any.
There is no expected payment to General Unsecured Creditors.

Class 6 consists of Equity Holders Jennifer and Tom Waters. The
Waters will be paid out of proceeds from the sale of the Debtor's
assets remaining after payment to Classes 1, 2, 3, and 4, if any.
There is no expected payment to Equity Holders.

The Debtor shall retain all proceeds from the sale of the Debtor's
assets, except to the extent that the sale ends with Freedom REIT
as the successful bidder through a credit bid. The sale proceeds
shall be distributed to holders of claims and interest in the
Debtor in a waterfall fashion. Administrative claims, including US
Trustee fees, shall be paid first. Once all Administrative Claims
are paid in full, the Bonner County Treasurer shall be paid both
pursuant to it holding a priority tax claim and through its priming
lien that it is granted by operation of Idaho law.

Once Bonner County has been paid in full, Freedom REIT shall
receive any remaining proceeds from the sale of the Debtor's assets
until its secured claim is paid in full. To the extent that any
residual funds remain following payment to Freedom REIT, which is
not anticipated, Lippert will be paid first, followed by all
general unsecured creditors who will share in any distributions pro
rata.

On the Effective Date, the Debtor, its properties and interests in
property, and its operation will be released from the jurisdiction
of the Bankruptcy Court, and all property of the Bankruptcy Estate,
or proceeds therefrom, of the Debtor will vest in the Reorganized
Debtor free and clear of all Claims, Liens, encumbrances, charges,
and other interests, but specifically subject to the obligations of
the Reorganized Debtor as provided in the Plan.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 11, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=ByUBtg from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     LUGENBUHL, WHEATON, PECK, RANKIN & HUBBARD
     Benjamin W. Kadden, Esq.
     Michael E. Landis, Esq.
     Katherine E. Clark, Esq.
     601 Poydras St., Ste. 2775
     New Orleans, Louisiana 70130
     Telephone: (504) 568-1990
     Facsimile: (504) 310-9195
     Email: bkadden@lawla.com
            mlandis@lawla.com
            kclark@lawla.com

             - and -

     DAVILLIER LAW GROUP, LLC
     Mauricio Cardona, Esq.
     414 Church Street, Suite 106
     Sandpoint, ID 83864
     Telephone: (208) 920 6410
     Email: mcardona@davillierlawgroup.com

                        About Homestead Village

Homestead Village, LLC, is a real estate development and property
management company engaged in the ownership and operation of
residential community properties.

Homestead Village, LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-20047) on February 10, 2026. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between $10
million and $50 million and estimated liabilities between $10
million and $50 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Noah G. Hillen handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Mauricio Cardona, of Davillier Law
Group.

Freedom REIT, as secured creditor, is represented by:

     Brian M. Rothschild
     Parsons Behle & Latimer
     800 West Main Street, Suite 1300
     Boise, Idaho 83702
     Telephone: (208) 562-4900
     Facsimile: (208) 562-4901
     Email: brothschild@parsonsbehle.com


HRZN INC: Updates Unsecured Claims Pay Details
----------------------------------------------
HRZN Inc. d/b/a Horizon Property Services, Inc., submitted a
Disclosure Statement in support of First Amended Plan of
Reorganization dated May 11, 2026.

The Debtor believes the Plan represents the best alternative for
providing the maximum value for the creditors. The Plan allows
Debtor to generate ongoing revenues, a portion of which is
committed to fund the Plan and pay claims over time.

Allowed Undisputed Unsecured Claims are classified in Class 12 and
will receive a distribution of approximately 9.97% of their allowed
claims in annual installments over a period of five years (the
"Repayment Term"), if the Debtor's Plan is approved by Consent. If
the Debtor's Plan is approved under the "cram down" provisions of
Section 1129(b), the Debtor projects that unsecured creditors will
receive a similar distribution of 9.97% on their allowed claims.

According to Lighthouse Appraisal, the Fair Market Value of the
Debtor's trailers, Office Equipment, Technologies and Equipment
are, collectively, approximately $461,010.00. In a Forced
Liquidation, the collective value of such assets are only
$299,656.50.

The Debtor did have Accounts Receivable as of the Petition Date
totaling $474,881.45, to which KeyBank's lien attached. The Debtor
also collects customer deposits throughout the year, offering
discounts if customers pay in advance. The Debtor keeps such
deposits separate from its Accounts Receivable or Accounts Payable
reports. In the event of a liquidation, any unused funds must be
returned to the respective customer. Therefore, the Debtor does not
include these deposits as assets as they are property of the
customer.

The Debtor scheduled its intangible assets, including goodwill,
based upon the book value of $1,636,591.12. In a forced
liquidation, such assets would have little value beyond the secured
debt of KeyBank.

The Debtor had cash in its bank accounts totaling $41,989.80, on
the Petition Date which the Debtor asserts is unsecured. The Debtor
also has excess equity in the Sheffield Collateral of approximately
$10,000. Over the past few years, the Debtor purchased additional
trailers with its operating cash. No creditor perfected liens on
the certificates of title on such vehicles pre-petition. The Debtor
believes the forced liquidation value of these trailers is
approximately $45,000. Thus, the Debtor believes it has
approximately $100,000 in unsecured assets which could be available
for unsecured creditors, subject to any priority and administrative
claims.

Class 12 consists of those unsecured creditors of the Debtor who
hold Allowed Claims that were either scheduled by the Debtor as
undisputed, subject to timely filed proofs of claim to which the
Debtor does not successfully object, or as otherwise allowed by
further order of the Court. The Debtor estimates the total amount
of unsecured Class 12 claims, including deficiency claims of
secured creditors, at $3,375,147.06. Such amount may increase
should the deficiency claims of secured creditors be larger than
estimated.

Class 12 shall receive an annual pro-rata distribution from the
Debtor's deposits into the Creditor Fund equal to 50% of the
Debtor's Net Income generated over a five-year period commencing on
the first day of the first full month following the Effective Date
of the Plan and continuing for an additional five years thereafter
("Repayment Term"). Commencing on the First Anniversary of the
Effective Date, the Disbursing Agent shall begin making
distributions to the Allowed Class 12 Creditors from the Creditor
Fund. Such amounts shall be mailed within thirty days after the
first anniversary of the Effective Date and continue annually
during the Repayment Term. All payments under the Plan shall be due
on or before five years from the Effective Date.

Should the funds paid from the Creditor Fund to Allowed Class 12
Creditors equal the balance due to each creditor prior to the end
of the Repayment Term, the Debtor's obligations to Allowed Class 12
Creditors shall be deemed satisfied. Based on the estimated
distributions and undisputed claims, Class 12 Claimants will
receive approximately 26.70% of their allowed claims within
Repayment Term. In any event, Class 12 creditors shall not receive
more than the amount of their Allowed Claims.

           Funding of the Plan and the Creditor Fund

On the Effective Date of the Plan, the Disbursing Agent will open a
separate interest bearing bank account (the "Creditor Fund") for
receiving payments from the Debtor as set forth herein, and making
distributions to creditors holding Class 12 Allowed Claims.

Net Income shall mean the Debtor's income calculated in accordance
with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"), less
payments to Allowed Classes of administrative, secured and priority
creditors. As a result, Net Income shall mean and be calculated as
follows: gross revenues - cost of goods sold - operating expenses -
income taxes - payments to administrative claims - payment to
secured claims - payments to priority claims - Lease Cure Payments
(if any) = net income. Net Income shall not include any
depreciation expenses.

Gross Revenues shall have the meaning under GAAP which is the total
amount of sales recognized for a reporting period, prior to any
deductions.

The Debtor shall make monthly deposits of 50% of its Net Income
into the Creditor Fund during the Repayment Term.      

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 11, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=mNQpqv from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     BUECHLER LAW OFFICE, LLC
     K. Jamie Buechler, Esq.
     10901 W. 120th Avenue, Suite 130
     Broomfield, CO 80021
     Telephone: (720) 381-0045
     Facsimile: (720) 381-0382
     Email: Jamie@KJBlawoffice.com

                          About HRZN Inc.

HRZN Inc. is a Colorado company, founded in 1983, that provides
commercial landscaping and grounds maintenance services including
lawn care, irrigation, snow removal, and landscape enhancements. It
also offers interior plantscaping through its Plant Escape brand,
serving businesses, property managers, and commercial clients
across the Denver metro area.

HRZN Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 25-15925) on Sept. 15, 2025.  In its
petition, the Debtor estimated assets between $100,000 and $500,000
and estimated liabilities between $1 million and $10 million.

Bankruptcy Judge Michael E. Romero handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by K. Jamie Buechler, at Buechler Law
Office, LLC.


INTERACTIVE GOVERNMENT: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Columbia entered an
interim order authorizing Interactive Government Holdings, Inc. to
use cash collateral.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral only in accordance with a court-approved budget covering
the period from April 24 through May 30. The funds may be used to
maintain ordinary business operations, including wages, utilities,
repairs, insurance, taxes, lease obligations, payroll expenses,
computer processing charges, administrative expenses, and
Subchapter V Trustee fees.

As adequate protection for PFF's interests, the debtor must begin
making monthly payments of $4,015.53 starting this month and
provide monthly accountings detailing cash receipts and
disbursements within 30 days after entry of the order.

The court emphasized that the order is interlocutory and may be
modified by parties in interest for cause. The debtor was also
directed to serve the order on the U.S. Trustee, secured creditors,
and the twenty largest unsecured creditors and file proof of
service promptly.

The court found that PFF, LLC holds secured claims totaling
approximately $2.53 million, consisting of about $1.35 million
under a revolving line of credit and approximately $1.18 million
under a term loan.

PFF asserted a valid first-priority blanket lien on substantially
all of the debtor's assets. Another creditor, Itria Ventures, LLC,
asserted a claim of roughly $325,661, but because PFF's senior lien
allegedly exhausted the collateral value, Itria was treated as an
unsecured creditor for purposes of the order.

The order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/InteractiveGovernment_ICCOrder.pdf

                   About Interactive Government Holdings, Inc.

Interactive Government Holdings, Inc. provides program,
acquisition, and administrative management services, as well as
secure IT, systems engineering and integration, and global
operations and sustainment support. The company was established in
2006 and is headquartered in Springfield, Virginia. It holds ISO
9001:2015 certification and is classified under NAICS code 541611,
with socioeconomic designations
including 8(a), SDVOSB, VOSB, SDB, Hispanic American Owned, and
Minority Owned. Its prime contract vehicles include GSA 8(a) STARS
III, GSA Multiple Award Schedule - 00Corp, and SeaPort-NxG.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.C. Case No. 26-00214) on April 24, 2026.
In the petition signed by Michael V. Sanders, chief executive
officer, the Debtor disclosed $293,133 in total assets and
$2,844,120 in total liabilities.

Judge Elizabeth L. Gunn oversees the case.

Daniel Staeven, Esq., at FROST LAW, represents the Debtor as legal
counsel.


JAMESBRIDGE 2017: Fannie Mae Wants Receiver for Apartment Complex
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee for the
Registered Holders of CSAIL 2019-C17 Commercial Mortgage Trust,
Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2019-C17,
filed a renewed motion with the U.S. District Court for the Western
District of Tennessee, Memphis Division, seeking the immediate
appointment of MS Manager, LLC as receiver for Jamesbridge 2017
LLC, CS Jamesbridge LLC, Jamesbridge 5777 LLC, and Pinchos David
Shemano.

Lender originally filed a motion for the immediate appointment of
receiver pre-removal in the Shelby County Chancery Court. At the
Court's request, the motion for the immediate appointment of a
receiver was re-filed in this court on March 30, 2026.

On April 16, 2026, the motion for the immediate appointment of a
receiver was denied without prejudice. By docket order dated April
21, 2026, the Court informed Lender that it could file a renewed
motion for the appointment of a receiver.

Lender may be reached at:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
9062 Old Annapolis Road
Columbia, MD 21045

Jamesbridge 2017 LLC, CS Jamesbridge LLC and Jamesbridge 5777 LLC,
jointly and severally, are tenants-in-common and co-borrowers on a
loan with Lender.

Pinchos David Shemano is the principal of Borrower and guarantor of
a loan with Lender.

Lender filed a Verified Complaint against Borrower and Guarantor,
seeking entry of judgment against Borrower and Guarantor in the
amount of the unpaid principal balance of $14,271,402.34, plus all
amounts due under the Note and the other Loan Documents, including
attorneys' fees and costs, and requesting the appointment of a
receiver.

The property at issue in this action is a multi-family apartment
complex consisting of 414 apartment units located at 3815 Advantage
Way Drive, Memphis, TN 38128.

Borrower and the Lender are parties to

     (i) a Loan Agreement dated July 10, 2019, and

    (ii) other agreements, documents and instruments executed and
delivered in connection with, related to or referenced in the Loan
Agreement pursuant to which Borrower obtained a $15 million loan to
purchase the Property.

To evidence the Loan, Borrower executed a Promissory Note dated
July 10, 2019, in the original principal amount of $15,000,000.00
in favor or Grass River Real Estate Credit Partners Loan Funding,
LLC (Original Lender).

As security for the Loan, Borrower executed that certain Fee and
Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security
Agreement and Fixture Filing dated July 10, 2019, recorded on July
11, 2019, as Instrument No. 19069202 in the Office of the Shelby
County Register of Deeds.

The Deed of Trust was assigned to Grass River Warehouse Facility
Entity Two, LLC, by Assignment and Assumption of Interest under
Deed of Trust dated July 10, 2019, and recorded on August 6, 2019,
as Instrument No. 19079090 in the Shelby County Register's Office.

The Deed of Trust was further assigned to Lender by Assignment of
Fee and Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Leases and Rents,
Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, effective September 25,
2019, and recorded on November 19, 2019, as Instrument No. 19120223
in the Shelby County Register's Office.

As additional security for the Loan, Borrower executed an
Assignment of Leases and Rents dated as of July 10, 2019 (ALR) in
favor of Original Lender, which ALR was recorded on July 11, 2019
as Instrument No. 19069203 in the Shelby County Register's Office.


The ALR was assigned to Grass River Warehouse Facility Entity Two,
LLC, by Assignment and Assumption of Interest under Assignment of
Leases and Rents dated July 10, 2019, and recorded on August 6,
2019, as Instrument No. 19079089 in the Shelby County Register's
Office.

The ALR was further assigned to Lender by Assignment of Leases and
Rents effective September 25, 2019, and recorded on November 19,
2019, as Instrument No. 19120224 in the Shelby County Register's
Office.

Original Lender recorded a fixture filing on July 11, 2019, as
Instrument No. 19069204 in the Shelby County Register's Office.

The Fixture Filing was assigned to Grass River Warehouse Facility
Entity Two, LLC by Instrument No. 19120225, recorded on November
19, 2019, in the Shelby County Register's Office.

The Fixture Filing was assigned to Lender by Instrument No.
19079091, recorded on August 6, 2019, in the Shelby County
Register's Office.

The Fixture Filing was continued by Instrument No. 24023272,
recorded on March 21, 2024, in the Shelby County Register's Office.


Lender filed a UCC filing in the Tennessee Secretary of State's
Office on July 18, 2019, as Filing No. 430970655.

The Tennessee UCC was assigned to Grass River Warehouse Facility
Entity Two, LLC on August 29, 2019, by Amendment Document No.
431193758, of record in the Tennessee Secretary of State's Office.


The Tennessee UCC was further assigned to Lender on November 18,
2019, by Amendment Document No. 431573405, of record in the
Tennessee Secretary of State's Office.

Lender filed a UCC filing in the Delaware Secretary of State's
Office on July 11, 2019, as Filing No. 2109 4798208.

The Delaware UCC was assigned to Grass River Warehouse Facility
Entity Two, LLC on August 29, 2019, by Amendment Document No. 2019
6029834, of record in the Delaware Secretary of State's Office.

The Delaware UCC was further assigned to Lender on November 18,
2019, by Amendment Document No. 2019 8140217, of record in the
Delaware Secretary of State's Office.

As further security for the Loan, Guarantor executed that certain
Guaranty of Recourse Obligations dated July 10, 2019.

Borrower defaulted on its obligations under the terms of the Loan
Documents by virtue of, among other things, the Borrower's failure
to make the payments due on the Monthly Payment Dates occurring in
October, November, and December, 2025, and January and February,
2026.

By letter dated December 23, 2025, the Lender provided Borrower a
notice of default and made a demand for payment of the amounts
due.

Borrower and/or Guarantor failed to remedy the default.

Lender discovered additional events of default, including but not
limited to:

     (a) Borrower's failure to comply with the covenants contained
of the Loan Agreement relating to the PILOT Documents, as evidenced
by that certain Legal Notice of PILOT Default dated January 16,
2026 to Borrower from counsel to The Health, Educational and
Housing Facility Board of the City of Memphis, Tennessee, and

     (b) The Property becomes subject to liens that have remained
undischarged of record for more than 30 business days.

As of February 12, 2026, the unpaid principal balance outstanding
on the Loan Documents is $14,271,402.34. All other amounts due
under the Note and all other Loan Documents, including but not
limited to all accrued and unpaid interest, incurred attorneys'
fees, and costs of collection, pre- and post-judgment interest, and
any other costs incurred in collecting and enforcing any judgment
entered herein, are recoverable under the express terms of the
contracts entered into between the parties.

Due to the events of default, interest now accrues on the
Indebtedness at the Default Rate from and after October 5, 2026, in
accordance with the Loan Documents. The Indebtedness remains
unpaid.

Given the multitude of defaults and Borrower's failure and refusal
to maintain and repair the Property, Lender says it must exercise
its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents and requests that
this Court appoint MS Manager, LLC as receiver over Borrower, the
Property, and its assets to preserve the assets and maximize the
value of the Property.

The Receiver's proposed compensation is for the greater of a
minimum monthly fee of $7,500 or a fee of 4% of total collections,
excluding security deposits not retained.

Lender submits that this compensation is reasonable and appropriate
under the circumstances.

                  About Jamesbridge 2017 LLC, et al.

Jamesbridge 2017 LLC, CS Jamesbridge LLC, Jamesbridge 5777 LLC, and
Pinchos David Shemano own a multi-family apartment complex
consisting of 414 apartment units located at 3815 Advantage Way
Drive, Memphis, TN 38128.

Jamesbridge et al., are facing a receivership case captioned as
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee for the
Registered Holders of CSAIL 2019-C17 Commercial Mortgage Trust,
Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2019-C17 v.
Jamesbridge 2017 LLC, CS Jamesbridge LLC, Jamesbridge 5777 LLC, and
Pinchos David Shemano, Case No. 2:26-cv-02264 (W.D. Tenn.), before
the Hon. Brian C. Lea. The case was filed on March 12, 2026.

Jamesbridge 2017 LLC, CS Jamesbridge LLC, and Jamesbridge 5777 LLC
are represented by:

Yosef Horowitz, Esq.
Glankler Brown, PLLC
Tel: 901-576-1758
E-mail: jhorowitz@glankler.com

     - and -

S.Joshua Kahane, Esq.
Glankler Brown
Tel: 901-576-1701
E-mail: jkahane@glankler.com

Attorneys for Lender:

Erika R. Barnes, Esq.
STITES & HARBISON PLLC
401 Commerce St., Suite 800
Nashville, TN 37219
Tel: (615) 782-2252
E-mail: ebarnes@stites.com


JAY4 INC: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------------
Jay4, Inc. received final approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Middle District of Tennessee to use cash collateral to fund
operations.

The court issued a final order authorizing the Debtor to use cash
collateral in accordance with its budget, subject to a 10%
variance.

As adequate protection for creditors asserting pre-petition liens
on the cash collateral, the court granted them replacement liens on
the Debtor's post-petition property and proceeds, excluding
avoidance actions under Bankruptcy Code sections 544 through 550.

These replacement liens maintain the same extent and priority as
the creditors' asserted pre-petition security interests and are
deemed automatically perfected upon entry of the order without the
need for additional filings or possession of collateral.

The creditors include U.S. Bank N.A., Fintegra SPV I, LLC and
Highland Hills Capital, which assert secured claims of $48,500,
$45,018, and $100,000, respectively.

The court ordered all parties holding funds owed to the Debtor to
immediately remit those funds to the Debtor.

The final order is available at https://shorturl.at/wAVZ4 from
PacerMonitor.com.

U.S. Bank asserts a secured claim pursuant to a UCC-1 financing
statement filed in 2021 while the other secured creditors are
largely merchant cash advance lenders whose claims are complex,
aggressive, and of uncertain validity or priority.

The MCA loans were sought temporarily to address short-term funding
gaps beginning in July but the high repayment demands and
inflexible terms exacerbated financial strain. Additional MCA
offers intensified pressure, creating a situation where ongoing
operations were jeopardized despite good-faith efforts to avoid
bankruptcy.

                       About Jay4 Inc

Jay4, Inc. filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 25-04796) on November
14, 2025, listing up to $500,000 in assets and liabilities. Michael
Abelow, Esq., at Sherrard Roe Voigt & Harbison, PLC, serves as
Subchapter V trustee.

Judge Randal S. Mashburn oversees the case.

Michelle L. Spezia, Esq., at Johnson Legal, PLLC, represents the
Debtor as bankruptcy counsel.


JENNIFER EMERSON: Claims to be Paid from Property Sale Proceeds
---------------------------------------------------------------
Jennifer Emerson, LLC, filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Texas a Disclosure Statement for Plan of
Reorganization dated May 7, 2026.

The Debtor acquired real property located at 518 W. 8th Street,
Lancaster, TX 75146 on July 21, 2023. The property was commercially
appraised by Whispering Pine Appraisal as of Nov. 19, 2025 in the
amount of $267,000. The Dallas County Appraisal District has valued
the property at $312,700 as of Jan. 1, 2026.

The Debtor took out one construction loan from Wildcat Lending Fund
One, LP. The loan was taken out on July 14, 2023 in the amount of
$187,200.00 at 18% interest, with a qualification in the note that
the amount borrowed could be less, but not more than $187,200.00.

Wildcat, not having notice of the bankruptcy, attended the non
judicial foreclosure and bid in a less than market or debt amount
bid of $125,000.00 (amount allegedly owed on the date scheduled for
the foreclosure being $180,137.75 as of January 2, 2026). Wildcat
has filed a motion for relief from automatic stay on April 24,
2026. As of the date of this Disclosure Statement and proposed
Plan, the motion has not been set for hearing.

The Debtor proposes to sell the real property and thereafter to
continue to operate the business from the remaining proceeds after
funding and satisfying all creditors.

In the event that the Debtor is able to sell the real property at
$267,000 or more, the Debtor will continue to operate and pay any
remaining unsecured claims, priority claims and administrative
claims in full over 5 years.

The plan proposes to sell the Debtor's real property and distribute
the funds to the parties determined to be entitled to receive such
proceeds.

Class 5 shall consist of Allowed Claims of Unsecured Creditors. The
following creditors are believed to fall within this Class: Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A. $7,107.30; and Jennifer Emerson (to be determined
after completion of the renovation). Upon sale of the Debtor's real
property, the Class 5 claims shall be paid after claims in Classes
1-4 have been paid in full to the extent of proceeds actually
received. Class 5 is impaired.

Class 6 shall consist of the Equity Interests of the Debtor. The
Class 6 Equity Interests shall be retained. The Class 6 Equity
Holder shall not receive any distributions until the Allowed Claims
in Classes 1-5 have been paid.

Feasibility of the Plan and Risk to Creditors measures the
likelihood that creditors will receive the payments promised to
them. The feasibility of the Plan depends on the ability of the
Debtor to sell the real property. The Plan Proponent believes that
the property is in a desirable area and should be able to sell for
a fair price.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 7, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=Leg2H6 from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Gary G. Lyon, Esq.
     ABERCROMBIE BAILEY JOHNSON & LYON, PLLC
     6401 W. Eldorado Parkway, Suite 234
     McKinney, TX 75070
     Tel: (214) 620-2034
     Fax: (469) 521-7219
     E-mail: glyon.attorney@gmail.com

                       About Jennifer Emerson

Jennifer Emerson, LLC, is a Texas Limited Liability Company which
owns real property in Lancaster, Texas. The managing member of the
LLC is Jennifer Emerson.

Jennifer Emerson, LLC, sought protection for relief under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 26-40385) on
Feb. 2, 2026, listing $100,001 to $500,000 in both assets and
liabilities.  Judge Brenda T Rhoades presides over the case.  Gary
G. Lyon, Esq. serves as the Debtor's counsel.


JOSHUA TOURS: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey entered a
final order authorizing Joshua Tours Limited Liability Company to
use the collateral of its pre-petition secured creditors to fund
operations.

The Debtor's pre-petition debt consists of two categories of
secured obligations: lenders holding blanket liens on accounts,
deposit accounts, proceeds, and other similar assets constituting
cash collateral and lenders holding perfected purchase-money or
other vehicle-specific liens on buses and related collateral used
in the operation of the Debtor's business.

The lenders with interests in the cash collateral are Ameris Bank
and the U.S. Small Business Administration, which are owed
$304,246.99 and $504,738, respectively.

Under the final order, the Debtor is authorized to use both cash
collateral and equipment collateral in accordance with an approved
operating budget.

As adequate protection, lenders will be granted replacement liens
on the Debtor's post-petition assets and proceeds (excluding
Chapter 5 avoidance actions), with the same priority, validity and
extent as their pre-petition liens.

In addition, lenders will receive monthly payments and
superpriority administrative expense claims in case of any
diminution in the value of their collateral.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/vPGkA from PacerMonitor.com.

                About Joshua Tours Limited Liability Company

Joshua Tours Limited Liability Company sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. N.J. Case No.
26-14194) with $10 million to $50 million in assets and $1 million
to $10 million in laibilities. The petition was signed by Steven A.
San Filippo as chief restructuring officer.

Judge Hon. Mark Edward Hall oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Brett S. Moore, Esq.
   Porzio, Bromberg & Newman
   Tel: 973-889-4231
   Email: bsmoore@pbnlaw.com


LOWELL MARTIN: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------
Lowell Martin, Jr., LLC received final approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Victoria
Division, to use cash collateral.

The court authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral to fund its
operations in accordance with an approved budget. The Debtor may
exceed any budget line item by up to 10% cumulatively so long as
the variance is reasonable, incurred in the ordinary course, and
total expenditures for the period do not exceed the overall budget
by more than 10%.

The budget projects total operational expenses of $1,557,384.75 for
May 10 to June 9 and $1,649,582.00 for June 10 to July 9.

The court ordered that all bank accounts, including accounts held
at Wells Fargo Bank, be immediately unfrozen to allow the Debtor to
use cash collateral.

The authority to use cash collateral will terminate upon dismissal
or conversion of the Debtor's Chapter 11 case, appointment of a
Chapter 11 trustee, confirmation of a Chapter 11 plan, or material
breach of the order.

As protection, secured creditors holding pre-petition liens were
granted replacement liens on post-petition accounts receivable,
contract rights, and deposit accounts, maintaining the same
validity and priority as existed before the bankruptcy filing.

Additional protections include maintaining insurance on the
Debtor's real property, timely payment of post-petition taxes and
U.S. Trustee fees, and compliance with all terms of the order.

The court authorized monthly mortgage payments of $2,071.54 to
Texas Dow Employees Credit Union and approved reimbursement of
$1,861.02 to TDECU for payment of 2025 Lavaca County real property
taxes.

The final order provides a carveout for bankruptcy administrative
expenses, including court fees, U.S. Trustee fees, Subchapter V
trustee fees, and up to $15,000 for a potential Chapter 7 trustee.

The final order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/LowellMartin_FinalCCOrder.pdf

                          About Lowell Martin, Jr. LLC

Lowell Martin, Jr., LLC provides integrated crude hauling and
logistics services through its operations and affiliated trucking
activities.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Texas Case No. 26-60034) on April 9,
2026. In the petition signed by Lowell J. Martin, Jr, managing
member, the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Christopher M. Lopez oversees the case.

Robert C. Lane, Esq., at The Lane Law Firm, represents the Debtor
as bankruptcy counsel.


MACQ ILLINOIS: S&P Lowers 2022 Lease Revenue Bonds Rating to 'B-'
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its long-term rating on the Arizona
Industrial Development Authority's series 2022 lease revenue bonds
(Greenville University - Student Housing and Athletic Facilities
Project), issued for MACQ Illinois I LLC (MACQ-IL), Delaware, to
'B-' from 'BB+'.

The outlook is negative.

S&P said, "The downgrade reflects our view of the rapid, severe
erosion of Greenville University's endowment and extremely limited
liquidity due to its high-risk investment strategy in recent years,
combined with its extensive structural operating deficits from
fiscal 2023 to fiscal 2025, and another sizable deficit expected in
fiscal 2026. In response, management declared financial exigency in
January 2026 to achieve expense savings that would lead to greater
financial sustainability in the longer term. While management has
made expense cuts, which will take effect in fiscal 2027, we
believe the university is financially constrained and its capacity
to meet all financial commitments, including lease payments to the
project, could be hampered.

"Greenville University is exposed to the risk of changing
demographic trends in the region, which we view as a social capital
risk. We anticipate that demographic pressure will remain in the
near term, with a lower number of graduating high school students
expected in Illinois. We also believe the university has elevated
governance risk given the dramatic decrease of endowment funds,
which in our opinion demonstrates the board's inability to
effectively govern and manage risk prudently. We view MACQ-IL's
environmental risk as neutral in our credit analysis.

"The negative outlook reflects our opinion that the university's
liquidity will remain extremely limited and financial resources
will remain very weak, which could severely pressure the
university's ability to make payments and continue operations. This
could affect cash available to cover lease payments to MACQ-IL if
enrollment were decrease or fail to hit targets and expenses are
not prudently managed. We expect operating results will somewhat
improve with management's proposed expense cuts in fiscal 2027
after the university's declaration of financial exigency.

"We could consider a lower rating if the university is unable to
meet its financial commitments due to liquidity constraints and low
levels of financial resources. Continued, large full accrual
operating deficits beyond fiscal 2026 would be viewed negatively.
Also, additional debt beyond the potential issuance could also
pressure the rating.

"We could consider a return to stable outlook or a positive rating
action if the university's financial resources and liquidity
improve substantially and are sustained at levels commensurate with
its higher-rated peers and full accrual operating performance
improves materially. We would also expect management to
substantially improve financial risk oversight, including budgeting
practices and investment strategy."


MAISEL-HINSON MAINLAND: Unsecureds Will Get 100% of Claims in Plan
------------------------------------------------------------------
Maisel-Hinson Mainland Floral Incorporated filed with the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas a Plan of
Reorganization under Subchapter V dated May 7, 2026.

The Debtor was formed in March 2022 to operate a multi-brand floral
and event design business with physical design centers business.

The company operates a multi-brand floral and event design business
with physical design centers in Galveston and Pearland, Texas,
under the Window Box Florist brand. In addition to the physical
locations, the company operates online and legacy brands including
The Empty Vase of Houston and Flower Box Florist. The Debtor's
representative, director, and majority owner is Daniel Hinson.

The Debtor is currently owned 84.00% by Daniel Hinson and 16.00% by
Vipavull Hinson. Daniel Hinson will remain managing member of the
Reorganized Debtor. There will be no change in the ownership of the
business.

Several factors forced this bankruptcy filing. While Debtor was
trying to expand and grow the business, labor costs grew at a
greater rate than revenue. This led to the borrowing of money from
high-interest lenders, including merchant cash advance lenders.
After the Merchant Cash Advance lenders declared a default on the
loans, Debtor's accounts were frozen, leading to the need to file
the instant case and re-organize the debts.

The Debtor has provided projected financial information as Exhibit
B. Historical earnings were considered in creating these
projections. Based on the plan projections, the Debtor's total
projected disposable income, as that term is defined by section
1191(d), to be committed to the payment of claims for the period
described in section 1191(c)(2) for forty-eight months is
$749,039.28.

The Debtor's Plan of Reorganization provides for the continued
operations of the Debtor to make payments to its creditors as set
forth in this Plan. Debtor proposes to pay allowed claims based on
the liquidation analysis and cash available. Debtor anticipates
having enough business and cash available to fund the plan and pay
the creditors pursuant to the proposed plan. It is anticipated that
after confirmation, the Debtor will continue in business.

Class 3A consists of General Unsecured Claims. These unsecured
creditors shall receive a pro rata distribution at zero percent per
annum. These payments shall begin on the 15th day of the calendar
month following the Effective date of the plan and continuing on
the 15th day of each month thereafter. The payments shall be made
from the unsecured creditors pool that is being distributed to
unsecured creditors over the life of the Plan. Debtor will pay 100%
of the total claims. The allowed unsecured claims total
$265,235.61. This Class is impaired.

The Debtor will continue operating its business to generate funds
to fund plan payments. The Plan will break the existing claims into
four classes of Claimants. These claimants will receive repayments
over a period of time beginning on or after the Effective Date.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 7, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=6xyUeG from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:
     
     Robert C. Lane, Esq.
     The Lane Law Firm, PLLC
     6200 Savoy, Suite 1150
     Houston, TX 77036
     Telephone: (713) 595-8200
     Facsimile: (713) 595-8201
     E-mail: notifications@lanelaw.com

           About Maisel-Hinson Mainland Floral Inc.

Maisel-Hinson Mainland Floral Incorporated manages physical design
centers in Galveston and Pearland, Texas, under the Window Box
Florist brand, and also operates online and legacy brands including
The Empty Vase of Houston and Flower Box Florist.

Maisel-Hinson sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-80074) on Feb. 6,
2026, listing up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.
Daniel Hinson, president of Maisel-Hinson, signed the petition.

Judge Alfredo R. Perez oversees the case.

Robert C. Lane, at The Lane Law Firm, is the Debtor as bankruptcy
counsel.


MARS INTERMEDIATE: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'CCC', Outlook Negative
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered all of our ratings on Los Angeles-based
customer support and business process outsourcing provider Mars
Intermediate Ltd., including its issuer credit rating, to 'CCC'
from 'CCC+'. S&P also lowered its issue-level rating on the
company's senior secured loans by one notch to 'CCC'; the '3'
recovery rating is unchanged.

The negative outlook reflects the risk of a lower rating if VXI is
unable to address its upcoming debt maturities and S&P sees growing
potential for a distressed restructuring or payment default within
six months.

Challenges in VXI's operating performance will continue to lead to
weak credit metrics and cash burn. VXI's operating performance
weakened in 2025, characterized by a contraction in both top-line
growth and profitability. Total revenue declined 0.5%
year-over-year to $755.3 million, falling short of its prior 2.8%
growth projection. S&P believes this underperformance reflects
intensifying structural headwinds. Offshoring trends are driving a
reduction in revenue as clients transition high-rate domestic work
toward lower-cost offshore delivery models. In addition, declining
customer demand and the accelerating impact of artificial
intelligence are driving volume deflection across legacy business
streams, as customers increasingly adopt call-deflection
technologies or opt to internalize service functions. Furthermore,
the company's concentration of telecommunications clients
exacerbates these risks. The combination of lower operating
leverage from this revenue erosion, shifting service delivery
models, and adverse foreign-exchange movements led to substantial
margin compression, with adjusted 2025 EBITDA margins contracting
640 basis points (bps) to 10.4%. This decline in 2025 EBITDA caused
free operating cash flow (FOCF) contraction. VXI generated $5
million of FOCF in 2025, and S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage
rose to 10.9x despite efforts to factor accounts receivable with JA
Mitsui starting in August 2025.

VXI continues to pivot toward industries like health care, banking,
financial services, and insurance to offset secular declines in its
legacy telecommunications business. S&P said, "While recent
enterprise contract wins support the transition, stabilization
remains dependent on the company's ability to convert its pipeline,
and we ultimately believe these secular pressures continue to weigh
on the operating environment and underpin our weaker 2026 outlook.
For 2026, we project revenue growth of approximately 2.5%,
supported by new customer wins and an improving pipeline. We also
expect margins to improve roughly 220 bps to 12.5%, driven by
easing foreign exchange headwinds and contributions from new
contracts. Even with this improvement, leverage is expected to
remain elevated at approximately 8.7x through 2026. We still expect
cash-flow generation to remain insufficient to cover debt service
and mandatory amortization obligations, which include a step-up to
the term loan amortization in 2026, working-capital requirements to
support its recently won contracts, lease payments for its contact
centers and office spaces, and capital expenditures. After these
payments, we estimate that VXI will have a cash-flow shortfall of
nearly $40 million in cash for 2026, further straining liquidity."

VXI is at a heightened risk of defaulting on its debt maturities in
2027 absent a comprehensive refinancing. With $60.7 million of its
$75 million revolver drawn as of the end of 2025 and about $74
million of cash on hand, VXI's remaining liquidity is limited. This
places the company in a precarious position because in addition to
the amount drawn on the revolver, it has a $100 million term loan A
outstanding along with $43 million of subordinated notes; all of
these will need to be paid on their May 11, 2027, maturity dates.
S&P said, "We think VXI will struggle to refinance or raise
additional capital to address these obligations given it has high
leverage and generates cash flows at levels that are far below
covering what's required for its fixed payments. Given these debts
are now current, we think the company is likely to experience a
liquidity shortfall within the next 12 months absent a
comprehensive refinancing."

In addition, low secondary trading levels (at about 75%) for the
company's outstanding term loan B (TLB) debt indicate a general
lack of investor sentiment for the company's debt. Even in a
scenario where VXI manages to successfully address its May 2027
maturities, it faces a subsequent TLB maturity in May 2029, of
which about $511 million is currently outstanding. S&P believes the
likelihood of securing further extensions for the TLB is low given
the current low secondary debt trading prices, which reflect
significant market skepticism regarding the company's
creditworthiness. This combination of immediate and near-term
maturities--coupled with a deteriorating credit profile--leaves it
with limited options to avoid a potential default.

The negative outlook reflects the risk of a lower rating if VXI is
unable to address its upcoming debt maturities and S&P's see a
growing potential for a distressed restructuring or payment default
within six months.

S&P could lower the ratings again if it expects a payment default
or a distressed debt restructuring appears inevitable within the
next 6 months. This could occur if:

-- Performance or liquidity deteriorates such that S&P believes
XVI won't be able to cover debt and lease obligations; or

-- S&P sees growing risk regarding its ability to refinance its
2027 maturities.

S&P said, "We could take a positive rating action if VXI
successfully addresses its 2027 debt maturities, either by
refinancing, asset sales, or receiving external support from
shareholders (in tandem with improvement in operating performance)
such that we no longer view a distressed restructuring or payment
default as likely in the next 12 months."



MEGA KYON: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Massachusetts entered
an order authorizing Mega Kyon, Inc.'s continued use of cash
collateral on an interim basis.

The court authorized Mega Kyon to use cash collateral in accordance
with an approved operating budget through a continued hearing
scheduled for June 11.

The Debtor projects total operational expenses of $63,200 for May;
$79,105 for June; and $79,635 for July.

As adequate protection for secured creditors, holders of
pre-petition liens received replacement liens on post-petition
assets with the same extent, validity, priority, and perfection
status as their pre-petition interests. These adequate protection
liens were automatically perfected and enforceable against the
Debtor, its estate, and any successor case, though they excluded
proceeds from Chapter 5 avoidance actions.

The order also provided that secured creditors may seek
superpriority administrative expense claims under Bankruptcy Code
Section 507(b) if the replacement liens prove insufficient to
protect against any decline in collateral value.

The Debtor was directed to maintain insurance coverage, preserve
and protect collateral, maintain business assets in good working
order, provide monthly financial information and operating reports
to secured creditors, and refrain from disposing of collateral
outside the ordinary course of business without court approval.

The order further specified that Mega Kyon's authority to use cash
collateral would terminate upon certain events of default,
including breach of the order, conversion of its bankruptcy case to
Chapter 7, appointment of a trustee to take over operations, or
dismissal of the case.

A continued hearing is scheduled for June 11. Objections to
continued use of cash collateral are due by June 10.

                 About Mega Kyon Inc.

Mega Kyon, Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Mass. Case No. 26-40523) with $262,309
in assets and $1,840,224 in liabilities. The petition was signed by
John Barris as president.

Judge Hon. Elizabeth D Katz oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Marques C. Lipton, Esq.
   Lipton Law Group
   Tel: 508-202-0681
   Email: marques@liptonlg.com


MIL-TEK USA: Case Summary & 11 Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Mil-tek USA Recycling and Waste Solutions, Inc.
        10 Export Drive
        Sterling, VA 20164

Business Description: Mil-tek USA Recycling and Waste Solutions
manufactures and supplies air-powered balers, compactors, and
recycling equipment. The company is based in Sterling, Virginia,
and has operated in the United States since 2011. Its offerings
include baler rental plans, delivery, installation, training,
and ongoing maintenance, with equipment used to process materials
such as cardboard, paper, plastics, expanded polystyrene, steel
cans, drums, general waste, and certain hazardous waste. Mil-tek
also provides compactors and balers for Quick Serve Restaurants.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 14, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of Virginia

Case No.: 26-11171

Debtor's Counsel: Craig M. Palik, Esq.
                  MCNAMEE HOSEA, P.A.
                  6404 Ivy Lane, Suite 820
                  Greenbelt, MD 20770
                  Tel: (301) 441-2420
                  E-mail: cpalik@mhlawyers.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Daniel J. Perti as CEO and president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 11 unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/AX6ZIUY/Mil-tek_USA_Recycling_and_Waste__vaebke-26-11171__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


NERFIES MANAGEMENT: Amends Unsecureds & Comerica Secured Claims
---------------------------------------------------------------
Nerfies Management, LLC, submitted an Amended Plan of
Reorganization under Subchapter V dated May 7, 2026.

This Plan is provided to all known Creditors and parties in
interest pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code. Under the Plan, Debtor
will pay in full Allowed Administrative Claims, Allowed Priority
Claims and Allowed Priority Tax Claims. Debtor will provide
Comerica Bank1 with monthly payments up to the value of the
Collateral securing its liens.

The Debtor will make payments to Comerica Bank for the secured
portion of its claim over a period of twelve months, composed of
the Debtor's retained capital and Disposable Income throughout the
first twelve months of the Plan Term, and afterwards Comerica and
Creditors holding Allowed General Unsecured Claims will receive
over a period of twenty-four months in quarterly distributions of a
fixed amount proposed herein or, alternatively, of Disposable
Income available to the Debtor.

The Plan provides for a distribution to Creditors in accordance
with the terms of the Plan from the Debtor over the course of three
years from the Effective Date of the Plan from the Debtor's
continued business operations.

Class 2 consists of the Allowed Comerica Secured Claim. Pursuant to
the Interim Cash Collateral Order and Final Cash Collateral Order,
the Debtor has made monthly adequate protection payments of
$3,500.00 to Comerica. The Allowed Comerica Secured Claim exceeds
the value of the Prepetition Loan Collateral to which their Liens
have attached. As a result, (i) there is not sufficient equity in
the Prepetition Loan Collateral to which the liens of Comerica
attach; and (ii) the claim of Comerica is deemed partially secured
and partially unsecured, as further described in Section 4.2 of the
Plan.

As further described in Section 4.2 of the Plan. the Allowed
Comerica Secured Claim, shall be satisfied as follows (i) Comerica
shall receive, over the first twelve (12) calendar months
postconfirmation, a fixed payment amount of $4,043.25; and (ii)
after the Secured Payment Period, the Allowed Comerica Unsecured
Claim shall be treated as provided in Section 2.3.

Class 3 consists of Allowed Claims against Debtor (including Claims
arising from the rejection of executory contracts and/or unexpired
leases and the Allowed Comerica Unsecured Claim) other than: (i)
Administrative Claims; (ii) Priority Tax Claims; or (iii) Claims
included within any other Class designated in this Plan. Class 3
shall be deemed to include those Creditor(s) holding an alleged
Secured Claim against Debtor for which insufficient collateral
exists to secure the alleged Secured Claim. Class 3 includes the
Allowed Comerica Unsecured Claim.

Each holder of an Allowed Unsecured Claim in Class 3 shall be paid
by Reorganized Debtor as follows in full satisfaction of such
creditor's claim: holders of an allowed Class 3 (as well as other
Classes of Claims deemed to be a member of Class 3) shall receive
their pro-rata share of payments from a common fund (the "Unsecured
Creditor Pool"), which pool shall consist of a fixed payment amount
of $500.00 per month for the twenty-four months following the
Initial Payment Period or, alternatively, of Disposable Income
available to the Debtor.

Payments from the Unsecured Creditor Pool to holders of Allowed
Class 3 Claims shall be accrued and paid quarterly, for a period
not to exceed two years. The first of eight quarterly Disposable
Income Payments shall be made on the first day of the fifteenth
month following the Effective Date and every three months
thereafter. No Holder of a Class 3 Claim shall receive more than
100% of their Allowed Claim.

In the event of Confirmation pursuant to Section 1191(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code, after the Initial Payment Period, the Reorganized
Debtor shall make monthly deposits of $500.00 to the Unsecured
Creditor Pool from which Disposable Income Payments shall be made
on a quarterly basis to the Holders of the Allowed Class 2 Claim
and Allowed Class 3 Claims pro rata. The first of eight quarterly
Disposable Income Payments shall be made on the first day of the
fifteenth month following the Effective Date and every three months
thereafter.

A full-text copy of the Amended Plan dated May 7, 2026 is available
at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=c4noVL from PacerMonitor.com at no
charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     J. Mark Chevallier, Esq.
     Michael T. Pipkin, Esq.
     Rochelle McCullough, LLP
     901 Main Street, Suite 3200
     Dallas, TX 75202
     Telephone: (214) 953-0182
     Facsimile: (888) 467-5979
     Email: mchevallier@romclaw.com

                        About Nerfies Management

Nerfies Management, LLC doing business as Nerfies, operates a
recreational entertainment facility in Plano, Texas, offering Nerf
gun parties, team-building events, and youth programs such as
summer camps. The Company also hosts event-venue services including
birthday parties, adult and bachelor parties, bar mitzvahs,
corporate events, field trips, holiday parties, and sports
celebrations, and provides equipment rental while managing a themed
arena for interactive Nerf blaster games that serves children and
adults across Plano and surrounding areas.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 25-43632) on Nov. 30,
2025. In the petition signed by Tim Avance, manager, the Debtor
disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities.

Judge Brenda T. Rhoades oversees the case.

J. Mark Chevallier, at Rochelle McCullough, LLP, is the Debtor's
counsel.


NEW FORTRESS: Wins Court Approval to Convene Plan Meetings
----------------------------------------------------------
New Fortress Energy Inc. announced on May 18, 2026, that it has
achieved the next step in the implementation of a consensual UK
Restructuring Plan. On May 14, 2026, the High Court made an order
granting the Plan Companies permission to convene meetings of their
creditors for the purpose of reviewing and approving the UK RP.

NFE previously announced on March 17, 2026, that it entered into a
Restructuring Support Agreement with its creditors as part of the
UK RP. On April 20, 2026, NFE announced that its subsidiaries, NFE
Global Holdings Limited and NFE Brazil Newco Limited, acting as
Plan Companies, executed and published a practice statement letter
in connection with the UK RP.

              Plan Meetings and Next Steps

In accordance with the Convening Order, the Plan Companies have
made the Explanatory Statement available to Plan Creditors on the
website maintained by Kroll: https://deals.is.kroll.com/nfe.
Further details, including information on how Plan Creditors submit
a vote, are set out in the Explanatory Statement.

The deadline for submitting a voting instruction for voting at the
Plan Meeting is 10:00 p.m. (London) / 5:00 p.m. (New York) on June
9, 2026. The Plan Meetings will be held on June 15, 2026. The Plan
Meetings will be held as hybrid physical and virtual meetings, with
the physical meetings being held at the offices of Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom (UK) LLP at 22 Bishopsgate, London EC2N 4BQ,
United Kingdom.

The UK RP is subject to the sanction of the court. The Sanction
Hearing is scheduled for June 18, 2026. If sanctioned by the court,
the UK RP is expected to be implemented by the third quarter of
2026, subject to customary conditions and regulatory approvals.

Creditors should contact the Information Agent at nfe@is.kroll.com
with any questions on accessing the Plan Documentation –
including to request provision of hard or electronic copies.

NFE Global Holdings Limited:

   Suite 1, 7th Floor
   50 Broadway
   London, SW1H 0BL
   United Kingdom

NFE Brazil Newco Limited:

   Suite 1, 7th Floor
   50 Broadway
   London, SW1H 0DB

                 About New Fortress Energy Inc.

New Fortress Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a global
energy infrastructure company founded to help address energy
poverty and accelerate the world's transition to reliable,
affordable and clean energy. The Company owns and operates natural
gas and liquefied natural gas infrastructure, ships and logistics
assets to rapidly deliver turnkey energy solutions to global
markets. The Company has liquefaction, regasification and power
generation operations in the United States, Jamaica, Brazil and
Mexico. The Company has marine operations with vessels operating
under time charters and in the spot market globally.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $10.6 billion in total
assets, $10.2 billion in total liabilities, and $309.6 million in
total stockholders' equity.

On March 17, 2026, the Company entered into an RSA with certain
noteholders and lenders, and upon completion of the transactions
contemplated in this agreement, the Company will have a new capital
structure and the current debt facilities in default will no longer
be outstanding.

                           *     *     *

In November 2025, S&P Global Ratings lowered its Company credit
rating on New Fortress Energy Inc. (NFE) to 'SD' (selective
default) from 'CCC'. At the same time, S&P lowered its issue level
rating on NFE's 12% senior secured notes due 2029 to 'D' from
'CCC-'. The downgrade reflects NFE's decision to enter into a
forbearance agreement. S&P will reevaluate its ratings on NFE
before the end of November as more information becomes available.

The Company has initiated a process to evaluate its strategic
alternatives to improve its capital structure. It has retained
Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc. as financial advisor and Skadden,
Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP as legal advisor to assist it in
this evaluation. The Company, along with its advisors, is
considering all options available, including asset sales, capital
raising, debt amendments and refinancing transactions, and other
strategic transactions that seek to provide additional liquidity
and relief from acceleration under its debt agreements.

As part of this process, the Company is engaging in discussions
with various existing stakeholders and potential investors. There
are inherent uncertainties as the outcome of these negotiations and
potential transactions are outside management's control, and
therefore there are no assurances that management will be
successful in these negotiations and that any of these potential
transactions will occur.

In addition, there can be no assurances that these transactions
will sufficiently improve the Company's liquidity or that the
Company will otherwise realize the anticipated benefits.

Moreover, if the Company fails to obtain amendments and
forbearance, the Company may be required or compelled to pursue
additional restructuring initiatives to preserve value and
optionality, including possible out-of-court restructurings, or
in-court relief, which could have a material and adverse impact on
the Company's stockholders.


NMR ENTERPRISES: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to Oct. 5
-----------------------------------------------------------
NMR Enterprises NJ LLC and Online Stores PA LLC asked the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey to extend their
exclusivity periods to file a plan of reorganization and obtain
acceptance thereof to Oct. 5 and Dec. 2, 2026, respectively.   

For the reasons set forth, the relevant factors are satisfied here
and, thus, the Debtors submit that sufficient "cause" exists to
extend the Exclusivity Periods as requested herein:

     * Necessity of Sufficient Time to Formulate a Plan. The
proposed sale of the Debtors' assets will affect substantively a
potential plan of reorganization. There will be insufficient time
before the current plan filing exclusivity period expires to
finalize a Chapter 11 plan. Therefore, additional time is
necessary.

     * Good Faith Progress Towards Reorganization. In the short
period that the Debtors have been the subject of these chapter 11
proceedings, the Debtors have made significant progress including,
but not limited to, filing the sale motion, rejecting unneeded
executory contracts and implementing extensive cost cutting
measures.

     * Post-Petition Obligations. The Debtors are current with
their reporting obligations and post-petition administrative
expenses.

     * Lapse Time of the Case. These chapter 11 cases are
approximately three months old, and this is the first request for
relief of this nature. The Debtors are well within the time
permitted by the Code to make such a request.

     * Impact on Creditors. The Debtors are not seeking an
extension of the Exclusivity Periods to pressure creditors to
submit to any demands.

     * Unresolved Contingencies. To the best of the Debtors'
knowledge, there are no significant unresolved contingencies that
would substantially disrupt the Debtors' ability to satisfy their
obligations to file a plan within the extended Exclusivity
Periods.

Counsel to the Debtors:

  Ilana Volkov, Esq.
  Pearl Shah Dalsania, Esq.
  Cynthia L. Botello, Esq.
  MCGRAIL & BENSINGER LLP
  888-C 8th Avenue #107
  New York, NY 10019
  Telephone: (201) 931-6910
  E-mail: ivolkov@mcgrailbensinger.com
          pshah@mcgrailbensinger.com
          cbotello@mcgrailbensinger.com

                     About NMR Enterprises

NMR Enterprises NJ, LLC and Online Stores PA, LLC sought protection
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.J. Lead
Case No. 26-11349) on Feb. 5, 2026.  At the time of the filing, NMR
reported assets of between $100,001 and $500,000 and liabilities of
between $1 million and $10 million while Online Stores reported
assets of between $1 million and $10 million and liabilities of
between $10 million and $50 million.

The Debtors tapped Ilana Volkov, Esq., at McGrail & Bensinger, LLP,
as legal counsel and CFGI, LLC as financial advisor.


PATRIOT DSP: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
-------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort
Worth Division, entered a final order authorizing Patriot DSP, LLC
to use cash collateral to continue business operations.

Under the final order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral, including ordinary business revenues, in accordance
with an approved budget. The Debtor is permitted flexibility to
exceed individual budget line items by up to 110%, allowing it to
manage operational needs while maintaining oversight.

The Debtor projects 30-Days total operational expenses of
$352,572.00.

As adequate protection for secured creditors, the Court granted
replacement liens on post-petition assets and cash collateral to
the extent of any decline in the value of their prepetition
interests. These liens maintain the same priority and validity as
before the bankruptcy filing but do not extend to Chapter 5
avoidance actions or their proceeds.

The order also provides for a carve-out to cover certain
administrative expenses, including court fees, trustee fees, and
approved professional fees. Additionally, the Debtor must make
monthly adequate protection payments of $3,500 to the Small
Business Administration.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/hNdri from PacerMonitor.com.

                       About Patriot DSP LLC

Patriot DSP LLC is an Amazon delivery service and electrical
contractor business.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 26-41165-mxm11) on March
16, 2026. In the petition signed by Blake Vaughn, owner, the Debtor
disclosed up to $500,000 in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities.

Judge Mark X. Mullin oversees the case.

Robert C Lane, Esq., at The Lane Law Firm, represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.


PHCV4 HOMES: Secured Creditor Files Liquidating Plan
----------------------------------------------------
Senior secured creditor CoreVest American Finance Lender LLC
("CoreVest" or the "Plan Proponent") filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Alabama a Disclosure Statement
describing Plan of Liquidation for PHCV4 Homes, LLC and affiliates
dated May 11, 2026.

Prior to the Petition Dates, the Debtors owned (or were in
possession and control of) over two hundred single family homes and
lots in various stages of construction, and nearly all properties
owned as of the Petition Dates secured the obligations owed to
CoreVest.

During the Chapter 11 cases, numerous properties securing
obligations owed to CoreVest (the "Liquidated Properties") were
sold pursuant to Section 363 sale orders. In total, two hundred
twenty-nine properties were sold and, as of the Plan filing date,
no properties securing CoreVest's claims remain unsold.

Most sale proceeds were remitted to CoreVest pursuant to Section
363 sale orders, and the remaining proceeds were remitted to the
Debtors but were deemed, stipulated and ordered to be and remain as
CoreVest's cash collateral, with use limited to payment of
quarterly fees and insurance premiums on CoreVest's collateral.

As of the Plan filing date, the Debtors were holding approximately
$475,000 of CoreVest's cash collateral. CoreVest's aggregate
outstanding balance as of the Petition Dates met or exceeded
$36,436,413.20. As of the Plan filing date, the outstanding balance
owing by the Debtors as to the CoreVest Loans was at least
$3,969,040.63 (exclusive of certain post-petition accruals, default
rate interest and legal fees).

The Plan is a liquidating plan proposed pursuant to Sections
1121(c) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code for the liquidation of the
Debtors. The Plan provides for, among other things, (a) orderly
liquidation and distribution of estate assets; (b) monetization of
remaining property, including the Mississippi Properties; (c)
establishment of and compensation for a Plan Administrator; (d)
vesting of remaining estate property in a Plan Administrator on the
Effective Date (subject to liens in their respective priority); (e)
reconciliation of Claims; (f) payment in full of administrative
expenses, and (g) distributions of property of the bankruptcy
estates to creditors in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code.

The Plan contemplates that, as of the Effective Date, and in no
event later than seven days thereafter, all funds in the Debtors'
debtor-in-possession accounts will be disbursed as follows: (i)
$25,000 to fund the Plan Administrator Carve-Out Fund, for the fees
and expenses of the Plan Administrator; (ii) $50,000 to fund the
Administrative Carve-Out Fund, for distribution in accordance with
the Plan; (iii) $100,000 to fund the Unsecured Creditors Carve-Out
Fund; for distribution in accordance with the Plan; and (iv) all
remaining funds to CoreVest.

Class 3 consists of General Unsecured Claims. The Plan provides
that holders of allowed Class 3 claims will receive their pro rata
share of (a) the Unsecured Creditors Carve-Out Fund (after payment
of allowed priority claims, if any) plus (b) any net funds
recovered by the Plan Administrator from post-confirmation asset
liquidation and/or Causes of Action, up to 100% of such allowed
General Unsecured Claims, subject to the Plan's limitation that
creditors owing money to the estates or who have not repaid an
avoided transfer are not entitled to a distribution.

The Plan provides that if Class 3 holders receive 100% of allowed
claims, CoreVest is entitled to remaining recovered assets on
account of, and up to, its deficiency claim for amounts remaining
owed after liquidation of CoreVest Collateral and distributions
under Class 1.

Class 5 consists of Equity Interest. The Plan provides no recovery;
equity interests will be cancelled and terminated upon
confirmation.

The Plan contemplates funding from (a) the CoreVest Cash Collateral
held in the DIP Accounts; (b) liquidation/monetization of remaining
Post-Confirmation Estate Property, including the Mississippi
Properties; and (c) recoveries from Causes of Action pursued by the
Plan Administrator.

The Plan provides for an Administrative Carve-Out Fund of $50,000
funded by CoreVest from CoreVest Cash Collateral for payment of
Allowed Administrative Expense Claims and Professional Fee Claims.

The Plan provides for an Unsecured Creditors Carve-Out Fund of
$100,000 funded by CoreVest from CoreVest Cash Collateral to be
held in trust by the Plan Administrator and distributed pro rata to
Allowed Unsecured Claims in accordance with the Plan and
Confirmation Order.

The Plan Administrator Carve Out Fund will be funded from the
CoreVest Cash Collateral and any unencumbered Post-Confirmation
Estate Property. CoreVest reserves the right to make additional
payments to the Plan Administrator for his/her fees and expenses,
should the Plan Administrator Carve Out later be deemed
insufficient, but nothing in the Plan shall require CoreVest to do
so.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 11, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=wERLbu from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Attorneys for CoreVest American Finance Lender, LLC:

     CHRISTIAN & SMALL LLP
     Daniel D. Sparks, Esq.
     1800 Financial Center
     505 North 20th Street
     Birmingham, AL 35203
     Telephone: (205) 250-6670
     Email: ddsparks@csattorneys.com

           - and -

     BRADLEY ARANT BOULT CUMMINGS LLP
     Bryan E. Bates, Esq.
     Promenade Tower
     1230 Peachtree Street NE. 21st Floor
     Atlanta, Georgia 30309
     Telephone: (404) 868-2794 bebates@bradley.com

                         About PHCV4 Homes

PHCV4 Homes LLC is part of the residential building construction
industry.

PHCV4 Homes LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ala. Case No. 24-02751) on Sept. 10,
2024.  In the petition filed by Misty M. Glass, as manager, the
Debtor estimated assets and liabilities between $10 million and $50
million each.

The Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Tamara O. Mitchell presides over the
case.

The Debtor is represented by Frederick M. Garfield, Esq., at SPAIN
& GILLON, LLC.


PINT & BEAN: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
-------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas, San
Antonio Division, entered a final order authorizing Pint & Bean
Cafe & Taproom, LLC, a Chapter 11 Subchapter V debtor, to continue
using cash collateral.

Under the final order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral only in accordance with the approved budget, subject to
a 15% variance per line item, unless otherwise approved by the
court.

The Debtor projects total monthly operational expenses of
$49,179.88.

As adequate protection, the U.S. Small Business Administration will
be granted a replacement lien, with the same priority as its
pre-petition liens but no liens will be granted on Chapter 5
avoidance actions or their proceeds.

The order further provides that Bexar County ad valorem tax liens
and any post-petition statutory tax liens under Texas law are not
subordinated or primed by any liens granted in the order.

The Debtor's authority to use cash collateral would terminate upon
the earliest occurrence of several events: confirmation of a
reorganization plan, entry of another court order modifying or
terminating the authorization, dismissal or conversion of the
bankruptcy case, or June 3.

The order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/PintandBean_FCCOrder.pdf

               About Pint & Bean Cafe & Taproom LLC

Pint & Bean Cafe & Taproom, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Texas Case No. 25-52976)
on December 9, 2025. In the petition signed by Joseph O'Hare,
managing member, the Debtor disclosed up to $500,000 in assets and
up to $1 million in liabilities.

Judge Craig A. Gargotta oversees the case.

Paul Steven Hacker, Esq., at Hacker Law Firm, PLLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


PRECIOUS GEMS: Unsecureds Will Get 5% of Claims over 5 Years
------------------------------------------------------------
Precious Gems Academy, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of New Jersey a Disclosure Statement describing
Plan of Reorganization dated May 8, 2026.

The Debtor operates a childcare center that has provided early
childhood education and daycare services to families in Flemington,
New Jersey and Hunterdon County since 2019.

The Debtor is owned by two principals, Karen Villacari and Raquel
Gonzalez, each holding a fifty percent ownership interest.

The Debtor's decision to commence this Chapter 11 case was the
result of a series of operational and financial challenges that
developed over several years. Most significantly, the Debtor's
business was adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Beginning
in or about March 2020, the Debtor was required to cease operations
for several months through approximately July 2020.

To improve and expand its operations, the Debtor applied for a
Small Business Improvement Grant through the State of New Jersey.
The grant application was ultimately denied, leaving the Debtor
responsible for these costs without the anticipated funding
support. The Debtor's financial condition was further strained by
the entry of a judgment in June 2025 in favor of Itria Ventures,
LLC in the amount of $170,204.50.

The cumulative effect of these circumstances resulted in increasing
financial pressure and liquidity constraints. As a result, the
Debtor determined that seeking relief under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code was necessary to stabilize its operations, address
its liabilities in an orderly manner, and pursue reorganization for
the benefit of its creditors and continued business operations.

This is a reorganization plan, wherein the Proponent seeks to
accomplish payments under the Plan by reorganizing its assets and
liabilities under Chapter 11, Subchapter V. The Effective Date of
the proposed plan is the later of (a) thirty days following the
date on which the Order of confirmation is signed by the United
States Bankruptcy Court, or (b) the date on which the order of
confirmation becomes final.

Class 10 consists of General Unsecured Claims. General Unsecured
Claims $1,120,806.99. This Class shall receive 5% of allowed claims
paid monthly over 5 years with a monthly payment of $934.01. This
Class is impaired.

Funding for the Plan will be derived primarily from the Debtor's
ongoing operations. The Debtor anticipates the Plan payments will
be funded through increased revenues generated by efforts expanding
and maintaining student enrollment and tuition collections,
together with continued receipt of other routine program-related
and operational income streams.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 8, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=R0qgaJ from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

                    About Precious Gems Academy

Precious Gems Academy, Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. N.Y. Case No. 26-11503) on Feb.
10, 2026, with $100,001 to $500,000 in assets and $1 million to $10
million in liabilities.  The petition was signed by Karen Villacari
as director.

Judge Michael B. Kaplan oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Andrew J. Kelly, Esq.
   Stephen A. Schwimmer, Esq.
   The Kelly Firm, P.C.
   732-449-0525
   akelly@kbtlaw.com


PRO ATHLETICS: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until June 19
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Pro Athletics, LLC received interim approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California, Los
Angeles Division, to use cash collateral.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral through June 19, allowing it to continue operations
while the bankruptcy proceedings progress.

The Debtor's cash collateral consists of existing cash and future
business revenue, subject to liens held by secured creditors.

The Debtor identifies numerous secured creditors with liens om its
assets, including Mega Bank, Geneva Capital, CIT Bank-related
entities, Altcap-CA, National Funding, Financial Pacific Leasing,
and several merchant cash advance lenders that filed UCC financing
statements against substantially all assets or specific equipment.
Several liens were recorded during the 90-day preference period
preceding bankruptcy and may later be subject to scrutiny or
avoidance actions.

In addition to secured debt, the Debtor estimates it owes the
Internal Revenue Service approximately $32,917 in priority taxes
and has more than $511,000 in general unsecured debt, including
credit cards, loans, and merchant cash advance obligations.

As a condition of using cash collateral, the court required the
Debtor to provide protection to Mega Bank through a monthly payment
of $14,145. This payment is intended to protect the secured
creditor from any decline in the value of its collateral.

As additional protection, the court granted secured creditors
replacement liens on the Debtor's assets, maintaining the same
validity, priority, and extent as their pre-petition liens. These
liens do not apply to Chapter 5 avoidance and turnover actions.

The court has imposed restrictions on insider payments, prohibiting
the Debtor from using cash collateral to pay insiders until all
applicable Bankruptcy Code requirements, local rules, and U.S.
Trustee guidelines are satisfied.

A final hearing is scheduled for June 18, with objections due by
June 11 and replies due by June 16.

The order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/Alexco-USA_ICCOrder.pdf

Pro Athletics describes itself as a uniform and athletic apparel
manufacturer founded in 2009 that evolved from an import-based
business into a domestic manufacturer with in-house production
capabilities. The business experienced major financial difficulties
during the COVID-19 pandemic when widespread shutdowns in sports
and athletic events dramatically reduced demand for its products.
To survive the downturn, the Debtor incurred substantial debt to
maintain operations and retain employees. In 2023, it obtained a
Small Business Administration loan in an attempt to consolidate
liabilities but difficult market conditions in the sportswear
industry continued through 2024 and 2025, preventing a return to
pre-pandemic revenue levels.

In late 2025, the Debtor attempted a strategic turnaround by
pursuing larger commercial clients and relocating to a larger
production facility in Los Angeles in January 2026 to accommodate
anticipated growth. Although the Debtor claims it successfully
secured new customers, the onboarding process and transition period
created additional cash flow strain. To bridge this gap, the Debtor
relied on merchant cash advance financing whose repayment
obligations ultimately worsened liquidity problems and contributed
to the bankruptcy filing.

Despite the financial distress, the Debtor has a viable path toward
reorganization and future profitability. The Debtor is only weeks
away from activating a major new client relationship projected to
generate up to $1.5 million in annual revenue once fully
operational, with two additional clients expected to come online
within four months. The Debtor believes that preserving ongoing
operations through use of cash collateral will maximize the value
of the business for all creditors and allow it to emerge
successfully from Chapter 11.

The Debtor does not own real estate but leases a production
facility in Los Angeles. Its primary assets consist of
approximately $82,000 in cash, about $29,000 in accounts
receivable, a $10,500 security deposit, and leased equipment, with
total estimated asset value of approximately $122,693.

                      About Pro Athletics LLC

Pro Athletics LLC is a uniform and athletic apparel manufacturer.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 26-14467) on May 5,
2026. In the petition signed by Christopher A. Serna, managing
member, the Debtor disclosed up to $500,000 in assets and up to $10
million in liabilities.

Judge Deborah J. Saltzman oversees the case.

Michael Jay Berger, Esq., at the Law Offices of Michael Jay Berger,
represents the Debtor as bankruptcy counsel.


PURSE LADIES: Unsecured Creditors to Split $27K over 36 Months
--------------------------------------------------------------
The Purse Ladies Holdings, LLC, filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Middle District of Florida a Subchapter V Plan of
Reorganization dated May 7, 2026.

The Debtor is a Florida limited liability company engaged in the
sale of luxury handbags and accessories with store fronts located
in Palm Beach County, Florida and Dual County, Florida.

The Debtor operates out of its offices located at 21090 St. Andrews
Blvd., Ste 1, Boca Raton, FL 33433 and 12795 San Jose Blvd., Ste 7,
Jacksonville, FL 32223. The Debtor leases these premises and as of
the date of the petition is current on the rental obligations with
its landlord.

This Chapter 11 bankruptcy case has been filed for the purpose of
restructuring its secured debt obligations as well as providing for
payment of general unsecured creditors on a pro-rata basis on the
effective date of the plan.

The Plan Proponent's financial projections show that the Debtor
will have projected disposable income for the 3-year period of
approximately $27,000. The final Plan payment is expected to be
paid on June 1, 2029.

This Plan of Reorganization and proposes to restructure its
business loans and provide for payment to unsecured creditors of
all disposable income during months 1-36 from future income of the
Debtor derived from income generated through its business
operations consisting of the sale of luxury handbags and
accessories, in order to obtain a discharge pursuant to Section
1192 of the Bankruptcy Code.

This Plan provides for one class of priority claims; two classes of
secured claims; and one class of general unsecured claims. Class
four unsecured creditors holding allowed claims will receive
distribution under this Plan based on their pro rata share via
monthly payments of the Debtor's disposable monthly income for 36
months beginning on the Effective Date of this Plan. This Plan also
provides for the payment of administrative and priority claims
either upon the effective date of the Plan, as agreed or as allowed
under the Bankruptcy Code.

Class 4 consists of General Unsecured Creditors. In full
satisfaction of all Allowed Class 4 Claims, the Debtor shall pay
the total sum of $27,000.00, payable in equal monthly installments
of $750.00 per month for thirty-six months, commencing on the
Effective Date. The payments to Class 4 are absolute and fixed and
based upon the Debtor's projected disposable income as of the
Confirmation Date, and represent a fixed, non-contingent payment
obligation under this Plan. There shall be no reconciliation,
recalculation, true-up, audit, or lookback of disposable income for
purposes of modifying Class 4 distributions.

Each holder of an Allowed Class 4 Claim shall receive its pro rata
share of the foregoing payments, without interest. Class 4 is
impaired by this Plan.

Pursuant to sections 1141(b) and 1141(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, on
the Effective Date, all property of the Estate, including all
Causes of Action, shall vest in the Debtor free and clear of all
Claims, Liens, Interests, charges, encumbrances, and other
interests of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether arising before,
on, or after the Petition Date, and whether known or unknown,
contingent or non-contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, matured
or unmatured, choate or inchoate, statutory or equitable.

The Plan contemplates that the Debtor will continue to manage and
operate its business with low operating expenses. The Debtor
believes the cash flow generated from operations will be sufficient
to make all Plan Payments and maintain existing operations, as
established by the Projections.

Funds generated from operations through the Effective Date will be
used for Plan Payments; however, the Debtor's cash on hand as of
Confirmation will be available for payment of Administrative
Expenses.

A full-text copy of the Subchapter V Plan dated May 7, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=az0sNr from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Thomas C. Adam, Esq.
     ADAM LAW GROUP, P.A.
     2258 Riverside Avenue
     Jacksonville, FL 32204
     (904) 329-7249 Phone
     (904) 606-1245 Facsimile
     Email: tadam@adamlawgroup.com

                About The Purse Ladies Holdings

The Purse Ladies Holdings, LLC, is a Florida limited liability
company engaged in the sale of luxury handbags and accessories.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-00523) on Feb. 6,
2026, with up to $50,000 in assets and $100 million to $500 million
in liabilities.  Judge Jacob A. Brown oversees the case.  Thomas C.
Adam, Esq., at Adam Law Group, P.A., is serving as the Debtor's
bankruptcy counsel.


RIBBIT ROOFING: Case Summary & 10 Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Ribbit Roofing, LLC
          Ribbit Roofing & Construction
          Ribbit Roofing and Construction
        3901 West Fwy, Ste 117
        Forth Worth TX 76107

Business Description: Ribbit Roofing, LLC is a Fort Worth, Texas-
based roofing company that provides residential and commercial
roofing services. The company offers roof inspections, repairs,
replacements, maintenance, insurance claims support, solar
services, and exterior services. Ribbit Roofing serves homeowners,
property managers, and building owners across Fort Worth and other
Texas markets.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 18, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Texas

Case No.: 26-42160

Debtor's Counsel: Matthew Bobo, Esq.
                  LAW OFFICE OF MATTHEW BOBO, PLLC
                  4916 Camp Bowie Blvd.
                  Forth Worth, Texas 76107
                  Tel: 817-529-0774
                  Email: mbobo@mwblawyer.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Eric Bachman as manager.

A copy of the Debtor's list of its 10 unsecured creditors is
available for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/POG3JZY/Ribbit_Roofing_LLC__txnbke-26-42160__0001.1.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/PCVAB2A/Ribbit_Roofing_LLC__txnbke-26-42160__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


SHAMOKIN AREA SCHOOL DISTRICT: S&P Affirms 'BB' Rating on GO Debt
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings S&P Global Ratings revised the outlook to stable
from negative and affirmed its 'BB' underlying rating on Shamokin
Area School District (ASD), Pennsylvania's general obligation (GO)
debt outstanding.

The stable outlook reflects the district's improved liquidity,
which S&P believes provides it with sufficient cushion for cash
flow over the outlook period despite a projected deficit in fiscal
2026.

S&P said, "Environmental and social factors are neutral in our
analysis. We view governance factors as weak, specifically
governance structure and risk management, culture and oversight, as
management uses unrealistic budget assumptions for its two largest
expenditure pressures (cyber-charter and special education costs),
as well as the district's inability to bridge its budget gap
through an effective cost-cutting plan. Additionally, we note that
the district has repeat audit findings regarding its internal
controls.

"The stable outlook reflects our view of the district's current
sufficient liquidity to withstand financial pressures within the
outlook period, despite anticipated deficits.

"We could take negative rating action if the district fails to
implement a sustainable cost-cutting plan, leading to a return of
significant liquidity pressures and a materially weakened financial
profile.

"We could raise the rating if the district implemented sustainable
budget adjustments that bridge its budget gap, leading to
structural balanced operations absent support of one-time
measures."



SHREE OF MEMPHIS: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Tennessee,
Western Division entered a consent interim order authorizing Shree
of Memphis, LLC's use of cash collateral through June 10.

Under the interim order, the Debtor may use cash collateral in the
ordinary course and according to its proposed budget during the
specified interim period.

The court found that State Bank of Texas holds a valid
first-priority secured claim under a $2.8 million promissory note
executed in September 2022. The loan is secured by liens on the
hotel property, rents, revenues, hotel guest receipts, inventory,
furniture, equipment, and related assets.

The Debtor must provide monthly financial reports to State Bank of
Texas, including revenue and expenditure information, budget
comparisons, and additional reasonably requested information. The
authorization automatically terminates upon specified events,
including conversion of the case, appointment of a trustee, grant
of superior liens to another creditor, stay relief affecting
collateral, or plan confirmation-related deadlines.

As adequate protection, State Bank of Texas received automatically
perfected replacement liens on post-petition collateral to the
extent of any diminution in value, along with superpriority
administrative claims and monthly interest payments of $5,000 on
the note beginning immediately upon entry of the order.

The order also established a limited carve-out for court fees and
United States Trustee expenses, made the protections immediately
effective, and scheduled a final hearing on the Debtor's cash
collateral motion for June 10.

                       About Shree of Memphis

Shree of Memphis, LLC is a two-member Limited Liability Company.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tenn. Case No. 26-21265) on March 6,
2026, with $1 million to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge M. Ruthie Hagan oversees the case.

John Edward Dunlap, Esq., represents the Debtor as legal
counsesbotl.


SILVERROCK DEVELOPMENT: Includes Several Secured Claims Pay
-----------------------------------------------------------
SilverRock Development Company, and affiliates submitted a Second
Amended Combined Disclosure Statement for the Joint Plan of
Liquidation dated May 11, 2026.

Access to additional financing made possible by the DIP Facility
also enabled the Debtors to pursue a primary objective in the
Chapter 11 Cases: the marketing and sale of the Debtors' assets
through a court-supervised process pursuant to Section 363 of the
Bankruptcy Code.

After satisfaction of all conditions precedent in the Sale Order,
including the filing with the City of the Amended Development Plan,
the Debtors closed the Sale to the Buyer on December 9, 2025 (the
"Closing Date"). In connection therewith, the Debtors paid certain
closing costs and the then outstanding amount of the DIP Financing
out of the gross sale proceeds received from the Sale. The
remainder of the sale proceeds were placed into an escrow account.

Class 14 consists of Cypress Secured Claim. Subject to final
resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and as soon
as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent that the
Holder of the Cypress Secured Claim and the Debtors or the
Litigation Trustee, as applicable, agree to less favorable
treatment for such Holder, the Holder of the Cypress Secured Claim
will receive, in exchange for full and final satisfaction of such
Claim, payment of such Claim in full in Cash. For avoidance of
doubt, any Deficiency Claim of the Holder of the Cypress Secured
Claim shall constitute a Class 27 General Unsecured Claim.

Class 15 consists of the Axia Secured Claim. Subject to final
resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and as soon
as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent that the
Holder of the Axia Secured Claim and the Debtors or the Litigation
Trustee, as applicable, agree to less favorable treatment for such
Holder, the Holder of the Axia Secured Claim will receive, in
exchange for full and final satisfaction of such Claim, payment of
such Claim in full in Cash. For the avoidance of doubt, any
Deficiency Claim of the Holder of the Axia Secured Claim shall
constitute a Class 27 General Unsecured Claim.

Class 16 consists of the Goetz Secured Claim. Subject to final
resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and as soon
as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent that the
Holder of the Goetz Secured Claim and the Debtors or the Litigation
Trustee, as applicable, agree to less favorable treatment for such
Holder, the Holder of the Goetz Secured Claim will receive, in
exchange for full and final satisfaction of such Claim, payment of
such Claim in full in Cash. For the avoidance of doubt, any
Deficiency Claim of the Holder of the Goetz Secured Claim shall
constitute a Class 27 General Unsecured Claim.

Class 17 consists of the Young's Secured Claim. Subject to final
resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and as soon
as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent that the
Holder of the Young's Secured Claim and the Debtors or the
Litigation Trustee, as applicable, agree to less favorable
treatment for such Holder, the Holder of the Young's Secured Claim
will receive, in exchange for full and final satisfaction of such
Claim, payment of such Claim in full in Cash. For the avoidance of
doubt, any Deficiency Claim of the Holder of the Young’s Secured
Claim shall constitute a Class 27 General Unsecured Claim.

Class 18 consists of the 20/20 Secured Claim. Subject to final
resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and as soon
as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent that the
Holder of the 20/20 Secured Claim and the Debtors or the Litigation
Trustee, as applicable, agree to less favorable treatment for such
Holder, the Holder of the 20/20 Secured Claim will receive, in
exchange for full and final satisfaction of such Claim, payment of
such Claim in full in Cash. For the avoidance of doubt, any
Deficiency Claim of the Holder of the 20/20 Secured Claim shall
constitute a Class 27 General Unsecured Claim.

Class 19 consists of the Gensler Secured Claim. Subject to final
resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and as soon
as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent that the
Holder of the Gensler Secured Claim and the Debtors or the
Litigation Trustee, as applicable, agree to less favorable
treatment for such Holder, the Holder of the Gensler Secured Claim
will receive, in exchange for full and final satisfaction of such
Claim, payment of such Claim in full in Cash. For the avoidance of
doubt, any Deficiency Claim of the Holder of the Gensler Secured
Claim shall constitute a Class 27 General Unsecured Claim.

Class 20 consists of the MSA Consulting Secured Claim. Subject to
final resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and as
soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent
that the Holder of the MSA Consulting Secured Claim and the Debtors
or the Litigation Trustee, as applicable, agree to less favorable
treatment for such Holder, the Holder of the MSA Consulting Secured
Claim will receive, in exchange for full and final satisfaction of
such Claim, payment of such Claim in full in Cash. For the
avoidance of doubt, any Deficiency Claim of the Holder of the MSA
Consulting Secured Claim shall constitute a Class 27 General
Unsecured Claim.

Class 21 consists of the BAR Architects Secured Claim. Subject to
final resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and as
soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent
that the Holder of the BAR Architects Secured Claim and the Debtors
or the Litigation Trustee, as applicable, agree to less favorable
treatment for such Holder, the Holder of the BAR Architects Secured
Claim will receive, in exchange for full and final satisfaction of
such Claim, payment of such Claim in full in Cash. For the
avoidance of doubt, any Deficiency Claim of the Holder of the BAR
Architects Secured Claim shall constitute a Class 27 General
Unsecured Claim.

Class 22 consists of the Cockrell Electric Secured Claim. Subject
to final resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and
as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent
that the Holder of the Cockrell Electric Secured Claim and the
Debtors or the Litigation Trustee, as applicable, agree to less
favorable treatment for such Holder, the Holder of the Cockrell
Electric Secured Claim will receive, in exchange for full and final
satisfaction of such Claim, payment of such Claim in full in Cash.
For the avoidance of doubt, any Deficiency Claim of the Holder of
the Cockrell Electric Secured Claim shall constitute a Class 27
General Unsecured Claim.

Class 23 consists of the Trimark Raygal Secured Claim. Subject to
final resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and as
soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent
that the Holder of the Trimark Raygal Secured Claim and the Debtors
or the Litigation Trustee, as applicable, agree to less favorable
treatment for such Holder, the Holder of the Trimark Raygal Secured
Claim will receive, in exchange for full and final satisfaction of
such Claim, payment of such Claim in full in Cash. For the
avoidance of doubt, any Deficiency Claim of the Holder of the
Trimark Raygal Secured Claim shall constitute a Class 27 General
Unsecured Claim.

Class 24 consists of the J. Ginger Masonry Secured Claim. Subject
to final resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and
as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent
that the Holder of the J. Ginger Masonry Secured Claim and the
Debtors or the Litigation Trustee, as applicable, agree to less
favorable treatment for such Holder, the Holder of the J. Ginger
Masonry Secured Claim will receive, in exchange for full and final
satisfaction of such Claim, payment of such Claim in full in Cash.
For the avoidance of doubt, any Deficiency Claim of the Holder of
the J. Ginger Masonry Secured Claim shall constitute a Class 27
General Unsecured Claim.

Class 25 consists of the White's Steel Secured Claim. Subject to
final resolution or determination of the Remaining Disputes, and as
soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, except to the extent
that the Holder of the White's Steel Secured Claim and the Debtors
or the Litigation Trustee, as applicable, agree to less favorable
treatment for such Holder, the Holder of the White's Steel Secured
Claim will receive, in exchange for full and final satisfaction of
such Claim, payment of such Claim in full in Cash. For the
avoidance of doubt, any Deficiency Claim of the Holder of the
White's Steel Secured Claim shall constitute a Class 27 General
Unsecured Claim.

Class 26 consists of the Robert Green Disputed Secured Claim. The
Robert Green Disputed Secured Claim will be subject to objection.
Subject to d any objections that may be asserted by the Debtors or
the Litigation Trust, and as soon as reasonably practicable
thereafter, except to the extent that the Holder of the Robert
Green Disputed Secured Claim and the Debtors or the Litigation
Trustee, as applicable, agree to less favorable treatment for such
Holder, the Holder of the Robert Green Disputed Secured Claim will
receive, in exchange for full and final satisfaction of such Claim,
payment in full of the Allowed amount of such Claim (if any) in
Cash . For the avoidance of doubt, any Deficiency Claim of the
Holder of the Robert Green Disputed Secured Claim shall constitute
a Class 27 General Unsecured Claim.

The Plan will be implemented by, among other things, the
appointment of the Litigation Trustee and the making of
Distributions from the Litigation Trust Assets, including all Cash
and the proceeds, if any, from the prosecution, settlement, or
other disposition of any Retained Causes of Action, in accordance
with the Plan and the Litigation Trust Agreement. Except as
otherwise provided in the Plan, on and after the Effective Date,
all assets of the Estates, including all claims, rights, Retained
Causes of Action and any property acquired by the Debtors under or
in connection with the Plan, shall vest in the Litigation Trust,
free and clear of all Liens, Claims, and Interests, subject to the
substantive consolidation provided for herein.

The Plan implements a structure, by which all rights of parties to
assert and contest the Remaining Disputes are fully preserved and
the Sale proceeds shall be held in escrow subject to final
resolution and determination of the Remaining Disputes among the
parties asserting rights to the Sale proceeds by the Bankruptcy
Court or among the parties. This structure is set forth in the
Global Settlement by and between the Debtors, the City, and the
Settling Creditors and is incorporated herein.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Combined Order, on
the Effective Date, the Debtors shall transfer the Litigation Trust
Assets to the Litigation Trust, and all such assets shall vest in
the Litigation Trust on such date, to be administered by the
Litigation Trustee in accordance with the Plan and the Litigation
Trust Agreement.

A full-text copy of the Second Amended Combined Disclosure
Statement and Plan dated May 11, 2026 is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=0cm2yI from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Co-Counsel to the Debtors:

     WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI, P.C.
     Erin R. Fay, Esq.
     Shane M. Reil, Esq.
     Catherine C. Lyons, Esq.
     222 Delaware Avenue, Suite 800
     Wilmington, Delaware 19801
     Telephone: (302) 304-7600
     E-mails: efay@wsgr.com
              sreil@wsgr.com
              clyons@wsgr.com

Co-Counsel to the Debtors:

     LAW OFFICES OF BENJAMIN M. CARSON, P.C.
     Victor A. Vilaplana, Esq.
     823 La Jolla Rancho Rd.
     La Jolla, CA 92037
     Telephone: (619) 840-4130
     Email: vavilaplana@g

     -and-

     Benjamin M. Carson, Esq.
     5965 Village Way, STE E105
     San Diego, CA 92130
     Telephone: (858) 255-4529
     Email: ben@benjamincarsonlaw.com

              About SilverRock Development Company

SilverRock Development Company, LLC, is a San Diego, Calif.-based
company primarily engaged in renting and leasing real estate
properties.

SilverRock filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case
No. 24-11647) on Aug. 5, 2024, with $100 million to $500 million in
both assets and liabilities.  Robert S. Green, Jr., chief executive
officer, signed the petition.

Judge Mary F. Walrath handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Jonathan M. Stemerman, at Armstrong
Teasdale.


SK INDUSTRIES: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------
SK Industries, LLC received final approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Florida, Pensacola Division, to
use cash collateral to fund operations.

Under the final order, the Debtor may spend funds in accordance
with its budget, with up to a 10% variance for each budget line
item. Any spending above approved levels could provide grounds for
relief sought by lender Regions Bank through further court action.

As protection, Regions Bank, the Debtor's lender, was granted
post-petition replacement liens on all personal property of the
Debtor, including accounts receivable.

In addition, the Debtor was ordered to make a monthly payment of
$15,000 to Regions Bank and to keep its property insured in
accordance with the terms of their loan agreement.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/exqPr from PacerMonitor.com.

                      About SK Industries LLC

SK Industries, LLC, doing business as Pensacola Athletic Center, is
a comprehensive fitness facility offering 24-hour gym access,
personal training, childcare services, tennis courts, swimming
pools, and group fitness classes. The family-owned business has
been serving the Pensacola community since 1985, with a focus on
health and wellness for individuals of all ages.

SK Industries filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. N.D. Fla. Case No.
25-30138) on February 18, 2025, listing between $1 million and $10
million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Jerry C. Oldshue, Jr. oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Byron W. Wright III, Esq., at Bruner
Wright, P.A.

Regions Bank, as lender, is represented by:

   Dana L. Robbins-Boehner, Esq.
   Burr & Forman, LLP
   201 North Franklin Street, Suite 3200
   Tampa, FL 33602
   (813) 221-2626 (voice)
   (813) 221-7335 (fax)
   drobbins-boehner@burr.com


SKYE A. SMITH: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------------
Skye a. Smith DDS, LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Louisiana for authority to use cash collateral
and provide adequate protection.

The Debtor explains that it operates a fee-for-service dental
practice and filed for Chapter 11 protection in order to
restructure debts, stabilize operations, and eventually repay
creditors through a court-approved reorganization plan. The company
remains in possession of its assets and continues managing its
business while under bankruptcy protection, with Greta M. Brouphy
serving as the Subchapter V trustee.

The cash collateral consists of funds that may be subject to the
security interest of The Huntington National Bank. According to the
filing, the bank holds a mortgage and security interest covering
essentially all of the Debtor's assets. At the time of the
bankruptcy filing, the outstanding loan balance owed to Huntington
was approximately US$434,848, while the estimated value of the
Debtor's assets was only about US$120,000.

The Debtor argues that immediate access to cash collateral is
essential to maintain operations and preserve value for creditors.
The requested funds would be used for ordinary and necessary
business expenses, including rent, insurance, utilities, supplies,
software and IT services for dental equipment, telecommunications,
and restructuring-related administrative costs associated with the
Chapter 11 case.

To justify the request, the Debtor submitted a six-month projected
budget covering April 1 through September 1, 2026. The budget
estimates total income of US$58,200, primarily from a “Share
Space Licensee Agreement” that provides lease income of $9,500
per month, totaling $57,000 over the six-month period. Dental
service income is projected to contribute an additional $1,200. On
the expense side, projected operating expenses total $30,952 and
include lease rental space costs, software and IT expenses, phone
and internet services, insurance, malpractice coverage, and office
supplies. Administrative expenses, including legal and professional
fees related to the bankruptcy case, are estimated at US$6,000.
After expenses, the Debtor projects net income of approximately
$21,248.

As adequate protection for the lender, the Debtor proposes granting
Huntington a replacement lien on post-petition assets, including
current and future rents, to the extent of the secured value of the
lender's collateral as of the bankruptcy filing date.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=MDtLw9
from PacerMonitor.com.

                    About Skye A. Smith DDS LLC

Skye A. Smith DDS, LLC, doing business as Poise Dental Studio,
sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. E.D. La. Case No. 26-10772) on March 31, 2026, with
$100,001 to $500,000 in assets and liabilities.

Judge Meredith S. Grabill presides over the case.

Cynthia Lee Traina, Esq. at the Law Office Of Cynthia Lee Traina
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


SPANISH BROADCASTING: Court OKs DIP Loan, Cash Collateral Access
----------------------------------------------------------------
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and affiliates received interim
approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Delaware to use cash collateral and obtain post-petition financing
to get through bankruptcy.

The financing is a superpriority senior secured
debtor-in-possession multi-draw term loan facility of up to $30
million. Under the interim order, the Debtors are authorized to
obtain an initial $7 million.

The DIP financing is being provided directly by existing
pre-petition noteholders including Bardin Hill Investment Partners,
Bayside Capital and Brigade Agency Services LLC, the administrative
and collateral agent; and is structured to avoid a
value-destructive priming litigation dispute. The capital injection
is segmented into distinct operational tranches:

Interim Draw: $7 million made immediately available upon entry of
the interim DIP order to resolve immediate liquidity shortfalls
coming out of the company's weakest seasonal business cycle.

Final Draw Tranche A: Up to $13 million accessible upon the court
entering a final DIP order.

Final Draw Tranche B: The remaining $10 million accessible
post-final order subject to either explicit written consent from
designated RSA backstop parties or the activation of a
contractually defined Sale Pivot Date.

The financing carries a 9.75% non-default interest rate matching
the pre-petition notes, includes a 2.00% default interest premium,
and matures on December 31, 2026, unless accelerated or extended up
to 90 days for regulatory clearances.

To secure the $30 million post-petition funding, the Debtors are
granting the DIP secured parties senior, fully perfected, and
non-avoidable priming liens on substantially all of their assets.
Because the pre-petition noteholders are the very parties providing
the DIP facility, this priming structure is entirely consensual,
allowing the Debtors to bypass the intense legal battles that
typically arise when a debtor attempts to force a junior position
onto existing creditors.

Furthermore, pursuant to section 364(c)(1), the DIP agent is
granted an allowed superpriority administrative expense claim.

The interim DIP order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/SBS_IDIPOrder.pdf

The court scheduled a final hearing for June 8 and set a June 1
deadline for filing objections.

Before putting forth the DIP facility, the Debtors' investment
banker, GLC Advisors & Co., vetted the broader market by soliciting
alternative post-petition financing proposals from 24 independent
third-party institutions. Because the Debtors' assets are heavily
encumbered by pre-petition liens, third-party lenders refused to
offer junior financing, and existing noteholders refused to grant
consensual priming rights to any outside capital, cementing the
proposed DIP facility as the only viable funding option.
Operationally, the facility binds the Debtors to strict compliance
with an approved budget. This includes bi-weekly variance reporting
requirements that strictly limit unfavorable weekly cash receipt
deviations to 20% and cumulative disbursement overages to 10%,
ensuring disciplined fiscal oversight during the Chapter 11
proceedings.

The Debtors' bankruptcy filing serves as the mechanism to execute a
prepackaged plan of reorganization backed by a Restructuring
Support Agreement executed on April 3, 2026. The RSA represents a
heavily negotiated agreement supported by holders of over 90% of
the Debtors' sole funded debt—$310 million in 9.75% Senior
Secured Notes that matured without payment on March 1, 2026.
Following a brief 30-day forbearance period, the consensual plan
aims to dramatically deleverage the Debtors' balance sheet by
reducing its funded debt by more than 75%, dropping the principal
debt down to $70 million. This balance sheet right-sizing is
intentionally structured to leave general trade and unsecured
creditors entirely unimpaired while preserving the Debtors'
operational relationships with its audience, vendors, and
employees.

                About Spanish Broadcasting System Inc.

Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (Spanish Broadcasting) owns and
operates radio stations in addition to the AIRE radio network,
digital interactive services, and live events focused on Spanish
language content.

Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and several affiliates sought
relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del.
Case No. 26-10737) on May 11, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor
reports $100 million to $500 million in both assets and
liabilities.

The Hon. Bankruptcy Judge Brendan Linehan Shannon handles the
jointly administered cases.

The Debtors retained as Chief Restructuring Officer, Jesse York, of
the firm Riveron Management Services, LLC; GLC Advisors & Company
as investment banker; the law firms of Fried, Frank, Harris,
Shriver & Jacobson LLP and Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP as
restructuring counsel; and Kroll Restructuring Administration LLC
as notice, claims and administrative agent.

An ad hoc group of noteholders to Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.
is represented by Milbank LLP and Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.
as counsel.

                          *     *     *

The Debtors filed a plan of reorganization and disclosure statement
together with their Chapter 11 petitions.  The Confirmation
Hearing, at which time this Court will consider, among other
things, the adequacy of the Disclosure Statement and confirmation
of the Plan, will be held on June 25, 2026, at 10:00 a.m.
(Prevailing Eastern Time).  Any objections to adequacy of the
Disclosure Statement and confirmation of the Plan must have been
received by June 18.


SPANISH BROADCASTING: Unsecureds "Unimpaired" in Prepackaged Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., and its Debtor Affiliates filed
with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware a
Disclosure Statement for the Joint Prepackaged Plan dated May 11,
2026.

The Debtors are a premier cross-platform media company connecting
U.S. Hispanics across the United States through radio, television,
and digital platforms.

Founded in 1983, and headquartered in Miami, Florida, the Debtors
own and operate radio stations located in the top U.S. Hispanic
markets of New York City, Los Angeles, Miami, Houston, Chicago, San
Francisco, Orlando, Tampa, and Puerto Rico, and also operate AIRE
Radio Networks, a national radio platform. In addition to
cross-platform media distribution, the Debtors produce a nationwide
roster of live concerts and events, and provide digital marketing
solutions through DigIdea, a pure-play digital marketing
department.

On April 3, 2026, the Debtors and the Ad Hoc Committee entered into
the Restructuring Support Agreement that contemplates an in-court
restructuring of the Debtors through a prepackaged chapter 11 plan
of reorganization. The Restructuring Support Agreement provides for
a comprehensive balance sheet restructuring that is expected to
significantly reduce the Debtors’ debt and interest burden, and
set them up for long-term success. Under the terms of the
Restructuring Support Agreement, the existing common and preferred
stock of SBS, along with the Existing Notes, will be cancelled.

Holders of the Existing Notes will receive their Pro Rata share of
(i) 100% of the New Common Stock of Reorganized SBS, subject to
dilution solely by a Management Incentive Plan comprising a pool of
up to 10% of the fully diluted New Common Stock, and (ii) up to $70
million in aggregate principal amount of new 9.750% Senior Secured
Notes due 2030 issued by Reorganized SBS (referred to as the New
Secured Notes), provided, that in the event of the DIP Claims are
converted into New Superpriority Secured Notes, the principal
amount of the New Secured Notes will be decreased on a
dollar-for-dollar basis by the amount of New Superpriority Secured
Notes that are issued under the Plan.

Under the terms of the Plan, the Debtors expect to implement the
terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement to restructure the
Debtors' capital structure. The overall purpose of the Plan is to
provide Reorganized SBS with the ability to continue serving its
core audiences.

Generally, the Plan provides for the following:

     * The Debtors will implement a comprehensive restructuring of
the Debtors' capital structure in accordance with the Restructuring
Support Agreement;

     * The Existing Notes will be cancelled in exchange for the
issuance of New Secured Notes and New Common Stock by Reorganized
SBS on the Effective Date, except that the Existing Indenture will
remain in effect to the extent necessary to permit Holders of the
Existing Notes Claims to receive distributions under the Plan;

     * The Debtors' FCC licenses will undergo a Transfer of Control
in connection with the issuance of the New Common Stock;

     * Allowed General Unsecured Claims will be Unimpaired and will
receive payment in full;

     * All Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Administrative Claims,
Other Priority Claims, Other Secured Claims are Unimpaired and will
receive payment in full;

     * All property in the Debtors’ Estates, and any property
acquired by the Debtors through the Plan, will vest in the
Reorganized Debtors, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges,
or other encumbrances, subject to the potential sale of certain
noncore assets; and

     * All existing preferred and common equity interests will be
cancelled and receive no consideration.

The Debtors also will enter into a $30 million debtor-in possession
term loan facility, referred to as the DIP Facility, that will be
offered to all Holders of Existing Notes Claims on a Pro Rata basis
and backstopped by certain Holders of Existing Notes Claims, the
proceeds of which will be used to provide liquidity to the Debtors'
business and support their restructuring efforts, all on terms and
conditions set forth in the DIP Facility Documents.

Class 4 consists of all General Unsecured Claims. In exchange for
the full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge
of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim, unless otherwise agreed by
a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim with the applicable
Debtor or Reorganized Debtor (with the prior consent of Required
Consenting Creditors), to the extent not previously satisfied
during the Chapter 11 Cases: (i) such Holder shall receive payment
in full in Cash on the later of the Effective Date and the date
that is ten (10) Business Days after such General Unsecured Claim
becomes an Allowed Claim; or (ii) such Holder shall receive such
other treatment as will render its Allowed General Unsecured Claim
Unimpaired.

The election of clause (i) or (ii) in the foregoing sentence shall
be at the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as
applicable, subject to the consent of the Required Consenting
Creditors. Claims in Class 4 are Unimpaired. Each Holder of an
Allowed Claim in Class 4 is conclusively presumed to have accepted
the Plan and is, therefore, not entitled to vote on the Plan.

Class 6 consists of all Intercompany Interests. On the Effective
Date, Intercompany Interests shall be reinstated for administrative
convenience, unless otherwise determined by the Debtors or the
Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, but with the consent of the
Required Consenting Creditors.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, or the Plan Supplement,
or in any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in
the Plan, on the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 1141(b) and
(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, all property in each Estate, and any
property acquired by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall vest in
the Reorganized Debtors, free and clear of all Liens, Claims,
charges, or other encumbrances.

The Plan is a joint chapter 11 plan for each of the Debtors, with
the Plan for each Debtor being non-severable and mutually dependent
on the Plan for each other Debtor, except to the extent the Debtors
elect to sever one or more Debtors from the Plan.

The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall fund
distributions under the Plan with (i) Cash on hand, (ii) New
Secured Notes, (iii) New Superpriority Secured Notes (if
applicable), (iv) Cash raised from new debt permitted by the New
Superpriority Secured Notes and New Secured Notes (if applicable);
and (v) New Common Stock.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 11, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=LiZOJN from Kroll
Restructuring Administration LLC.

The Debtors' Counsel:              

                      Robert J. Dehney, Sr., Esq.
                      Casey B. Sawyer, Esq.
                      Matthew B. Harvey, Esq.
                      Daniel B. Butz, Esq.
                      Alexis L. Sullivan, Esq.
                      MORRIS, NICHOLS, ARSHT & TUNNELL LLP
                      1201 N. Market Street, 16th Floor
                      Wilmington, Delaware 19801
                      Tel: (302) 658-9200
                      Fax: (302) 658-3989
                      Email: rdehney@morrisnichols.com
                             mharvey@morrisnichols.com
                             dbutz@morrisnichols.com
                             csawyer@morrisnichols.com
                             asullivan@morrisnichols.com

                            - and -

                      Jennifer L. Rodburg, Esq.
                      Robert Bickford, Esq.
                      Thomas Dunn, Esq.
                      FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER &
                      JACOBSON LLP
                      One New York Plaza
                      New York, New York 10004
                      Tel: (212) 859-8000
                      Fax: (212) 859-4000
                      Email: jennifer.rodburg@friedfrank.com
                             robert.bickford@friedfrank.com
                             thomas.dunn@friedfrank.com

                 About Spanish Broadcasting System

Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and its subsidiaries are a
cross-platform media company founded in 1983 and headquartered in
Miami, Florida. The company owns and operates radio stations,
operates AIRE Radio Networks, owns MegaTV, and manages digital
properties including LaMusica and HitzMaker. It also produces live
concerts and events, provides digital marketing solutions through
DigIdea, and generates revenue primarily from advertising airtime
sales and digital advertising placements. The company serves U.S.
Hispanic audiences and works with local, national, and network
advertisers.

The Debtors sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.  D. Del. Lead Case No. 26-10708) on May 11,
2026, with $100 million to $500 million in assets and liabilities.
Jesse York, chief restructuring officer, signed the petition.

Judge Brendan Linehan Shannon presides over the case.

The Debtors tapped Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP and Fried,
Frank, Harris, Sherive & Jacobson LLP as counsel; Riveron
Management Services, LLC as restructuring advisor; GLC Advisors &
Company as investment banker; and Kroll Restructuring
Administration LLC as notice, claims & administrative agent.


SPIRIT AVIATION: Seeks $275 MM DIP Loan From Wilmington
-------------------------------------------------------
Spirit Airlines, LLC and affiliates ask the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of New York for authority to obtain a new
debtor-in-possession financing facility designed to refinance
certain existing aircraft debt and facilitate the orderly
completion of previously approved aircraft sale transactions during
the Chapter 11 wind-down process.

Spirit's financial condition deteriorated sharply due to
geopolitical events that caused a sustained increase in fuel prices
and a severe liquidity crisis, ultimately forcing the airline to
abandon reorganization efforts and pursue an orderly wind-down of
operations. As part of that wind-down, Spirit intends to preserve
and consummate the previously approved sale of 20 Airbus aircraft
to CSDS Asset Management LLC, the designated stalking horse
purchaser under the court-approved HFS Sale Order.

The proposed financing is intended to stabilize and streamline that
sale process by replacing a highly complicated network of existing
aircraft mortgage debt with a single unified financing structure.
It is a senior secured, non-amortizing DIP facility in an aggregate
principal amount of up to $275 million. The financing would be
provided by certain lenders already participating in Spirit's
existing DIP facility and would be administered by Wilmington Trust
National Association as administrative and collateral agent.

The proceeds of the new HFS DIP Facility would primarily be used to
repay the outstanding prepetition aircraft mortgage debt secured by
the aircraft involved in the HFS sale transactions, referred to as
the Existing HFS Debt. Additional proceeds would be used to pay
associated fees, costs, interest, breakage expenses, and other
transaction-related obligations. The Debtors argue that refinancing
this debt is essential because the existing financing arrangements
involve extensive cross-default and cross-collateralization
provisions among multiple aircraft and lender groups, creating
substantial operational and legal complications that threaten the
timing and execution of the aircraft sales.

The Debtors describe how the existing aircraft financing structure
creates major obstacles to consummating the rolling aircraft
deliveries contemplated under the stalking horse agreement. Under
the current structure, Spirit cannot simply sell one aircraft
independently if it belongs to a Financing Group linked to other
aircraft through cross-collateralized obligations. Instead, the
Debtors may be forced to pay down debt associated with an entire
financing group merely to release one aircraft for delivery. The
situation is further complicated by engines installed across
different aircraft groups, requiring costly and operationally
difficult reconfigurations before delivery. These interlocking
financing arrangements threaten to delay closings, strain the
Debtors' limited liquidity during the wind-down, and jeopardize the
value of the estate. By consolidating the debt into a single DIP
facility, Spirit contends it can eliminate these cross-default
issues and close aircraft sales more efficiently based solely on
operational readiness rather than financing constraints.

The risk posed by 11 U.S.C. section 1110(c) gives aircraft
financiers special repossession rights in bankruptcy. Because
Spirit has ceased operations and entered wind-down mode, the
holders of the existing aircraft mortgage debt may attempt to
repossess aircraft collateral to protect their own interests. The
Debtors argue that such actions could materially diminish estate
value, interfere with the approved sale process, and undermine the
integrity of the HFS Sale Order. The proposed DIP refinancing would
replace those existing lenders with DIP lenders whose incentives
are aligned with maximizing sale proceeds and successfully
completing the aircraft transactions for the benefit of the broader
creditor body.

The Debtors seek to grant the lenders significant protections under
the Bankruptcy Code. These protections include first-priority
perfected liens on the aircraft collateral, including priming liens
under section 364(d), as well as superpriority administrative
expense claims under section 364(c)(1). The Debtors also seek
authority to waive surcharge rights under section 506(c),
permitting the DIP lenders to avoid bearing estate administrative
expenses related to their collateral. Additionally, the Debtors
request modification of the automatic stay to allow the DIP lenders
to exercise remedies if specified termination events or defaults
occur.

The economic terms of the financing are substantial. The lenders
would receive an 8% put option premium on the total commitments,
earned upon execution of the commitment letter and generally
payable in kind upon funding. The Debtors also agreed to an upfront
payment equal to 2% of funded loans, payable either in cash or
through original issue discount treatment. Interest on the facility
would accrue at either Term SOFR plus 10.25% or Base Rate plus
9.25%, at the borrower’s election, with interest payable in kind
monthly and ultimately due at maturity or repayment. The Debtors
note that this payment-in-kind structure is especially important
because Spirit is no longer generating operating revenue and
requires near-term liquidity preservation during the wind-down
process.

The proposed DIP facility would mature on the earliest of: 12
months after the first borrowing date, conversion or dismissal of
the chapter 11 cases, or acceleration following an event of
default. The motion outlines numerous conditions precedent to
funding, including entry of a final DIP order acceptable to the
lenders, absence of defaults, accuracy of representations and
warranties, delivery of corporate authorization documents, payment
of lender fees and professional expenses, and confirmation that all
existing liens securing the refinanced debt have been released. The
facility also contains extensive default provisions, including
nonpayment, violations of covenants, termination of the aircraft
sale agreement, invalidity of financing documents, conversion of
the bankruptcy cases, adverse court orders, and the granting of
competing liens.

The Debtors argue that the financing terms were negotiated in good
faith and at arm's length and represent a sound exercise of
business judgment under the circumstances. They maintain that the
DIP facility is necessary to preserve estate value, ensure the
orderly implementation of the wind-down, protect the viability of
the aircraft sale process, and maximize recoveries for
stakeholders. The Debtors stress that without this refinancing,
they face heightened risks of operational disruption, aircraft
repossession actions, delayed closings, and reduced sale proceeds,
all of which could significantly impair the estates during the
final stages of the bankruptcy proceedings.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=E9CRtb
from PacerMonitor.com.

A court hearing is scheduled for May 27.

                  About Spirit Aviation Holdings
Inc.

Spirit Aviation Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate Spirit
Airlines is a U.S.-based low-cost carrier providing air
transportation services across the United States, Latin America,
and the Caribbean. They employ approximately 25,000 direct
employees and independent contractors.

Spirit Aviation Holdings and its subsidiaries sought protection
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. N.Y. Lead
Case No. 25-11897) on August 29, 2025. In the petition signed by
Frederick Cromer, authorized signatory, Spirit Aviation Holdings
disclosed $8,576,287,000 in assets and $8,096,842,000 in
liabilities as of June 30, 2025.

Judge Sean H. Lane oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Davis Polk & Wardwell, LLP, as bankruptcy
counsel; PJT Partners LP as investment banker; FTI Consulting, Inc.
as restructuring, fleet and communications advisor; Debevoise &
Plimpton, LLP as fleet counsel; Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell,
LLP as conflicts counsel, and Ernst & Young, LLP as its audit and
tax services provider. Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC is the
claims, noticing, solicitation and administrative agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 appointed an official committee to
represent unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases. The
committee tapped Willkie Farr & Gallagher, LLP as legal counsel;
Alton Aviation Consultancy, LLC as specialized aviation advisor;
Jefferies. LLC as investment banker; and AlixPartners, LLP as
financial advisor.

Judge Lane approved the appointment of Marc Heimowitz of Coda
Advisory Group, LLC as examiner. The Examiner hired Glenn Agre
Bergman & Fuentes LLP as counsel; and M3 Advisory Partners, LP as
financial advisor.

The Air Line Pilots Association and the International Association
of Machinists and Aerospace Workers are represented by Cohen, Weiss
and Simon LLP.


SQA MAHADEV: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------
SQA Mahadev, LLC received interim approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Tennessee, Western Division, to
use cash collateral through June 10.

Under the interim order, the Debtor may continue using cash
collateral in the ordinary course of business and in accordance
with its budget while attempting to reorganize.

The court found that State Bank of Texas holds a valid
first-priority secured claim arising from a $3.2 million promissory
note executed in September 2022. The loan is secured by liens on
the hotel property, rents, revenues, guest receipts, contracts,
trademarks, inventory, furniture, equipment, and related assets.
State Bank of Texas declared the loan in default in September 2025,
accelerated the debt, and demanded full payment by October 15, 2025
after the Debtor failed to satisfy the note at maturity.

The Debtor must provide State Bank of Texas with monthly financial
reports, including operating revenues, expenditures, and
comparisons between actual and budgeted performance. The authority
to use cash collateral automatically terminates upon certain
triggering events, including conversion of the case, appointment of
a trustee, grant of superior liens to another creditor, stay relief
affecting collateral, or plan confirmation-related deadlines.

As adequate protection, State Bank of Texas received automatically
perfected replacement liens on post-petition collateral and
superpriority administrative expense claims to the extent of any
diminution in value of its collateral. Unlike a related Memphis
hotel bankruptcy involving SHREE OF MEMPHIS, LLC, the Debtor here
is not required to make interim monthly interest payments pending
the final hearing.

The order also preserves State Bank of Texas's right to continue
accruing interest and fees under the loan documents and establishes
a carve-out for court and U.S. Trustee fees.

A final hearing is scheduled for June 10.

                        About SQA Mahadev LLC

SQA Mahadev, LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tenn. Case No. 26-21282) on March 6,
2026, with between $1 million and $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

The Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Denise E. Barnett handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by John Edward Dunlap, Esq., at The Law
Office of John E. Dunlap.       

State Bank of Texas, as lender, is represented by Michael P. Coury,
Esq., at Glanker Brown, PLLC.


STAGG EQUITIES: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
-------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Stagg Equities LLC
        320 Roebling Street
        Suite 518
        Brooklyn, NY 11211

Business Description: Stagg Equities LLC owns a six-unit apartment
                      building at 323 Stagg Street in Brooklyn,
                      New York.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 18, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of New York

Case No.: 26-42397

Judge: Hon. Jil Mazer-Marino

Debtor's Counsel: Kevin Nash, Esq.
                  GOLDBERG WEPRIN FINKEL GOLDSTEIN LLP
                  125 Park Ave
                  New York, NY 10017-5690
                  Email: knash@gwfglaw.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Mayer Kohn as member.

The petition was filed without the Debtor's list of its 20 largest
unsecured creditors.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/FNW3QFA/Stagg_Equities_LLC__nyebke-26-42397__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


STG LOGISTICS: Receives Court Approval for Reorganization Plan
--------------------------------------------------------------
STG Logistics Inc., one of the nation's largest providers of
integrated port-to-door services and supply chain solutions for
cargo owners and logistics providers, announced on May 18, 2026,
that the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of New
Jersey has approved the Company's Plan of Reorganization, marking a
significant milestone toward the completion of its chapter 11
process in the coming weeks. With this approval, STG is positioned
to emerge from chapter 11 as a financially stronger company poised
for long-term success.

"Confirmation of our Plan is a monumental milestone that puts our
company on a clear path to emerge from chapter 11 with a strong
financial foundation and significantly deleveraged capital
structure," said Geoff Anderman, Chief Executive Officer of STG
Logistics. "With meaningfully reduced debt levels and new capital
to invest in our business, we will be well-positioned to continue
doing what we do best: delivering integrated port-to-door solutions
and exceptional service to our customers. This achievement would
not have been possible without the tireless efforts of our team,
the loyalty of our customers and partners, and the support of our
financial stakeholders and advisors."

Through the approved Plan, the Company will reduce its funded debt
obligations by more than $1 billion and receive the final $25
million of the $150 million in previously committed capital to
support business operations. The Plan also finalizes the previously
announced settlement of the litigation with STG's minority lenders
related to the Company's 2024 liability management transaction.
Upon emergence, STG will be under the ownership of a group of
leading financial institutions, led by funds managed by affiliates
of Fortress Investment Group, Fidelity Management & Research
Company, and Invesco Senior Secured Management, that support the
Company's go-forward strategy as North America's leading integrated
multi-modal transportation and logistics provider. STG's operations
will continue in the ordinary course of business throughout the
remainder of the chapter 11 process, with full continuity of its
integrated port-to-door service offerings.

Advisors

Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Cole Schotz P.C. are serving as legal
counsel, AlixPartners LLP is serving as financial and restructuring
advisor, PJT Partners LP is serving as investment banker, and C
Street Advisory Group is serving as strategic communications
advisor to the Company. The ad hoc group of existing lenders is
represented by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP as legal counsel and
Evercore Group L.L.C. as financial advisor. White & Case LLP is
serving as counsel to the Special Committee of the Company's Board
of Managers.

            About STG Logistics Inc.

STG Logistics Inc. is a leading North American logistics and supply
chain solutions provider, known as the largest fully integrated
port-to-door service provider in the United States and Canada.

STG Logistics Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 26-10258) on January 12,
2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports up to $10 billion in
liabilities.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Mark Edward Hall handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Michael D. Sirota, Esq. of Cole Schotz
P.C.


TBN MURRAY: Unsecured Creditors Will Get 39.98% over 60 Months
--------------------------------------------------------------
TBN Murray FAM, LLC, filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Texas a Plan of Reorganization under
Subchapter V dated May 7, 2026.

Several factors forced this bankruptcy filing. General market
conditions caused a decrease in revenue at the same time Debtor was
being mismanaged by a former business partner who has been ousted.
Debtor required loans and turned to the SBA and then to merchant
cash advance lenders. Debtor then fell behind on truck loan
payments. Facing repossession of its trucks, which would have been
instant demise of the business, bankruptcy was necessary. Ch.11 is
the Debtor's opportunity to recover.

Based on the plan projections, the Debtor's total projected
disposable income, as that term is defined by section 1191(d), to
be committed to the payment of claims for the period described in
section 1191(c)(2) for sixty months is $811,783.67.

This Plan of Reorganization under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
proposes to pay creditors of the Debtor from income generated from
continued operations of the Debtor.

Class 2 consists of General Unsecured Claims. These unsecured
creditors shall receive a pro rata distribution at zero percent per
annum. These payments shall begin on the 15th day of the calendar
month following the Effective date of the plan and continuing on
the 15th day of each month thereafter. The payments shall be made
from the unsecured creditors pool that is being distributed to
unsecured creditors over the life of the Plan. Debtor will pay
39.98% of the Class 2 claims. The allowed unsecured claims total
$865,416.01.

Terrandy Properties LLC is Debtor's landlord. Debtor scheduled this
claim for back rent at $50,000.00. This was an estimate, and Debtor
has since confirmed that total amount due under the lease is
$28,700.00. Debtor and Terrandy have agreed upon a repayment plan
for that amount. Debtor will pay to Terrandy $1,000.00 per month,
in addition to ongoing lease obligations.

The franchisor of Debtor filed this claim of $29,723.32 for amounts
owed under the franchise agreement. Debtor will pay all cure
amounts according to the terms set forth in the order entered by
the Court on April 20, 2026.

The Debtor will continue operating its business to generate funds
to fund plan payments. The Plan will break the existing claims into
four classes of Claimants.  These claimants will receive repayments
over a period of time beginning on or after the Effective Date.

There will be no change in the membership interests of the Debtor.


A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 7, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=X1HNjx from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     THE LANE LAW FIRM, PLLC
     Robert C. Lane, Esq.
     6200 Savoy, Suite 1150
     Houston, Texas 77036
     (713) 595-8200 Voice
     (713) 595-8201 Facsimile

                About About TBN Murray Fam LLC

TBN Murray Fam LLC is a service business that provides services for
organizing packing, moving of business and household items.  The
Company is a Two Men and a Truck franchise.

The Debtor is owned by Bonnie Murray (60% membership interest) and
Thomas Murray (40% membership interest).  The Murrays are a married
couple who together manage all aspects of the Company's
operations.

TBN Murray Fam sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-30845) on Feb. 6,
2026. In the petition signed by Thomas Murray, managing member, the
Debtor disclosed up to $500,000 in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities.
Judge Jeffrey P. Norman oversees the case.  Robert C Lane, Esq., at
The Lane Law Firm, represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


TEADS HOLDING: Posts $38.8MM Loss in Q1, Maintains Strong Liquidity
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Teads Holding Co. it has filed its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, reporting a net
loss of $38.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026, as
compared to net loss of $54.8 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2025. Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2026
decreased $20.4 million, or 7.1%, to $266 million, from $286.4
million for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2026, the Company believes that its operating cash
flows, together with its cash and cash equivalents, investments,
and available borrowing capacity, will be sufficient to fund its
anticipated operating expenses and capital expenditures for at
least the next 12 months. The Company's assessment of liquidity is
subject to various risks and uncertainties, including its operating
performance, the timing and collectability of receivables from
advertisers and obligations to media partners.

Sources of Liquidity

The Company's primary sources of liquidity are cash receipts from
advertisers, cash and cash equivalents, investments in marketable
securities, and available borrowing capacity under its 2025
Revolving Facility (as defined below). As of March 31, 2026, the
Company had cash and cash equivalents of $85.5 million and
short-term investments of $13.2 million. In addition, the Company
had up to $40 million of available borrowing capacity under its
2025 Revolving Facility, subject to customary conditions and
covenant limitations.

As of March 31, 2026, approximately $66.7 million of the Company's
cash was held by non-U.S. subsidiaries. The Company's previously
undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries are not indefinitely
reinvested due to current U.S. funding needs. At March 31, 2026,
the Company has a deferred tax liability of $8.4 million associated
with the expected tax consequences of future distributions of
foreign earnings, including amounts related to cash and cash
equivalents held outside the United States.

The Company has historically experienced higher cash collections
during the first quarter due to seasonally strong fourth quarter
sales, which typically results in a reduction in working capital
requirements during the first quarter. The Company expects this
seasonal collection pattern to continue; however, its net cash
provided by operating activities is also subject to the timing of
semi-annual interest payments occurring in February and August of
each year. In the first quarter of 2026, this resulted in a $31.4
million cash outflow. There was no comparable interest payment in
the first quarter of 2025 as the underlying debt facility was
entered into in the first quarter of 2025, with the first
semi-annual payment occurring in August 2025.

Revolving Credit Facility

The Company maintains a $100 million revolving credit facility
pursuant to the credit agreement dated February 3, 2025, among the
Company, OT Midco Inc., the additional borrowers party thereto from
time to time, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as sole administrative agent
and swingline lender, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National
Association, as the collateral agent, and the lenders, issuing
banks and arrangers party thereto from time to time. The 2025
Revolving Facility may be used for working capital and general
corporate purposes. As of March 31, 2026, the Company had no
borrowings outstanding under the 2025 Revolving Facility and was in
compliance with all applicable financial covenants.

The 2025 Revolving Facility includes a customary springing
financial covenant that requires the Company and its restricted
subsidiaries to comply with a maximum senior secured net leverage
ratio, in the event that utilization under the 2025 Revolving
Facility exceeds 40%. As of March 31, 2026, the Company's available
borrowing capacity was limited to $40 million to maintain
compliance with the springing financial covenant.

Material Cash Requirements

The Company plans to meet its liquidity needs through available
cash, cash generated from operations and available borrowing
capacity. The Company's primary uses of liquidity include payments
to media partners, operating expenses, capital expenditures, and
interest payments on its long-term debt. The Company's arrangements
with media partners are generally based on variable bids tied to
impressions or may include guaranteed minimum payments if specified
performance targets are achieved, and in certain cases include
revenue-sharing arrangements.

As of March 31, 2026, the Company had approximately $628.2 million
aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes outstanding,
which mature on February 15, 2030. The Senior Secured Notes require
annual interest payments of approximately $62.8 million, payable
semi-annually in February and August. The Company does not have any
significant contractual principal debt maturities in the near term.
The Company was in compliance with all applicable financial
covenants as of March 31, 2026.

In addition, the Company's French subsidiary maintains a short-term
€15 million overdraft credit facility with HSBC (the "Overdraft
Facility") which may be used to fund the general working capital
needs of Teads France SAS. The Overdraft Facility had outstanding
borrowings of $17.2 million as of March 31, 2026 and carries a
variable rate of interest based on the three-month EURIBOR plus a
margin of 1.8%. The Company is currently in discussions with HSBC
and expects to pay down the Overdraft Facility in full via a
payment plan of up to six months.

The Company may from time to time pursue acquisitions or
investments in complementary businesses or technologies. The
Company may from time to time seek to purchase or exchange its
outstanding debt through privately negotiated transactions, open
market purchases, redemptions, tender offers or otherwise. Any such
purchases or retirement of debt will be made in the Company's sole
discretion in light of prevailing market conditions, applicable
contractual limitations, liquidity requirements and other relevant
factors. The amounts involved in any such purchase transactions,
individually or in the aggregate, may be material.
Share Repurchases

On December 14, 2022, the Company's Board approved a stock
repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase up to $30
million of its Common Stock. There were no shares repurchased under
the stock repurchase program during the three months ended March
31, 2026. As of March 31, 2026, the remaining availability under
the Company's $30 million share repurchase program was $6.6
million.

In addition, the Company periodically withholds shares to satisfy
employee tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting
of equity awards. During the three months ended March 31, 2026 and
2025, the Company withheld 45,161 shares and 73,000 shares,
respectively, with a fair value of less than $0.1 million and $0.4
million, respectively, to satisfy the minimum employee tax
withholding obligations.

Capital Expenditures and Capitalized Software Development Costs

The Company's cash flows used in investing activities include
capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs.
The Company expects capital expenditures to be between $3 million
and $5 million for the year ending December 31, 2026, primarily
related to servers, computing equipment, and other infrastructure.
The Company also expects capitalized software development costs to
be between $20 million and $27 million in 2026, primarily related
to continued investment in its platform, including infrastructure
to support AI and machine learning capabilities and the development
of internal software to enhance scalability and operational
efficiency. Actual amounts may vary from these estimates.
Other Contractual Cash Obligations

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into
non-cancelable purchase commitments, primarily related to data
services, hosting and network infrastructure, and other technology
and platform-related costs. These commitments support the ongoing
operation and scalability of the Company's platform. The Company
also enters into arrangements with certain media partners that may
include guaranteed minimum payments tied to performance metrics.
These arrangements may result in losses on individual contracts if
guaranteed amounts exceed the revenue ultimately generated. In
addition, the Company has obligations under its long-term debt
arrangements and operating leases, as well as liabilities related
to uncertain tax positions, the timing of which cannot be
reasonably estimated.
Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities increased $33.9 million, to
$34.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026, as
compared to $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025,
primarily driven by the $31.4 million semi-annual interest payment
made in February 2026 for the Company's Senior Secured Notes.
Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities decreased $537.7 million to cash
used of $8.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2026, from
cash used of $546.3 million in the three months ended March 31,
2025. This change was primarily related to the prior year $598.3
million of cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired, in
connection with the Acquisition.
Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $596.2 million,
resulting in a negligible use of $0.1 million in the three months
ended March 31, 2026. The prior year period included significant
activity related to the Company's Acquisition financing including
$625 million in proceeds from the Bridge Facility and $625.3
million from the Senior Secured Notes, offset by the subsequent
repayment of the Bridge Facility and partially offset by debt
financing related cost payments of $28.2 million.

A full text copy of the Company's Form 10-Q is available at
https://tinyurl.com/5bffwpmp

                             About Teads

Teads Holding Co. (f/k/a. Outbrain Inc.) and TEADS combined on
February 3, 2025. The combined company has been operating under the
new Teads brand and the corporate name was changed from Outbrain
Inc. to Teads Holding Co. (Nasdaq: TEAD) on June 6, 2025. Teads is
the omnichannel outcomes platform for the Open Internet, driving
full-funnel results for marketers across premium media. With a
focus on meaningful business outcomes for branding and performance
objectives, Teads drives value with every media dollar by
leveraging predictive AI technology to connect quality media,
beautiful brand creative, and context-driven addressability and
measurement. One of the most scaled advertising platforms on the
open internet, Teads is directly partnered with more than 10,000
publishers and 20,000 advertisers globally. The company is
headquartered in New York, New York, with a global team of nearly
1,800 people in 30+ countries.

As of March 31, 2026, the Company had $9 million in total assets,
$2.8 million in total liabilities, and $6.2 million in total
stockholders' equity.

                           *     *     *

In November 2025, Fitch Ratings has downgraded Teads Holding Co.
and OT Midco. Inc.'s (collectively, Teads) Company Default Rating
(IDR) to 'CCC+' from 'BB-'. Fitch has also downgraded the senior
secured instruments to 'CCC+' with a Recovery Rating of 'RR4'.  The
downgrade reflects delays in successful merger integration, which
prevented Teads from achieving its projected EBITDA of $180 million
for 2025. Consequently, the company's financial risk profile has
materially deteriorated. The downgrade also reflects the
possibility that the company may not be able to realize substantial
revenue growth and cost optimization in 2026, which could delay
deleveraging prospects and result in further negative rating
actions.


TOTAL FIBER: Moglia Advisors' Alex Moglia Appointed as Receiver
---------------------------------------------------------------
The Hon. Mark S. Davis of the U.S. District Court for the Eastern
District of Virginia entered an agreed order directing the
appointment of Moglia Advisors' Alex D. Moglia as receiver for
Total Fiber Recovery @ Chesapeake, LLC.

UMB Bank, N.A., requested the appointment of a receiver.

UMB Bank, N.A., not individually but solely in its capacity as
trustee under an Indenture dated as of June 1, 2022, filed a
complaint against Total Fiber relating to the $65,000,000 Virginia
Small Business Financing Authority Solid Waste Disposal Revenue
Bonds (Total Fiber Recovery Chesapeake Project) Series 2022 (Amt)
(Green Bonds).  A Motion for Appointment of Receiver was filed
March 27, 2026, and a Stipulation for Entry of Consent Order
Appointing Receiver was filed April 20, 2026.

To facilitate a transition of ownership and operations, the Trustee
seeks the appointment of Alex D. Moglia, not individually but
solely as receiver, as assisted by Moglia Advisors' staff, to enter
upon and take exclusive power, authority and control over the
property, assets, management, operations, maintenance, leasing,
repair and preservation of the property of Total Fiber Recovery @
Chesapeake, LLC, both real and personal, including the operations
of the solid waste treatment, disposal and recycling facilities for
the pulping of post-consumer mixed waste paper and old corrugated
cardboard into clean, recycled pulp located at 1447 Precon Drive,
Chesapeake, Virginia. Through the Stipulation, TFRC consents to the
relief requested in the Motion.

The Court finds and concludes that appointment of a receiver in
this action is necessary and appropriate for the protection of the
Plaintiff.

The Court Ruled that Mr. Moglia, with the assistance of Moglia
Advisors, is appointed as the receiver for the Borrower and for all
real and personal, tangible and intangible property of the Borrower
(the Receivership Assets), including, without limitation:

     A. All of the Premises as defined in the Leasehold Deed of
Trust, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing with Assignment of
Rents and Leases, dated as of June 1, 2022 (the Leasehold
Mortgage), by and between Trustee and Borrower, duly recorded in
the Real Property Records of Chesapeake, Virginia;

     B. All of Borrower's personal and fixture property of every
kind and nature including all goods (including inventory, equipment
and any accessions thereto), instruments (including promissory
notes), documents (including, if applicable, electronic documents),
accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel
paper, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, commercial tort
claims, securities and all other investment property, money, cash
or cash equivalents, supporting obligations, any other contract
rights or rights to the payment of money, insurance claims, all
general intangibles (including all payment intangibles, and any
books, records or information relating to the foregoing and any
proceeds of the foregoing; and

     C. All contracts and agreements of any nature relating to the
Project about the acquisition, development, construction, design,
architecture, engineering management, maintenance, leasing, use, or
operation of the Project all transferable permits, licenses and
authorizations of any governmental body necessary or useful in
connection with the construction, operation and use of the Project

For the avoidance of doubt, the Receivership Assets shall not
include:

     (i) any funds set off by the Trustee before the entry of this
Order or

    (ii) any of the following (the Excluded Claims and each, an
Excluded Claim): any claims, litigation, or recovery against any
director of the Borrower, Emerging Acquisitions, LLC, an Oregon
limited liability company. National Recovery Technologies, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company. Total Fiber Recovery, LLC, an
Oregon limited liability company, Cellmark, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, Cellmark Paper, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any
of their respective members, owners, shareholders, partners,
subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, or
accountants, except for claims for injury to the Borrower resulting
from or arising out of a breach of that certain Settlement and
Release Agreement, dated April 17, 2026, by and among Trustee and
the Borrower, Emerging Acquisitions, LLC, National Recovery
Technologies, LLC, and Cellmark, Inc, by any party to the
Settlement Agreement except the Trustee.

The trustees, directors, officers, managers, employees, investment
advisors, accountants, attorneys, independent contractors, and
other agents of the Borrower are subject to dismissal at the
discretion of the Receiver, and the powers of any general partners,
directors, officers, managers, members, and employees of the
Borrower may be suspended at the discretion of the Receiver.

Except for the Receiver, no other person holding or claiming any
position of any sort with the Borrower shall possess any authority
to act by or on behalf of the Borrower except as expressly granted
by the Receiver.

The Receiver, and Moglia Advisors, its shareholder(s), officers,
directors, employees and independent contractors shall have the
same immunity the Court possesses. The Receiver shall be entitled
to any rights of indemnification to the fullest extent provided to
officers, directors, and/or managers of the Borrower under the
Borrower's operative governance documents (including operating
agreement and/or bylaws) and applicable law, and the indemnity
liability will be covered by the available receivership Assets
through the end of this receivership.

The receivership shall not be terminated, and the rights of the
parties subject to this Order shall remain in full force, until
this Court enters an order terminating the receivership.

Within 30 business days after the termination of the receivership,
the Receiver shall file with the Court and serve upon Plaintiff and
Borrower his final report and accounting for the receivership, and
the Receiver or Plaintiff may request that the Court enter an order
approving such final report and accounting and discharging the
Receiver from his duties under this Order.

The Receiver shall have all necessary powers to operate and manage
the Receivership Assets, all in accordance with the terms hereof,
including, without limitation, the sole and exclusive authority:

     A. To enter upon and take immediate possession of the
Receivership Assets, and all personal property owned or utilized by
Borrower that relates in any manner to the management or operation
of the Receivership Assets;

     B. To demand, collect and receive the income, rents, revenues,
proceeds and profits derived from the Receivership Assets, which
amounts the Receiver shall deposit into a segregated account at a
federally insured bank;

     C. To access and use office equipment and systems used by
Borrower in the operation and management of the Receivership
Assets, including but without limitation computer equipment,
software, login credentials, access requirements, licenses,
subscriptions, authorizations, and the like;

     D. In the name of the Receiver or the Borrower, to apply,
obtain, and pay any reasonable fees for any lawful license, permit,
or other governmental approval relating to the Receivership
Assets;

     E. To take any steps necessary to receive, collect, and review
all mail or other parcels relating to the Receivership Assets
addressed to Borrower or its agent, including, but not limited to,
mail or other parcels addressed to any post office boxes held in
the name of Borrower or Borrower's agent, assignee, or nominee, and
to instruct the U.S. Postmaster and any other mail or parcel
carrier or service to reroute, hold, and/or release said mail or
other parcels to the Receiver; and

     F. To apply to this Court for further direction and for such
further powers as may be necessary to enable the Receiver to
fulfill its duties.

Neither the Receiver, nor Moglia Advisors, attorneys, other
professionals, agents, or employees of the Receiver are liable for
the Borrower's debts, obligations, or liabilities, whether arising
out of contract, tort, or otherwise, or for the acts or omissions
of any officer, director, manager, agent, or employee of the
Borrower.

The Receiver is authorized, empowered, and directed to investigate
the manner in which the financial and business affairs of the
Borrower were conducted and, upon obtaining Trustee's written
consent, to institute such actions and legal proceedings as the
Receiver deems necessary and appropriate, other than with respect
to any Excluded Claim.

Borrower and its officers, directors, members, affiliates, general
partners, agents, property managers, architects, contractors,
subcontractors, and employees are directed to:

     A. Turn over to the Receiver the possession of the
Receivership Assets, including all service contracts, all keys to
all locks on the Receivership Assets, and the records, books of
account, ledgers and all business records for the Receivership
Assets, work reports, advertising materials, a list of utility
companies and account information for the Receivership Assets, a
list of all suppliers and account information for the Receivership
Assets, forms, receipts, orders or stipulations affecting any of
the Receivership Assets, financial statements, employee lists and
check ledgers, equipment and inventory lists, and any other item or
information reasonably necessary to effectuate the duties
contemplated in this Order

     B. Submit to examination by the Receiver, or by any other
person upon order of the Court, under oath, concerning the acts,
conduct, property, liabilities and financial condition of that
person or any matter relating to the Receiver’s administration of
the Receivership Assets and the Borrower.

Borrower and its officers, directors, general partners, limited
partners, shareholders, members, agents, consultants, affiliates,
property managers, architects, contractors, subcontractors,
employees, and all other persons with actual or constructive
knowledge of this Order and their agents and employees, are
enjoined from transferring, selling, assigning, revoking,
returning, terminating or canceling, or taking or failing to take
any action that would compromise, without the written consent of
the Receiver, any contract, permit, approval, license, privilege,
or right necessary for the operation of business at or use and
occupancy of the Receivership Assets.

The Trustee is authorized but not required to make advances to
protect the Receivership Assets and Plaintiffs' interest therein
(Advances), including for purposes of allowing the Receiver to pay
the First-Priority Expenses if operating revenues are insufficient
to pay such amounts.

The Receiver shall be compensated at its standard hourly rate,
which is $550.00 per hour. In addition to the Receiver's fees, the
Receiver shall be reimbursed for his reasonable costs, including
fees and expenses of the Receiver's legal counsel, travel expenses,
and other business expenses associated with the Receivership (such
costs and expenses together with all other fees and expenses of the
Receiver Parties.

Within 15 business days of the end of each month, the Receiver may
apply to the Court for compensation and expense reimbursement from
the Receivership Assets. Before filing each monthly fee application
with the Court, the Receiver will serve upon counsel for Plaintiff
and any other persons as Plaintiff may direct a complete copy of
the proposed monthly fee application, together with all exhibits
and relevant billing information.

The Receiver may seek authorization of this Court to file voluntary
petitions for relief under Title 11 of the U.S. Code (the
Bankruptcy Code) for the Borrower. If the Borrower is placed in
bankruptcy proceedings, the Receiver may become, and may be
empowered to operate the Borrower and the Receivership Assets as a
debtor-in-possession.

Within 30 business days of this Order, Receiver shall file with the
Court a budget for operations of the receivership for the first 120
business days of the receivership that is consented to in writing
by the Trustee, and which will be based on a minimum cash balance
of $ 100,000 or as mutually agreed to by the Trustee and the
Receiver. The Receiver shall cause to be paid, on behalf of the
Borrower and the Receivership Assets, all expenses necessary to
operate the Receivership Assets, not to exceed the amounts
permitted by the Budget and any Variances.

The Receiver shall provide the Court, the parties or their counsel,
if applicable, and anyone filing a notice of appearance in the
case, monthly reports on the operations and financial affairs of
the Receivership Assets.

The Receiver, Moglia Advisors, and the Receiver's attorneys,
accountants, employees, agents, servants, appraisers, auctioneers,
brokers, and any other independent contractors and technical
specialists, acting within the scope of such agency are entitled to
rely on all outstanding rules of law and orders of this Court and
shall not be liable to anyone for their own good faith compliance
with any order, rule, law, judgment, or decree.

Nothing contained in this Order, nor the grant or exercise of any
powers provided herein to the Receiver, Moglia Advisors, and/or the
Trustee shall cause the Receiver, Moglia Advisors, and/or the
Trustee to be considered a past or present owner, operator or other
potentially responsible or liable party pursuant to any provision
of any federal, state or local law, case law, statute, code,
ordinance, regulation, requirement, or rule relating to dangerous,
toxic, or hazardous pollutants, hazardous substances, or chemical
waste, materials or substances, including without limitation the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act (CERCLA), and the Virginia Waste Management Act (VWMA).

The Receiver shall notify all known creditors of the Borrower of
the entry of this Order by sending a copy of the Order to said
creditors at their last known mailing addresses or via any method
for service provided in any relevant agreement between the Borrower
and such creditors.

This Court shall retain jurisdiction over any disputes arising from
the receivership, or relating to the Receiver’s actions therein
or to the Receivership Assets, which jurisdiction shall be
exclusive and shall survive the termination of the receivership.

None of the Trustee's liens, claims, or other security interests in
the Receivership. Assets shall be affected by this Order, nor shall
the appointment impair the Trustee's right or ability to proceed
with any nonjudicial foreclosure of the Receivership Assets now
posted or hereafter posted by the Trustee, with the express
understanding that nonjudicial foreclosure of the Receivership
Assets may occur without further order of the Court.

            About Total Fiber Recovery @ Chesapeake, LLC

Total Fiber Recovery @ Chesapeake, LLC owns a recycled pulp
processing facility located at 1447 Precon Drive, Chesapeake,
Virginia.

Total Fiber is facing a receivership case captioned as UMB Bank,
N.A. as Trustee v. Total Fiber Recovery @ Chesapeake, LLC, an
Oregon limited liability company, Case No. 2:26-cv-00297 (E.D.
Va.), before the Hon. Mark S. Davis. The case was filed on March
27, 2026.

Counsel for Plaintiff UMB Bank, N.A. as Trustee:

     Jackson D. Toof, Esq.
     ArentFox Schiff LLP
     1717 K Street NW
     Washington, DC 20006
     Tel: (202) 857-6000
     Fax: (202) 857-6395
     Email: jackson.toof@afslaw.com

          - and -

     Mark Angelov, Esq.
     Eric Roman, Esq.
     ArentFox Schiff LLP
     1301 Avenue of the Americas, Floor 42
     New York, NY 10019-6040
     Tel: (212) 484-3900
     Fax: (212) 484-3990
     Email: mark.angelov@afslaw.com
            eric.roman@afslaw.com


TRINKINTRINKIN REST: Case Summary & 19 Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: TrinkinTrinkin Rest by JJ, LLC
        20717 NW 2nd Ave
        Miami Gardens, FL 33169

Business Description: TrinkinTrinkin Rest by JJ, LLC, doing
business as Trinkin Trinkin, operates a restaurant in
Miami Gardens, Florida, offering subs, sandwiches and other meal
options for delivery and pickup. The company serves local diners
and customers who place direct orders through its online ordering
website.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 14, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Florida

Case No.: 26-16252

Debtor's Counsel: Thomas Zeichman, Esq.
                  ZEICHMAN LAW
                  2385 NW Executive Center Drive, Suite 30  
                  Boca Raton, FL 33431
                  Tel: 561-486-9360
                  Email: Tom@ZeichmanLaw.com

Total Assets: $140,544

Total Liabilities: $1,361,658

The petition was signed by Jhonatan D. Gomez as manager.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 19 unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/F34TWPQ/TrinkinTrinkin_Rest_by_JJ_LLC__flsbke-26-16252__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


TRIWAYS INC: Gets Court Nod to Use Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------
Triways Inc. got the green light from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Central District of California, Riverside Division, to use cash
collateral.

The Debtor needs access to cash collateral to continue operating
during the bankruptcy process and to pursue a successful
reorganization. It intends to use such funds to pay ordinary
business expenses.

The Debtor has numerous secured creditors with active UCC financing
statements, including the U.S. Small Business Administration, Wells
Fargo, First-Citizens Bank & Trust, TIAA, EverBank, First
Commonwealth Equipment Finance, Horizon Capital, Bellwether
Capital, Katan Capital, Speedy Funding, and others. Several liens
were recorded close to or even after the bankruptcy filing, raising
potential preference and validity issues. The Debtor also owes tax
liabilities to the IRS and California Employment Development
Department, in addition to unsecured debts for vendors, utilities,
rent, and contractors.

To protect secured creditors while using the cash collateral, the
Debtor offers granting replacement liens on post-petition assets to
compensate for any decline in collateral value resulting from the
use of cash collateral. It also offers monthly adequate protection
payments to the SBA while other secured creditors would receive
replacement liens.

The Debtor experienced severe financial distress after losing a
major customer for eight months, causing a monthly revenue decline
of roughly $300,000. At the same time, the Debtor was paying
approximately $250,000 per month to multiple merchant cash advance
lenders. One lender, Horizon Capital NY L.P., allegedly contacted
the Debtor's customers directly and demanded payment of
receivables, causing confusion and leading some customers to
withhold payments. The resulting cash flow crisis caused the Debtor
to fall behind on rent, and its landlord obtained an unlawful
detainer judgment before the bankruptcy filing, terminating the
Debtor's right to remain at its facility. The Debtor now must
relocate its operations while attempting to stabilize finances.

The Debtor estimates its assets exceed $3.3 million, including
approximately $1.1 million in accounts receivable, 22 trucks valued
at about $2.19 million, forklifts worth $20,000, and limited cash
reserves of just over $10,500. Most of the trucks are reportedly
paid off.

                        About Triways Inc.

Triways Inc is a corporate entity engaged in transportation or
logistics-related services.

Triways Inc sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-13355) on April 28, 2026. In its petition,
the Debtor reports estimated assets of $0 to $100,000 and estimated
liabilities of $1,000,000 to $10,000,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Magdalena Reyes Bordeaux handles the
case.

The Debtor is represented by Michael Jay Berger, Esq.


TRM NRE: Gets Interim OK for DIP Financing From TRM Equity Fund
---------------------------------------------------------------
TRM NRE Holding, LLC and TRM NRE Acquisition, LLC received interim
approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Delaware to obtain debtor-in-possession financing and use cash
collateral to get through bankruptcy.

The interim order, signed by Judge Karen Owens, authorized the
Debtors to obtain an initial $2 million from their sponsor, TRM
Equity Fund II LP or its affiliate, which has committed to provide
up to $3 million in DIP financing.

According to the Debtors, this financing package is necessary to
maintain operational stability, complete customer projects, collect
accounts receivable, pay ordinary-course obligations, and maximize
enterprise value during the bankruptcy process, adding that cash
collateral alone would not be sufficient to finance ongoing
operations.

The financing would mature 185 days after the petition date unless
terminated earlier by events such as plan confirmation, dismissal,
conversion to Chapter 7, or default. Interest would accrue at 10%
annually, payable in kind, with a 2% default-rate increase. The
facility also included a 0.5% commitment fee and a 0.5% exit fee,
both payable in kind, although the exit fee would be waived if a
restructuring plan acceptable to the DIP lender were confirmed.

Under the financing terms, the DIP lender would receive junior
secured liens and superpriority administrative claims against
substantially all assets of the Debtors, subject to carve-outs for
professional fees and certain statutory expenses.

The financing package also established detailed covenants, budget
compliance requirements, reporting obligations, and milestones
governing the Chapter 11 process. Key milestones included entry of
final DIP orders within 35 days, filing of a disclosure statement
and restructuring plan by July 30, commencement of a sale process
if plan approval was delayed, confirmation of a plan by October 8,
2026, and effectiveness of the plan shortly thereafter.

Meanwhile, pre-petition secured parties will be granted protection
for any decline in the value of their collateral resulting from the
DIP financing or the use of cash collateral. Such protections
included replacement liens, superpriority administrative claims,
and payment of certain professional fees incurred by the
prepetition lenders' advisors.

The order is available at
http://bankrupt.com/misc/TRMNRE_IDIPOrder.pdf

Since the bankruptcy filing on April 21, the Debtors had engaged in
extensive negotiations with both their prepetition secured lenders
and the sponsor regarding case financing. Initially, the parties
reached an agreement permitting interim use of cash collateral for
the first several weeks of the Chapter 11 proceedings, which was
approved by the Bankruptcy Court through an Interim Cash Collateral
Order. Thereafter, the Debtors solicited financing proposals from
the prepetition secured parties, the sponsor, and third-party
lenders. Led by an independent director and chief restructuring
officer, the Debtors conducted what they described as a competitive
and good-faith process, ultimately determining that the sponsor's
Junior DIP Facility offered the best available option economically,
strategically, and legally. The Debtors said that third-party
lenders were unwilling to provide financing on a junior basis
within the required timeframe, making the sponsor financing the
only realistic path forward.

The Debtors characterized the negotiations among themselves, the
sponsor, and the prepetition secured parties as hard-fought and
arm’s-length. They asserted that the financing structure would
stabilize the business while facilitating value-maximizing
restructuring transactions for the benefit of creditors.

Prior to bankruptcy, the Debtors were parties to a March 3, 2025
Loan and Security Agreement with Great Rock Capital Partners
Management, LLC as administrative agent and GRC SPV Investments,
LLC as lender. This facility consisted of three components: a
revolving credit facility with a $15 million commitment tied to
borrowing-base assets, term loans originally totaling approximately
$11.7 million secured by machinery and equipment, and an
uncommitted delayed-draw term loan facility of up to $3 million. As
of the bankruptcy filing, approximately $20.2 million in principal
obligations remained outstanding under the revolver and term loans
combined. These obligations were secured by first-priority liens on
substantially all of the Debtors' assets. Additional credit support
included approximately $2 million held in escrow, funded partly by
the sponsor and partly by the Debtors themselves.

The sponsor also held a separate subordinated secured note issued
by TRM NRE Acquisition LLC in the original amount of approximately
$13.1 million bearing interest at 10% annually. However, under a
subordination agreement with the prepetition secured lenders, the
sponsor’s liens and payment rights were fully subordinated to the
prepetition debt. The Debtors also owed unsecured obligations,
including a seller note with an outstanding balance of
approximately $120,000 and roughly $3 million in general unsecured
trade debt.

                           About TRM
NRE

TRM NRE is a Mt. Vernon, Illinois-based company that supplies new,
used, and remanufactured locomotives and provides locomotive,
diesel engine, rail, marine, and power-related services. The
company offers leasing, field services, parts, salvage operations,
overhauls, wreck repairs, and locomotive design, manufacturing, and
re-engineering. It also provides marine and industrial diesel
engine sales and service, automation and control services, and
engine generator set and equipment sales. TRM NRE serves Class 1,
regional, short line, government, and industrial railroads, along
with OEMs, leasing companies, marine and industrial power
customers, gas and oil platforms, and stationary power users.

TRM NRE Holding LLC and TRM NRE Acquisition LLC filed voluntary
petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Del., Case No 26-10568) on April 21, 2026.  The
petitions were signed by Shaun Karn as authorized
signatory.  Each Debtor reported estimated assets of $10 million
to $50 million and estimated liabilities of $10 million to $50
million.

The Hon. Karen B. Owens presides over the cases.

The Debtors are represented by DLA Piper LLP.  Bayard, P.A.
serves as bankruptcy co-counsel to the Debtors.  Stretto, Inc. is
the Debtors' claims and noticing agent. 

TRM Equity Fund II LP, as DIP lender, is represented by:

   Joseph Barry, Esq.
   Joseph M. Mulvihill, Esq.
   YOUNG CONAWAY STARGATT & TAYLOR, LLP
   Rodney Square, 1000 North King Street
   Wilmington, DE 19801
   Telephone: (302) 571-6600
   Email: jbarry@ycst.com jmulvihill@ycst.com
   CM/ECF Noticing: bankfilings@ycst.com


TSUNAMI RESTAURANTS: Court Denies Bid for Substantive Consolidation
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Michael A. Crawford of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Middle District of Louisiana denied the motions of Kabuki, LLC,
Hairando, LLC, Dai Yon, LLC, and Tsunami Restaurants, LLC for
substantive consolidation.

On March 2, 2026, the limited liability companies who own the
following four related sushi restaurants filed voluntary petitions
for bankruptcy relief pursuant to chapter 11: Kabuki, LLC,
Hairando, LLC, Dai Yon, LLC, and Tsunami Restaurants, LLC. Shortly
after, the Debtors filed motions seeking substantive consolidation
of their cases.

The United States Trustee and the subchapter V trustee, Ryan
Richmond filed briefs objecting to substantive consolidation in all
four cases. Soaring Oaks LLC and the Office at Highland, LLC d/b/a
HQ@Highland, Hairando's Landlord, filed an objection in Hairando's
bankruptcy case. No creditor of any of the Debtors filed a
supporting brief.

The Debtors have the same membership: 50% Yoi Okason, LLC and 50%
Yoi Asa, LLC. They are all sushi restaurants called Tsunami located
in south Louisiana with identical menus -- two in Baton Rouge, one
in Lafayette, and one in New Orleans. They each have the same
director and culinary director. The two restaurants located in
Baton Rouge, Kabuki and Hairando, share a manager. The other two
restaurants have different managers. The Debtors share an insurance
policy for which they each pay their portion. Each Debtor has a
separate property lease and landlord. Each Debtor has its own bank
account, payroll, its own books and records, and files its own tax
returns. The Debtors transfer money amongst themselves without
formal loan documents; however, those transfers are booked as "due
to" or "due from" in their separate business records. The Debtors
share some, but not all, of the same vendors, many of whom are now
creditors in more than one of these cases. Those vendors invoice
each Debtor separately. Not surprisingly, the Debtors' loans are
cross-collateralized so that the assets of each entity are
collateral for the loans of the other entities.

The Debtors contend that their creditors have treated them as one
entity. The Debtors' director, Brandon Hargrave, and their
financial advisor, Darryl Schouest, testified at the
evidentiary hearing. Mr. Hargrave testified to his belief that
creditors considered all the Debtors as one when extending terms
and providing goods and services. He suggested that the
cross-collateralization of their loans was evidence of that fact.
Mr. Schouest testified that his only knowledge regarding this issue
came from Mr. Hargrave's representations to him.

No creditors presented testimony or evidence that they dealt with
the Debtors as a single economic unit, and no creditors supported
substantive consolidation.

According to the court, the self-serving testimony of Mr. Hargrave
is insufficient to carry the Debtors' burden. Indeed, it was
established at the hearing that the Debtors' vendors invoiced each
location separately. This is further evidenced by the fact that
some of them have already filed separate proofs of claim for
different amounts in each case.

Each Debtor has its own lease and a different landlord, and rent is
one of the largest monthly expenses for each Debtor. The court says
it belies all logic to suggest that these landlords treated the
Debtors as a single economic unit.

The court finds that the Debtors did not carry their burden of
proving by a preponderance of the evidence that creditors dealt
with the entities as a single economic unit and did not rely on
their separate identities in extending credit.

The Debtors argue substantive consolidation is warranted because
they are inextricably intertwined. The Debtors contend that they
have a symbiotic relationship and rely on the resources, assets,
and operational assets of each other to exist as going concerns.

The court finds that the Debtors have not carried their burden of
proving by a preponderance of the evidence that their affairs are
so entangled that consolidation would benefit all creditors. On the
contrary, the uncertainty about the New Orleans location, Dai Yon,
and possible significant administrative claims and rejection damage
claims suggests multiple creditors could actually be significantly
worse off by substantively consolidating the cases.

The U.S. Trustee, Subchapter V Trustee, and Hairando's Landlord
contend that the Debtors would exceed the statutory limit to
proceed in subchapter V if their cases were substantively
consolidated. The court finds it unnecessary to reach this issue,
as it will rule on other grounds.

A copy of the Court's Memorandum Opinion dated May 15, 2026, is
available at http://urlcurt.com/u?l=0dt6sifrom PacerMonitor.com.

                About Tsunami Restaurants, LLC

Tsunami Restaurants, LLC is a hospitality company engaged in
restaurant operations specializing in sushi and Asian-inspired
dishes. The company operates dining establishments that cater to
customers seeking modern and upscale culinary experiences.

Tsunami Restaurants, LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. M.D. La. Case No. 26-10176) on
March 2, 2026. The Debtor reports estimated assets between $0 and
$100,000 and estimated liabilities between $100,001 and $1,000,000
in its bankruptcy petition.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Michael A. Crawford presides over the
case.

The Debtor tapped H. Kent Aguillard, Esq. and Caleb K. Aguillard,
Esq., of Aguillard Law, to serve as legal counsel; Breaud & Meyers,
APLC as special counsel; Patrick J. Gros CPA APAC as accountant;
and Don Juan Enterprises, LLC, dba Exit Strategy USA, as
consultant.

The Acting U.S. Trustee for Region 5 appointed Ryan Richmond as
Subchapter V trustee for Tsunami Restaurants, LLC.


UGLYDUCKLINGRENO LLC: Claims to be Paid from Property Sale Proceeds
-------------------------------------------------------------------
UglyDucklingReno, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern District of Florida a Disclosure Statement with respect to
Plan of Reorganization dated May 8, 2026.

The Debtor owns one single family home in Escambia County, Florida.
The Debtor has no other business operations.

The Debtor filed this case in order have sufficient time to market
and sell the property it owns to pay the Debtor's two creditors.
Prior to filing this case, the Debtor renovated its real property
but was unsuccessful in its efforts to liquidate the property prior
to filing. The Debtor filed to stop the scheduled foreclosure
sale.

During the case, the Debtor has not yet had any acceptable offers
to purchase the property. The Debtor has now pivoted to applying
for a mortgage modification with the primary secured creditor.

The Debtor is not currently generating any revenue. Any amounts
paid to the secured creditor will be paid by the owners of the
Debtor.

Class 2 consists of General Unsecured Claims. This Class consists
of the unsecured claims of Bank of America ($2,462.05); and
Internal Revenue Service ($15,900.00). Class 2 will be paid a
dividend of only if the Debtor’s property sells for more than
what is owed to the unsecured creditors.

Payments and distributions under the Plan will be funded by the
sale of the Debtor's property and/or the Debtor's equity security
holders.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 8, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=DdXYwi from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Byron Wright III, Esq.
     Bruner Wright, PA
     2868 Reminton Green Circle, Suite B
     Tallahassee, FL 32308
     Tel: (850) 385-0342
     Fax: (850) 270-2441

                       About UglyDucklingReno

UglyDucklingReno, LLC, sought protection for relief under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Fla. Case No. 25-30662) on
July 14, 2025, listing $100,001 to $500,000 in both assets and
liabilities.  Judge Karen K Specie presides over the case.  Byron
Wright, III, Esq. at Bruner Wright, P.A., is the Debtor's counsel.


UMZU LLC: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
-------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: UMZU LLC
        4303 Roma Ct.
        Marina Del Rey, CA 90292

Business Description: UMZU, LLC provides natural, research-backed
health products and sells supplements through its online store.
The company offers products across benefit areas including
hormones and energy, digestion and gut health, muscle, bone and
skin health, mood and cognition, protein and fitness, wellness and
immunity, and weight loss.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 18, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Central District of California

Case No.: 26-14886

Debtor's Counsel: Matthew D. Resnik, Esq.
                  RHM LAW LLP
                  17609 Ventura Blvd., Suite 314
                  Encino, CA 91316
                  Tel: (816) 285-0100
                  Fax: (818) 855-7013
                  E-mail: matt@rhmfirm.com

Total Assets: $1,027,387

Total Liabilities: $13,529,194

The petition was signed by Michael Dobson as chief executive
officer.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/XOOQ3WQ/UMZU_LLC__cacbke-26-14886__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


UNION FLATIRON: Case Summary & Three Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Union Flatiron LLC
        30 N Gould St Ste R
        Sheridan, WY 82801

Business Description: Union Flatiron LLC is a single-asset real
                      estate entity that owns a condominium unit
                      at 5 East 17th Street, Unit 5, in New York,
                      NY, with a fair value of $7.85 million.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 14, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Wyoming

Case No.: 26-20222

Judge: Hon. Cathleen D Parker

Debtor's Counsel: Aaron J. Conrardy, Esq.
                  WADSWORTH GARBER WARNER CONRARDY, P.C.
                  2580 West Main Street, Suite 200
                  Littleton, CO 80120
                  Tel: 303-296-1999
                  Fax: 303-296-7600
                  E-mail: aconrardy@wgwc-law.com

Total Assets: $7,845,700

Total Liabilities: $16,457,623

The petition was signed by Ian Peck as authorized representative.

A copy of the Debtor's list of its three unsecured creditors is
available for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/PIB6QRY/Union_Flatiron_LLC__wybke-26-20222__0003.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/PA5UMKA/Union_Flatiron_LLC__wybke-26-20222__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


WARREN'S READY-MIX: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas,
Houston Division entered an agreed order granting Warren's
Ready-Mix, LLC final approval to use cash collateral to fund
operations.

Under the final agreed order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral strictly in accordance with a court-approved budget and
for no other purpose without Mint National Bank's written consent.

The order recognizes Mint National Bank as the Debtor's primary
secured lender with a first-priority perfected lien on cash
collateral. As of the petition date, the Debtor owed Mint Bank
approximately $3.39 million across seven loans.

As adequate protection, Mint Bank will be granted automatically
perfected replacement liens equal in priority and validity to its
pre-bankruptcy liens, effective as of the petition date.

The order also addresses the secured claim of Heidelberg Materials
US, Inc., which holds a second-priority lien on the Debtor's cash
collateral and equipment securing approximately $1.08 million in
debt. The Debtor must make monthly adequate protection payments of
$18,047.05 to Heidelberg, with each payment reducing the
outstanding debt dollar-for-dollar.

As additional protection, the Debtor must operate strictly within
the budget, make regular scheduled principal or interest payments
to Mint Bank, provide ongoing financial information, and cooperate
with inspections and information requests.

Events of default under the final order include unauthorized
payments, failure to provide information, appointment of a trustee,
conversion or dismissal of the case, or violation of the order.
Upon default, Mint Bank may terminate consent to cash collateral
use after notice and a short cure period.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/sbEcF from PacerMonitor.com.

                  About Warren's Ready-Mix LLC

Warren's Ready-Mix, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 25-37585) on
December 18, 2025, with $10,000,001 to $50 million in both assets
and laibilities. The petition was signed by Carey Dean Warren, Jr.
as owner.

Judge Hon. Jeffrey P Norman oversees the case.

Julie M. Koenig, Esq., at Cooper & Scully, is the Debtor's legal
counsel.

Mint National Bank, as secured creditor, is represented by:

   Misty A. Segura, Esq.
   Spencer Fane, LLP
   3040 Post Oak Blvd., Ste. 1400  
   Houston, TX 77056  
   Office: (713) 212-2643  
   msegura@spencerfane.com


WEST MARINE: Files Chapter 11 to Strengthen Financial Foundation
----------------------------------------------------------------
West Marine, Inc., the nation's leading omni-channel provider in
the marine aftermarket, announced on May 17, 2026, that it has
entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement with the support of
its key financial stakeholders, including 96.2% of its term loan
lenders, 100% of its FILO lenders, and 93.9% of its equity holders,
to pursue a comprehensive restructuring transaction that will allow
the Company to delever its capital structure while maximizing value
and ensuring continued service to the boating community. To
implement the transactions outlined in the RSA, West Marine has
filed for voluntary protection under Chapter 11 of the United
States Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Delaware.

West Marine is open for business. Customers will continue to have
access to their favorite marine products through the Company's
approximately 200 retail locations across 34 states and Puerto
Rico, online platforms, and the West Marine Pro App.

"West Marine has been a trusted partner to the boating community
for decades, and we remain deeply committed to that mission," said
Paulee Day, Chief Executive Officer of West Marine. "The actions we
are taking today will allow us to optimize our operations and
rationalize our footprint, so that we can focus on continuing to
serve our customers and community well into the future. I thank our
dedicated Crew Members, our loyal customers and partners, and our
financial partners for their continued support."

Like many in the boating community, West Marine has faced headwinds
in recent years, including supply chain disruptions, extreme
weather events, and shifts in consumer behavior. Today's action
addresses these challenges by strengthening the balance sheet,
reducing debt levels, and improving financial flexibility.

To fund the Company's ordinary course operations throughout the
Chapter 11 process, the Company reached an agreement with its
secured lenders to consensually use its cash collateral, providing
the Company with sufficient liquidity to meet its obligations to
customers, employees, and vendors during the Chapter 11 cases. They
have also committed to providing the Company with new financing in
support of its exit from Chapter 11. The Company has filed
customary first day motions with the Bankruptcy Court seeking
authority to continue operations without disruption, including
continuing to pay employee wages and benefits and to maintain its
customer programs. The Company expects to receive approval for
these requests shortly.

Throughout this process, West Marine remains focused on delivering
the top-quality marine products, service, and expertise that
customers have come to expect. For West Marine, it's business as
usual, and customers can shop with confidence knowing that West
Marine is committed to fulfilling orders and honoring warranties
and returns, and to achieving its mission of helping boaters spend
more time on the water.

Additional Information

For additional information regarding the process, please visit our
dedicated microsite at www.WestMarineRestructuring.com. Bankruptcy
Court filings and other information regarding the case can be found
at https://www.veritaglobal.net/westmarine, or by contacting
Verita, the Company's noticing and claims agent, at 866-967-1786
(U.S. and Canada) or 310-751-2686 (International).

West Marine is advised in this matter by Kirkland & Ellis, LLP and
Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP as co-counsel, Portage Point
Partners as investment banker, FTI Consulting as restructuring and
communications advisor, and Hilco Global as real estate advisor.

               About West Marine Inc.

West Marine Inc. is a U.S.-based marine retail company specializing
in boating, fishing and marine maintenance products. Established in
1968, the company operates one of the country’s largest
networks of boating supply stores, offering products ranging from
marine electronics and navigation tools to fishing accessories,
apparel and safety equipment.



WESTLAKE SENIOR: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California,
Northern Division, granted Westlake Senior Living Center, LLC
extension to use cash collateral to fund operations.

The court approved the Debtor's stipulation with Poppy Bank and
Sunrise Senior Living Management, Inc. to use cash collateral
through June 17.

The cash collateral is generated from rents at a senior living
facility known as Varenita of Westlake, which operates on the
Debtor's property in Thousand Oaks, California. The Debtor believes
the property is worth over $70 million.

The stipulation is available at https://shorturl.at/gISpg from
PacerMonitor.com.

A further hearing is set for June 17.

Westlake filed for bankruptcy on January 27 on the eve of a
scheduled foreclosure by its secured lender, Poppy Bank, which
holds a deed of trust securing a loan originally issued for $43.24
million and now totaling about $45.76 million, with more than $2.6
million in arrears. Meanwhile, Sunrise Senior Living Management
operates the facility, collects all rents, and pays all operating
expenses under a management agreement with the Debtor.

Poppy Bank, as secured lender, is represented by:

   Mitchell B. Greenberg, Esq.
   Michael J. Makdisi, Esq.
   Abbey, Weitzenberg, Warren & Emery, P.C.
   100 Stony Point Road, Suite 200
   Santa Rosa, CA 95401
   Telephone: 707-542-5050
   Facsimile: 707-542-2589
   mgreenberg@abbeylaw.com
   mmakdisi@abbeylaw.com

              About Westlake Senior Living Center LLC

Westlake Senior Living Center, LLC operates a senior living
facility in California, providing housing and care services to
elderly residents.

Westlake Senior Living Center sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-10110) on January 28,
2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets ranging
from $50 million to $100 million and estimated liabilities between
$10 million and $50 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Ronald A. Clifford III handles the
case.

The Debtor is represented by Stella A. Havkin, Esq., at Havkin &
Shrago.


WHITE ROCK: Unsecureds to Get Share of GUC Distribution Pool
------------------------------------------------------------
White Rock Medical Center, LLC, and its affiliates filed with the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas a
Disclosure Statement for Plan of Reorganization dated May 8, 2026.

The Debtors are the owner and operators of White Rock Medical
Center ("WRMC") operating in Dallas, Texas and the Heights Hospital
("Heights Hospital") operating in Houston, Texas.

WRMC has been a vital healthcare institution in East Dallas for
over six decades. Originally founded as "Doctors Hospital" and
later affiliated with major regional health systems, the facility
has evolved alongside the community for over sixty years. Its
physical location, proximity to major arterial roadways, and long
standing presence make it a critical access point for both
residents and regional emergency medical services.

The Debtors were forced into these Chapter 11 Cases as a result of
the inequitable and improper conduct of SRC Hospital Investments I
("SRC") and Pipeline Health System Holdings, LLC ("Pipeline" and
together with SRC the "Pipeline Entities") related to and
immediately after the sale of WRMC to the Debtors through material
misrepresentations and concealment of millions of dollars in
liabilities, and the use of coercive secured creditor tactics to
extract additional payments while obstructing Debtors' ability to
operate and collect revenue.

As part of its restructuring, Platinum Heights is undertaking a
sale of all or substantially all of its assets. The pool of bidders
for Heights Hospital is incredibly diverse and represents parties
with varying interests. Certain assets of the Debtors are currently
in use at Heights Hospital to assist in the provision of services
to the patients located there. Depending on the nature of the bids
received by Platinum Heights, certain of the Debtors' assets may be
required for the Heights Hospital to function under its new
ownership.

On February 13, 2026 the Debtors filed the Debtors' Emergency
Motion for Entry of an Order (I)(A) Approving Bidding Procedures,
(B) Scheduling Certain Dates and Deadlines, and (C) Approving the
Form and Manner of Notice Thereof; (II) Authorizing the Sale of the
Assets Free and Clear of All Encumbrances; and (III) Granting
Related Relief (the "Bidding Procedures Motion"). Pursuant to the
Bidding Procedures Motion the Debtors sought the Bankruptcy Court's
authority to engage in bidding process for the Platinum Heights
sale process, including the receipt of good faith deposits and
allocations of sale proceeds. Ultimately the Platinum Heights sale
process resolved itself without the sale of any assets of the
Debtors.

The Plan is the culmination of months of effort by the Debtors and
their professionals and advisors to present a plan of
reorganization that maximizes value for the Debtors' creditors
while ensuring that WRMC remains open and able to continue
providing care to the vulnerable community that has come to depend
on its operations.

The Plan calls for the reorganization of the Debtors outstanding
obligations and liabilities. Lead Debtor White Rock will be the
Reorganized Debtor after the Effective Date, while all of the other
Debtor entities shall be wound down and liquidated according to the
terms of the Plan. The Nonprofit Holdco will be sole member of the
Reorganized Debtor and will be governed by the Nonprofit Board, the
members of which will be included in the Debtors' Plan Supplement.


The restructuring of the Debtors set forth in the Plan will be
funded by the Plan Sponsor, who will be providing an Exit Loan in
the amount of $1,500,000, which will be used to make distributions
under the Plan and fund the operating costs of the Reorganized
Debtor. Upon the Effective Date, the Exit Loan will be an
obligation of the Reorganized Debtor to be paid to the Plan
Sponsor.

Class 5 consists of General Unsecured Claims. On and after the
Disbursement Commencement Date, each Holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction,
settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, its Pro Rata
Share of the GUC Distribution Pool. The GUC Distribution Pool shall
be distributed in equal installments on each Distribution Date
during the Disbursement Period, such that the entire GUC
Distribution Pool shall be fully distributed to holders of Allowed
General Unsecured Claims no later than the expiration of the
Disbursement Period.

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise set forth in the Plan,
pursuant to sections 1141(b)–(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, the
Debtors' Assets will vest in the Reorganized Debtor free and clear
of all liens, Claims, and encumbrances (other than liens granted to
the Secured Lender under the Secured Lender Restructured Note in
Class 1 Treatment).

All Cash necessary for the Reorganized Debtor to make payments
required by the Plan and for post-Confirmation operations shall be
obtained from (a) existing Cash held by the Debtors on the
Effective Date, (b) Cash generated from operations after the
Effective Date in the ordinary course of business, and (c) the Plan
Funding.

Two business days after entry of the Confirmation Order, the Plan
Sponsor will transfer the Plan Funding to the Reorganized Debtor.
The Plan Funding shall constitute an obligation of the Reorganized
Debtor.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated May 8, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=400AtI from Epiq Corporate
Restructuring, LLC, claims agent.

Counsel for the Debtors:

     REED SMITH LLP
     Omar J. Alaniz, Esq.
     2850 N. Harwood Street, Suite 1500
     Dallas, TX 75201
     Telephone: (469) 680-4200
     Facsimile: (469) 680-4299
     E-mail: oalaniz@reedsmith.com

     Scott M. Esterbrook, Esq.
     Derek M. Osei-Bonsu, Esq.
     Three Logan Square
     1717 Arch Street, Suite 3100
     Philadelphia, PA 19103
     Telephone: (215) 851-8100
     Facsimile: (215) 851-1420
     E-mail: sesterbrook@reedsmith.com
             dosei-bonsu@reedsmith.com

                  About White Rock Medical Center

White Rock Medical Center LLC and its affiliates are the
owner/operators of two hospitals: White Rock Medical Center
("WRMC") operating in Dallas, Texas and Heights Hospital operating
in Houston Texas.

White Rock Medical Center LLC and 6 its affiliates sought relief
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Lead
Case No. 26-90115) on Jan. 20 and Jan. 21, 2026.  In its petition,
White Rock estimated assets ranging from $10 million to $50 million
and liabilities between $50 million and $100 million.

The Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Christopher M. Lopez handles the
case.

White Rock tapped Reed Smith LLP as counsel, and HMP Advisory
Holdings, LLC, doing business as Harney Partners, as financial
advisor.  Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC, is the claims agent.



ZD SAND: Persimmon Wins Bid to Quash Subpoena to Jim Newell
-----------------------------------------------------------
Judge Jeffrey Norman of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Texas granted Persimmon Bridgeco, LLC's emergency
motion to quash subpoena to Jim Newell in the bankruptcy case of ZD
Sand LLC. Persimmon's request for protective order is denied.

According to Judge Norman, "The motion is granted, however, Jim
Newell may not testify in any hearing pending his deposition by the
debtor. If Newell is not to testify and is only a consulting
expert, he need not be subject to discovery. However, the movant
may not hide behind claims that Newell is not currently designated
as an expert and then later designate him as an expert witness at a
time where he cannot reasonably be deposed by the debtor."

Absent reasonable notice and an opportunity to be deposed by the
debtor, the Court would disallow his testimony as a violation of
this order.

Any objection by Newell to discovery on an expedited basis is
overruled.

Persimmon BridgeCo, LLC, is identified as the lender in the
bankruptcy case.

A copy of the Court's Order dated May 15, 2026, is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=9IUCeK from PacerMonitor.com.

                      About ZD Sand LLC

ZD Sand LLC, doing business as ZD Sand & Rock LLC, provides sand,
rock, and aggregate materials from its headquarters in Voca, Texas,
including concrete and masonry sand, boulders, topsoil, and various
gravels and palleted rocks. The company serves contractors,
suppliers, and regional buyers, offering delivery services to
support construction and landscaping projects.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-32398) on April 6,
2026. In the petition signed by Thomas A. Dickinson, manager and
representative of the Debtor, the Debtor disclosed up to $100
million in assets and up to $10 million in liabilities.

Judge Jeffrey P. Norman oversees the case.

Erin Jones, Esq., at Jones Murray, LLP, represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.  Harney Partners serves as financial advisor and
Karen Nicolaou as chief restructuring officer.

Persimmon BridgeCo, LLC, as secured lender, is represented by
Grable Martin, PLLC.


[] Sean Wilson Joins Shannon Lee Beatty LLP as Bankruptcy Partner
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Sean T. Wilson, an experienced bankruptcy and restructuring
attorney, has joined Shannon Lee Beatty LLP as a partner. Wilson
brings extensive experience representing clients across the country
in complex chapter 11 and chapter 7 bankruptcies and other matters
involving distressed companies and assets.

Sean's practice focuses on bankruptcy, financial restructuring, and
related business matters, with particular experience in the
construction, oil and gas, maritime, natural resources, retail,
sports and entertainment, and utilities sectors. He regularly
represents debtors, creditors, ad hoc groups, unsecured creditors'
committees, indenture trustees, liquidating trustees, and other
parties in complex insolvency matters. He also advises clients in
sophisticated corporate and financial transactions, drawing on his
restructuring background to help clients navigate potential
financial distress.

"Sean is a fantastic attorney and will be a great addition to our
firm," said R. J. Shannon, managing partner of Shannon Lee Beatty
LLP. "His record and experience mesh well with what we do and will
be an asset to our clients," Mr. Shannon added. "I've been hoping
for an opportunity to bring Sean over for years, and the stars
finally aligned."

"I am excited to join the team at Shannon Lee Beatty," Mr. Wilson
said. "I am looking forward to helping the firm to continue to
deliver excellent results for our clients."

Wilson earned his Juris Doctor, magna cum laude, from South Texas
College of Law Houston in 2014, and his Bachelor of Science, magna
cum laude, from the University of Houston in 2010. He is licensed
to practice law in Texas and admitted to practice in all four
Bankruptcy Courts in Texas.

           About Shannon Lee Beatty LLP

Shannon Lee Beatty LLP is a Houston-based law firm with a national
reach that focuses its practice on bankruptcy, financial
restructuring, and debtor-creditor matters. The firm frequently
represents debtors, creditors, trustees, committees, and
fiduciaries in all aspects of bankruptcy and insolvency-related
proceedings.


[] U.S. Foreclosure Activity Rises 18% Year Over Year in April
--------------------------------------------------------------
ATTOM, the leading provider of property data, AI-powered analytics,
and real estate intelligence solutions, released its April 2026
U.S. Foreclosure Market Report, which shows there were a total of
42,430 U.S. properties with foreclosure filings-- default notices,
scheduled auctions or bank repossessions -- down 8 percent from a
month ago and up 18 percent from a year ago.

"Foreclosure activity continued its gradual trend higher in April,
with both foreclosure starts and completed foreclosures posting
annual gains," said Rob Barber, CEO at ATTOM. "While overall
filings declined from the previous month, the year-over-year
increases suggest lenders may be working through distressed
inventory as higher borrowing costs and affordability challenges
impact some homeowners. Even so, foreclosure activity remains
significantly below pre-pandemic levels."

Nation's worst foreclosure rates in Delaware, South Carolina, and
Florida

One in every 3,388 housing units nationwide had a foreclosure
filing in April 2026. Delaware posted the nation's worst
foreclosure rate at one in every 1,739 housing units with a
foreclosure filing.  South Carolina followed closely behind (one in
every 1,745 housing units), followed by Florida (one in every 2,092
housing units), Indiana (one in every 2,129 housing units), and
Illinois (one in every 2,262 housing units).

Among metro areas with populations of 500,000 or more, Lakeland, Fl
recorded the worst foreclosure rate in April 2026, with one filing
for every 1,221 housing units.  Following Lakeland were Columbia,
SC (one in every 1,287); Charleston, SC (one in every 1,483);
Bakersfield, CA (one in every 1,566); and Cape Coral, FL (one in
every 1,628 housing units).

Florida, Texas, and California led nation in foreclosure starts

In April 2026, lenders started the foreclosure process on 28,414
U.S. properties, down 6 percent from the previous month but up 12
percent from a year ago.

States with the highest number of foreclosure starts in April 2026
were Florida (3,505 foreclosure starts); Texas (3,154 foreclosure
starts); California (2,786 foreclosure starts); Georgia (1,407
foreclosure starts); and Illinois (1,366 foreclosure starts).

Among major metropolitan areas with a population of at least
500,000 and a minimum of 100 foreclosure starts, the following saw
the largest year-over-year increases in foreclosure starts in April
2026: Pittsburgh, PA (increase from 82 foreclosure starts in April
2025 to 215 in April 2026); Austin, TX (increase from 158 to 396
foreclosure starts); Raleigh, NC (increase from 68 to 146
foreclosure starts); Lakeland, FL (increase from 99 to 199
foreclosure starts); and Akron, OH (increase from 60 to 117
foreclosure starts).

Completed foreclosures continue to rise annually

In April 2026, Lenders repossessed 5,098 U.S. properties through
completed foreclosures (REOs), down 3 percent from the previous
month but up 42 percent from a year ago.

States with the highest number of REOs in April 2026 were Texas
(640 REOs); California (515 REOs); Florida (381 REOs); Pennsylvania
(346 REOs); and Illinois (340 REOs).

Contrary to the national trend, those major metropolitan
statistical areas (MSAs) with a population greater than 200,00 and
at least 10 REO's that saw the greatest annual decline in the
number of REOs in April 2026 included: Atlanta, GA (decrease from
213 REO's in April 2025 to 52 in April 2026); Kansas City, MO
(decrease from 30 to 10 REO's); Flint, MI (decrease from 24 to 11
REO's); Macon, GA (decrease from 26 to 14 REO's); and Cleveland, OH
(decrease from 38 to 24 REO's).

Key highlights from the April 2026 foreclosure data
ATTOM's April 2026 U.S. Foreclosure Market Report shows 42,430 U.S.
properties with a foreclosure filing, down 8 percent from March but
up 18 percent from a year ago, continuing a year-long trend of
annual increases in foreclosure activity. Foreclosure starts rose
12 percent year over year to 28,414, while completed foreclosures
(REOs) increased 42 percent annually to 5,098.  Even with annual
increases in foreclosure filings, foreclosure activity remains
significantly below pre-pandemic levels.

Report methodology

The ATTOM U.S. Foreclosure Market Report provides a count of the
total number of properties with at least one foreclosure filing
entered into the ATTOM Data Warehouse during the month and quarter.
Some foreclosure filings entered into the database during the
quarter may have been recorded in the previous quarter. Data is
collected from more than 3,000 counties nationwide, and those
counties account for more than 99 percent of the U.S. population.
ATTOM's report incorporates documents filed in all three phases of
foreclosure: Default -- Notice of Default (NOD) and Lis Pendens
(LIS); Auction -- Notice of Trustee Sale and Notice of Foreclosure
Sale (NTS and NFS); and Real Estate Owned, or REO properties (that
have been foreclosed on and repurchased by a bank). For the annual,
midyear and quarterly reports, if more than one type of foreclosure
document is received for a property during the timeframe, only the
most recent filing is counted in the report. The annual, midyear,
quarterly and monthly reports all check if the same type of
document was filed against a property previously. If so, and if
that previous filing occurred within the estimated foreclosure
timeframe for the state where the property is located, the report
does not count the property in the current year, quarter or month.

About ATTOM

ATTOM delivers AI-driven property intelligence built on one of the
nation's most trusted property data assets, covering 158 million
U.S. properties--99% of the population. Our engineered,
multi-sourced real estate data spans property tax, deeds,
mortgages, foreclosure, environmental risk, property conditions,
natural hazards, neighborhood insights, and geospatial boundaries,
rigorously validated for advanced analytics. ATTOM supports
analytics and AI-driven applications through flexible delivery
options including APIs, bulk licensing, cloud delivery, market
trend products, and the MCP Server for AI-powered, agentic access
to engineered property data--enabling organizations to automate
analysis and scale property intelligence across industries.


[^] BOOK REVIEW: A History of the New York Stock Market
-------------------------------------------------------
Author: Robert Sobel
Publisher: Beard Books
Soft cover: 395 pages
List Price: $34.95
https://ecommerce.beardbooks.com/beardbooks/the_big_board.html

First published in 1965, The Big Board was the first history of the
New York stock market.  It's a story of people: their foibles and
strengths, earnestness and avarice, triumphs and crash-and-burns.
It's full of entertaining anecdotes, cocktail-party trivia, and
tales of love and hate between companies and investors.

Early investments in North America consisted almost exclusively of
land.  The few securities holders lived in cities, where informal
markets grew, with most trading carried out in the street and in
coffeehouses.  Banking, insurance, and manufacturing activity
increased only after the Revolution.  In 1792, 24 prominent New
York businessmen, for whom stock- and bond-trading was only a side
business, met under a buttonwood tree on Wall Street and agreed to
trade securities on a common commission basis.  Five securities
were traded: three government bonds and two bank stocks. Trading
was carried out at the Tontine Coffee-House in a call market, with
the president reading out a list of stocks as brokers traded each
in turn.

The first half of the 19th century was heady for security trading
in New York.  In 1817, the Tontine gave way to the New York Stock
and Exchange Board, with a more organized and regulated system.
Canal mania, which peaked in the late 1820s, attracted European
funds to New York and volume soared to 100 shares a day.  Soon, the
railroads competed with canals for funding. In the frenzy, reckless
investors bought shares in "sheer fabrications of imaginative and
dishonest men," leading an economist of the day to lament that
"every monied corporation is prima facia injurious to the national
wealth, and ought to be looked upon by those who have no money with
jealousy and suspicion."

Colorful figures of Wall Street included Jay Gould and Jim Fisk,
who in 1869 precipitated one of the worst panics in American
financial history by trying to corner the gold market.  Almost
lynched, the two were hauled into court, where Fisk whined, "A
fellow can't have a little innocent fun without everybody raising a
halloo and going wild."  Then there was Jay Cooke, who invented the
national bond drive and, practically unaided, financed the Union
effort in the Civil War.  In 1873, however, faulty judgement on
railroad investments led to the failure of Cooke & Co. and a panic
on Wall Street. The NYSE closed for ten days.  A journalist wrote:
"An hour before its doors were closed, the Bank of England was not
more trusted."

Despite J. P. Morgan's virtual single-handed role in stemming the
Knickerbocker Trust panic of 1907, on his death in 1913, someone
wrote "We verily believe that J. Pierpont Morgan has done more harm
in the world than any man who ever lived in it." In the 1950s,
Charles Merrill was instrumental in changing this attitude toward
Wall Streeters.  His firm, Merrill Lynch, derisively known in some
quarters as "We, the People" and "The Thundering Herd," brought
Wall Street to small investors, traditionally not worth the effort
for brokers.

The Big Board closes with this story.  Asked by a much younger man
what he thought stocks would do next, J.P. Morgan "never hesitated
for a moment.  He transfixed the neophyte with his sharp glance and
replied 'They will fluctuate, young man, they will fluctuate.' And
so they will."

Robert Sobel died in 1999 at the age of 68.  A professor at Hofstra
University for 43 years, he was a prolific historian of American
business, writing or editing more than 50 books.

This book may be ordered by calling 888-563-4573 or by visiting
www.beardbooks.com or through your favorite Internet or local
bookseller.


                            *********

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., USA.
Randy Antoni, Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante,
Rousel Elaine Tumanda, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Psyche A. Castillon,
Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and
Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2026.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The single-user TCR subscription rate is $1,400 for six months
or $2,350 for twelve months, delivered via e-mail.  Additional
e-mail subscriptions for members of the same firm for the term
of the initial subscription or balance thereof are $25 each per
half-year or $50 annually.  For subscription information, contact
Peter A. Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***